[opensuse-translation-commit] r97392 - branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po

Author: kezz90 Date: 2017-06-15 10:24:02 +0000 (Thu, 15 Jun 2017) New Revision: 97392 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/base.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cio.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/control.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/installation.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/registration.de.po branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po Log: Vendor update:SLE12SP3 Localization update: Translation Drop3 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/add-on.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:27+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ "Add-on-Modul-Hilfe\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Um ein neues Add-on-Produkt über die Kommandozeile hinzuzufügen, verwenden Sie diese Syntax:\n" +"Um ein neues Add-on-Produkt über die Kommandozeile hinzuzufügen, verwenden " +"Sie diese Syntax:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL ist der Pfad zu der Add-on-Quelle.\n" "\n" @@ -49,103 +50,112 @@ "cd://\n" "dvd://\n" -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." -msgstr "Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') fehlt. Verwenden Sie die Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=." +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "" +"Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') fehlt. Verwenden Sie die " +"Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=." -#. dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-On-Produkte" -#. busy message (dialog) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung..." -#. help -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>" msgstr "<p>Add-on-Produkte werden initialisiert...</p>" -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>Medium: %1, Pfad: %2, Produkt: %3</li>\n" -#. revert back to the unexpanded URL to have the original URL -#. in the saved /etc/zypp/repos.d file -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:191 +#. revert back to the unexpanded URL to have the original URL +#. in the saved /etc/zypp/repos.d file +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:191 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "Stellen Sie das Add-on \"%1\" über \"%2\" bereit." -#. just report error -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:198 +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:198 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "Add-On-Produkt konnte nicht hinzugefügt werden." -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media -#. placeholder for unknown directory -#. place holder for unknown URL -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. placeholder for unknown URL -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" -#. summary string -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" msgstr "Es ist kein Add-on-Produkt für die Installation ausgewählt" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "Add-&on-Produkte" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." msgstr "Die Installation der Spracherweiterung wurde abgeschlossen." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. main screen heading -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Installation des Add-on-Produkts" -#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" msgstr "&Spracherweiterungen für die Installation auswählen" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die zu installierenden Spracherweiterungen aus und klicken Sie auf <b>OK</b>.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +msgid "" +"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Wählen Sie die zu installierenden Spracherweiterungen aus und klicken Sie " +"auf <b>OK</b>.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" -msgstr "Sind Sie sicher, dass die Installation des Add-on-Produkts abgebrochen werden soll?" +msgstr "" +"Sind Sie sicher, dass die Installation des Add-on-Produkts abgebrochen " +"werden soll?" -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" @@ -153,32 +163,32 @@ "Für die Installation sind keine ausgewählten Sprachen vorhanden.\n" "Sind Sie sicher, dass die Installation abgebrochen werden soll?" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' -#. it used only as a fallback -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 msgid "Language %1" msgstr "Sprache %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Für dieses Modul ist keine Benutzeroberfläche verfügbar." -#. VENDOR: main screen heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 msgid "Vendor Driver CD" msgstr "Treiber-CD des Herstellers" -#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" msgstr "Legen Sie die Treiber-CD des Herstellers ein." -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 msgid "" "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -186,8 +196,8 @@ "Auf der CD-ROM konnten keine Treiberdaten gefunden werden.\n" "Der Vorgang wird abgebrochen." -#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 msgid "" "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" @@ -195,13 +205,13 @@ "Die CD-ROM enthält keine passenden Daten für das laufende Linux-System.\n" "Abbrechen.\n" -#. VENDOR: dialog heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 msgid "Installing driver..." msgstr "Treiber installieren..." -#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 msgid "" "The installation failed.\n" "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" @@ -209,13 +219,13 @@ "Die Installation ist fehlgeschlagen.\n" "Wenden Sie sich an die Adresse auf der CD-ROM.\n" -#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" msgstr "%1 Treiber von der CD installiert." -#. VENDOR: message box with error text -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 msgid "" "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -223,51 +233,51 @@ "Auf der CD-ROM konnten keine passenden Treiberdaten gefunden werden.\n" "Abbrechen." -#. table cell -#. table cell -#. List of all selected repositories -#. -#. -#. **Structure:** -#. -#. add_on_products = [ -#. $[ -#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source -#. "product_dir" : "/", -#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", -#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", -#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", -#. ], -#. ... -#. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Im Repository wurde kein Produkt gefunden." -#. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Auf dem Medium wurde kein Software-Repository gefunden." -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Neue Quelle wird initialisiert..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Verzeichnis: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Auswahl des Software-Repositorys" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -277,45 +287,47 @@ "Auf dem ausgewählten Medium wurden mehrere Repositorys gefunden.\n" "Wählen Sie das zu benutzende Repository.</p>\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Ge&fundene Repositorys" -#. if (Stage::initial()) -#. { -#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) -#. break; -#. } -#. else -#. { -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Installation des Add-on-Produkts wirklich abbrechen?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Wählen Sie ein Repository aus." -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "Die Abhängigkeitsanforderungen des Add-on-Produkts können nicht erfüllt werden." +msgstr "" +"Die Abhängigkeitsanforderungen des Add-on-Produkts können nicht erfüllt " +"werden." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Produktauswahl" -#. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Verfügbare Produkte" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -325,13 +337,15 @@ "Mehrere Produkte wurden im Repository gefunden. Wählen Sie die\n" "zu installierenden Produkte.</p>\n" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "Die Abhängigkeitsanforderungen der ausgewählten Add-on-Produkte können nicht erfüllt werden." +msgstr "" +"Die Abhängigkeitsanforderungen der ausgewählten Add-on-Produkte können nicht " +"erfüllt werden." -#. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -340,106 +354,113 @@ msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Installation des Add-on-Produkts</b></big><br/>\n" "Hier sehen Sie alle Add-on-Produkte, die zur Installation ausgewählt sind.\n" -"Um ein neues Produkt hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf <b>Hinzufügen</b>. Um ein bereits hinzugefügtes Produkt zu löschen,\n" +"Um ein neues Produkt hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf <b>Hinzufügen</b>. Um ein " +"bereits hinzugefügtes Produkt zu löschen,\n" "wählen Sie dieses aus und klicken Sie auf <b>Löschen</b>.</p>" -#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, Verzeichnis: %2" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medien" -#. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Wählen Sie das zu löschende Produkt aus." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Ausgewähltes Add-On wird entfernt..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Installierte Add-on-Produkte" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Add-on-Produkt" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "&Software-Manager ausführen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Alle auf Ihrem System installierten Add-on-Produkte werden angezeigt.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Alle auf Ihrem System installierten Add-on-Produkte werden angezeigt.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Klicken Sie auf <b>Hinzufügen</b>, um ein neues Zusatzprodukt hinzuzufügen, oder auf <b>Löschen</b>, um ein momentan verwendetes Zusatzprodukt zu löschen.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "" +"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove " +"an add-on which is in use.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Klicken Sie auf <b>Hinzufügen</b>, um ein neues Zusatzprodukt " +"hinzuzufügen, oder auf <b>Löschen</b>, um ein momentan verwendetes " +"Zusatzprodukt zu löschen.</p>" -#. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Hersteller:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Unbekannter Hersteller" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Unbekannte Version" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Repository-URL:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Unbekannte Repository-URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Repository-Alias:</b> %1<br>" -#. Removes the currently selected Add-On -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Unbekannte URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -451,18 +472,18 @@ "\n" "Sind Sie sicher, das es gelöscht werden soll?" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Produktabhängigkeiten werden entfernt..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" msgstr "Warnung: Nicht genug Arbeitsspeicher!" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 msgid "" "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" "during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" @@ -476,6 +497,6 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie die Benutzung von Add-on-Produkten überspringen?" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Sprachinstallation" +msgstr "Installation der Sprache" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/auth-client.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-20 02:27+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,261 +14,311 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Enable and start the service. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:142 -msgid "Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "Starten des Dienstes %s fehlgeschlagen. Prüfen Sie den Fehler anhand des Systemjournals (journalctl -n -u %s)." +#. Enable and start the service. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:142 +msgid "" +"Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." +msgstr "" +"Starten des Dienstes %s fehlgeschlagen. Prüfen Sie den Fehler anhand des " +"Systemjournals (journalctl -n -u %s)." -#. Disable and stop the service. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:150 -msgid "Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose." -msgstr "Anhalten des Dienstes %s fehlgeschlagen. Prüfen Sie den Fehler anhand des Systemjournals (journalctl -n -u %s)." +#. Disable and stop the service. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:150 +msgid "" +"Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." +msgstr "" +"Anhalten des Dienstes %s fehlgeschlagen. Prüfen Sie den Fehler anhand des " +"Systemjournals (journalctl -n -u %s)." -#. Only install the required provider packages. By convention, they are named 'sssd-*'. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:395 +#. Only install the required provider packages. By convention, they are named 'sssd-*'. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:395 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for running SSSD." -msgstr "Fehler beim Installieren von Softwarepaketen, die zum Ausführen von SSSD erforderlich sind." +msgstr "" +"Fehler beim Installieren von Softwarepaketen, die zum Ausführen von SSSD " +"erforderlich sind." -#. provides /etc/openldap/ldap.conf -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:509 +#. provides /etc/openldap/ldap.conf +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:509 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for LDAP." -msgstr "Fehler beim Installieren von Softwarepaketen, die für LDAP erforderlich sind." +msgstr "" +"Fehler beim Installieren von Softwarepaketen, die für LDAP erforderlich sind." -#. Run ldapsearch with password bind -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:574 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "ERROR" +#. Run ldapsearch with password bind +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:574 msgid "ERROR: " -msgstr "FEHLER" +msgstr "FEHLER: " -#. Calculate package requirements -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:758 +#. Calculate package requirements +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:758 msgid "Failed to install software packages required for Kerberos." -msgstr "Fehler beim Installieren von Softwarepaketen, die für Kerberos erforderlich sind." +msgstr "" +"Fehler beim Installieren von Softwarepaketen, die für Kerberos erforderlich " +"sind." -#. Install required packages -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:832 +#. Install required packages +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:832 msgid "Failed to install software packages required by autofs/nscd daemons." -msgstr "Fehler beim Installieren von Softwarepaketen, die für die autofs/nscd-Daemons erforderlich sind." +msgstr "" +"Fehler beim Installieren von Softwarepaketen, die für die autofs/nscd-" +"Daemons erforderlich sind." -#. Call package installer to install Samba and Kerberos if it has not yet been installed. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:883 -msgid "Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations." -msgstr "Fehler beim Installieren von Samba und Kerberos, die für Active Directory-Operationen erforderlich sind." +#. Call package installer to install Samba and Kerberos if it has not yet been installed. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:883 +msgid "" +"Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations." +msgstr "" +"Fehler beim Installieren von Samba und Kerberos, die für Active Directory-" +"Operationen erforderlich sind." -#. Run "net ads join". Return tuple of boolean success status and command output. -#. Kerberos configuration must have been read before calling this function. -#. Kerberos configuration will be written. -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:942 +#. Run "net ads join". Return tuple of boolean success status and command output. +#. Kerberos configuration must have been read before calling this function. +#. Kerberos configuration will be written. +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:942 msgid "Nothing is done because AD is not configured" msgstr "Nichts ausgeführt, da AD nicht konfiguriert ist" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:945 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:945 msgid "Failed to install Samba" msgstr "Fehler beim Installieren von Samba" -#. Configure Kerberos -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:950 +#. Configure Kerberos +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot locate Active Directory's Kerberos via DNS lookup.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " +"resolver." msgstr "" "Kerberos von Active Directory kann nicht über DNS-Suche gefunden werden.\n" -"Konfigurieren Sie die Netzwerkumgebung so, dass der AD-Server als Namensauflösungsdienst verwendet wird." +"Konfigurieren Sie die Netzwerkumgebung so, dass der AD-Server als " +"Namensauflösungsdienst verwendet wird." -#. Local only -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1063 +#. Local only +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1063 msgid "Only use local authentication" msgstr "Nur lokale Authentifizierung verwenden" -#. SSSD is configured -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1068 +#. SSSD is configured +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1068 msgid "(daemon is inactive)" msgstr "(Daemon inaktiv)" -#. LDAP and/or Kerberos is configured -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1074 +#. LDAP and/or Kerberos is configured +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1074 msgid "LDAP is enabled but the setup is incomplete" msgstr "LDAP ist aktiviert, die Einrichtung ist jedoch unvollständig" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1076 msgid "via LDAP on %s" msgstr "über LDAP auf %s" -#. 'and' as in "authenticate via LDAP and Kerberos" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1082 +#. 'and' as in "authenticate via LDAP and Kerberos" +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1082 msgid " and " msgstr " und " -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1086 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1086 msgid "via Kerberos" msgstr "über Kerberos" -#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1088 +#: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:1088 msgid "via Kerberos on %s" msgstr "über Kerberos auf %s" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Realm name" msgstr "Realm-Name" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Domänenname zur Realm zuordnen (beispiel.de -> BEISPIEL.DE)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -msgstr "Domänenname mit Platzhalter zur Realm zuordnen (*.beispiel.de -> BEISPIEL.DE)" +msgstr "" +"Domänenname mit Platzhalter zur Realm zuordnen (*.beispiel.de -> BEISPIEL.DE)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "Hostname des Verwaltungsservers (optional)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" msgstr "Hostname des Master-Schlüssel-Distributionsservers (optional)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" -msgstr "Schlüssel-Distributionszentren (optional, wenn die automatische Erkennung über DNS aktiviert ist)" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "" +"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "" +"Schlüssel-Distributionszentren (optional, wenn die automatische Erkennung " +"über DNS aktiviert ist)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Zuordnungen der Hauptnamen (Principal Names) zu Benutzernamen" +msgstr "" +"Benutzerdefinierte Zuordnungen der Hauptnamen (Principal Names) zu " +"Benutzernamen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "Hauptname (Principal Name)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Benutzername" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Regeln für die Zuordnung der Hauptnamen (Principal Names) zu Benutzernamen" +msgstr "" +"Benutzerdefinierte Regeln für die Zuordnung der Hauptnamen (Principal Names) " +"zu Benutzernamen" -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "Geben Sie den Hostnamen des Schlüssel-Distributionszentrums ein:" -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "Geben Sie die auth_to_local-Regel ein:" -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "Geben Sie den Hauptnamen (Principal Name) und den Benutzernamen im Format \"Hauptname = Benutzername\" ein:" +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "" +"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " +"\"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie den Hauptnamen (Principal Name) und den Benutzernamen im Format " +"\"Hauptname = Benutzername\" ein:" -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen der Realm ein." -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "Standard-Speicherort der Keytab-Datei" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" msgstr "Verschlüsselungstypen für TGS (durch Leerzeichen getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" msgstr "Verschlüsselungstypen für Ticket (durch Leerzeichen getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" msgstr "Verschlüsselungstypen für Sitzungen (durch Leerzeichen getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" -msgstr "Zusätzliche Adressen, die im Ticket angegeben werden sollen (durch Leerzeichen getrennt)" +msgstr "" +"Zusätzliche Adressen, die im Ticket angegeben werden sollen (durch " +"Leerzeichen getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" msgstr "Zurücksetzen" -#. The user cannot possibly understand the implication of 0 in search timeout if the user uses YaST -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:49 +#. The user cannot possibly understand the implication of 0 in search timeout if the user uses YaST +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung für Bindungsvorgänge (in Sekunden)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung für Suchvorgänge (in Sekunden)" -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" msgstr "Verzeichnis als Identitätsanbieter verwenden (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" msgstr "Authentifizierung über Kerberos" -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " +"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Auf diesem Computer werden die Benutzer derzeit mit SSSD authentifiziert.\n" -"Soll die ältere LDAP-Authentifizierung (pam_ldap) verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie SSSD unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." +"Soll die ältere LDAP-Authentifizierung (pam_ldap) verwendet werden, " +"deaktivieren Sie SSSD unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Computer wird die Benutzerdatenbank derzeit von einem SSSD-Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" -"Soll die LDAP-Benutzerdatenbank (nss_ldap) verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die SSSD-Benutzerdatenbank unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." +"Auf diesem Computer wird die Benutzerdatenbank derzeit von einem SSSD-" +"Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" +"Soll die LDAP-Benutzerdatenbank (nss_ldap) verwendet werden, deaktivieren " +"Sie die SSSD-Benutzerdatenbank unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Computer wird die Gruppendatenbank derzeit von einem SSSD-Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" -"Soll die LDAP-Gruppendatenbank (nss_ldap) verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die SSSD-Gruppendatenbank unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." +"Auf diesem Computer wird die Gruppendatenbank derzeit von einem SSSD-" +"Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" +"Soll die LDAP-Gruppendatenbank (nss_ldap) verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie " +"die SSSD-Gruppendatenbank unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Computer wird die Sudoers-Datenbank derzeit von einem SSSD-Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" -"Soll die LDAP-Sudoers-Datenbank (nss_ldap) verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die SSSD-Sudo-Datenbank unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." +"Auf diesem Computer wird die Sudoers-Datenbank derzeit von einem SSSD-" +"Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" +"Soll die LDAP-Sudoers-Datenbank (nss_ldap) verwendet werden, deaktivieren " +"Sie die SSSD-Sudo-Datenbank unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Computer wird die Automount-Datenbank derzeit von einem SSSD-Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" -"Soll die LDAP-Automount-Datenbank (nss_ldap) verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die SSSD-Automount-Datenbank unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." +"Auf diesem Computer wird die Automount-Datenbank derzeit von einem SSSD-" +"Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" +"Soll die LDAP-Automount-Datenbank (nss_ldap) verwendet werden, deaktivieren " +"Sie die SSSD-Automount-Datenbank unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." msgstr "Geben Sie die Server-URI ein." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." msgstr "Geben Sie den Basis-DN für die Suche ein." -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" msgstr "Kontakt mit LDAP-Server unter URI %s erfolgreich hergestellt!" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" "\n" @@ -278,12 +328,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" msgstr "Kontakt mit LDAP-Server auf Host %s erfolgreich hergestellt" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" "\n" @@ -293,581 +343,646 @@ "\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " +"provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " +"compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" -"Der Name-Service-Cache sollte nur mit einem älteren LDAP-Identitätsanbieter verwendet werden;\n" -"auf dem System ist derzeit jedoch die Authentifizierungsdomäne aktiviert, die nicht mit dem Cache kompatibel ist.\n" +"Der Name-Service-Cache sollte nur mit einem älteren LDAP-Identitätsanbieter " +"verwendet werden;\n" +"auf dem System ist derzeit jedoch die Authentifizierungsdomäne aktiviert, " +"die nicht mit dem Cache kompatibel ist.\n" "\n" "Den Cache trotzdem aktivieren?" -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " +"from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Auf diesem Computer werden die Benutzer derzeit mit SSSD authentifiziert.\n" -"Soll die Kerberos-Authentifizierung (pam_krb5) verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie SSSD unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." +"Soll die Kerberos-Authentifizierung (pam_krb5) verwendet werden, " +"deaktivieren Sie SSSD unter \"Benutzeranmeldungsverwaltung\"." -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 msgid "(not specified)" msgstr "(nicht angegeben)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" msgstr "Realm %s wirklich löschen?" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" msgstr "Authentifizierung durch LDAP-Benutzer zulassen (pam_ldap)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" msgstr "LDAP-Einträge zur schnelleren Antwort im Cache speichern (nscd)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "Home-Verzeichnis automatisch erstellen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" msgstr "Folgende Elemente aus LDAP-Datenquelle einlesen:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" msgstr "Benutzer" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Gruppen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" msgstr "Super-User-Befehle (sudo)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" msgstr "Standort der Netzwerkfestplatten (automount)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" -msgstr "Geben Sie den Standort der LDAP-Server (durch Leerzeichen getrennt) in einem der folgenden Formate ein:" +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie den Standort der LDAP-Server (durch Leerzeichen getrennt) in einem " +"der folgenden Formate ein:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" msgstr "- Hostname oder IP-Adresse und Portnummer (ip:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" msgstr "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" msgstr "Basis-DN für Suche (z. B. dc=beispiel,dc=de)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "DN des Bindungsbenutzers (bei anonymer Bindung leer lassen)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "Passwort des Bindungsbenutzers (bei anonymer Bindung leer lassen)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" msgstr "Gruppenmitglieder nach DN identifizieren (RFC2307bis)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" msgstr "LDAP-Verbindungen für aufeinanderfolgende Anforderungen offen lassen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 msgid "Secure LDAP communication" msgstr "Sichere LDAP-Kommunikation" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 msgid "Do Not Use Security" msgstr "Sicherheit nicht verwenden" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation über TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" msgstr "Sichere Kommunikation über StartTLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" msgstr "Verbindung testen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 msgid "Extended Options" msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen" -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" msgstr "Authentifizierung durch Kerberos-Benutzer zulassen (pam_krb5)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" msgstr "Standard-Realm für Benutzeranmeldung:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" msgstr "Alle Authentifizierungs-Bereiche" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Add Realm" msgstr "Realm hinzufügen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Edit Realm" msgstr "Realm bearbeiten" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Delete Realm" msgstr "Realm löschen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" msgstr "Realms anhand des DNS-TXT-Datensatzes erkennen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "KDC-Server anhand des DNS-SVC-Datensatzes erkennen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" msgstr "Unsichere Verschlüsselung zulassen (Windows NT)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" -msgstr "KDC auf anderen Netzwerken zum Ausgeben von Authentifizierungstickets zulassen" +msgstr "" +"KDC auf anderen Netzwerken zum Ausgeben von Authentifizierungstickets " +"zulassen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" -msgstr "Übernahme der Identität eines Benutzers durch Kerberos-fähige Dienste zulassen" +msgstr "" +"Übernahme der Identität eines Benutzers durch Kerberos-fähige Dienste " +"zulassen" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" msgstr "Adresslose Tickets für Computer hinter NAT ausgeben" -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" msgstr "LDAP- und Kerberos-Client" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 msgid "User Logon Management" msgstr "Benutzeranmeldungs-Verwaltung" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Change Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen ändern" -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "User Logon Configuration" msgstr "Benutzeranmeldungs-Konfiguration" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "LDAP-/Kerberos-Konfiguration" -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:99 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wert" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Computer Name" msgstr "Computername" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Full Computer Name" msgstr "Vollständiger Computername" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" msgstr "(Name ist nicht auflösbar)" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Network Domain" msgstr "Netzwerkdomäne" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP-Adressen" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" msgstr "Identitätsdomänen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beschreibung" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Extended options" msgstr "Erweiterte Optionen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Namensfilter:" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "Keine." -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "Obligatorische Parameter" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "Optionale Parameter" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "Geben Sie alle folgenden obligatorischen Parameter an:\n" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Globale Optionen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Name switch" msgstr "Name umschalten" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Authentifizierung" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Sudo" msgstr "Sudo" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "Automount" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "SSH Public Keys" msgstr "Öffentliche SSH-Schlüssel" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" msgstr "Zertifikat für privilegiertes Konto (MS-PAC)" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "Domänenbenutzeranmeldung verwalten" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "Daemon-Status: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" msgstr "Wird ausgeführt" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "Angehalten" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "Domänenbenutzeranmeldung zulassen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "Home-Verzeichnis erstellen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "Domänendatenquelle aktivieren:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" msgstr "Netzlaufwerke zuordnen (automount)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Join Domain" msgstr "Zu Domäne beitreten" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Leave Domain" msgstr "Domäne verlassen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Clear Domain Cache" msgstr "Domänen-Cache löschen" -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Service Options" msgstr "Dienstoptionen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Domain Options" msgstr "Domänenoptionen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." -msgstr "Wählen Sie globale Optionen, einen Dienst oder eine Domäne zum Anpassen aus." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie globale Optionen, einen Dienst oder eine Domäne zum Anpassen aus." -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "Diese Domäne verwenden" -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" msgstr "Bei Active Directory registrieren" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "Optionen - %s" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Domäne in der Liste aus." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "Konfiguration für Domäne %s wirklich löschen?" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:253 +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:253 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " +"authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " +"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Computer werden die Benutzer derzeit mit der LDAP- oder Kerberos-Methode authentifiziert.\n" -"Soll die SSSD-Authentifizierung verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die LDAP- und Kerberos-Authentifizierung unter \"LDAP und Kerberos-Client\"." +"Auf diesem Computer werden die Benutzer derzeit mit der LDAP- oder Kerberos-" +"Methode authentifiziert.\n" +"Soll die SSSD-Authentifizierung verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die LDAP- " +"und Kerberos-Authentifizierung unter \"LDAP und Kerberos-Client\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:285 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Computer wird die Benutzerdatenbank derzeit von einem LDAP-Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" -"Soll die SSSD-Benutzerdatenbank verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die LDAP-Benutzerdatenbank unter \"LDAP- und Kerberos-Client\"." +"Auf diesem Computer wird die Benutzerdatenbank derzeit von einem LDAP-" +"Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" +"Soll die SSSD-Benutzerdatenbank verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die LDAP-" +"Benutzerdatenbank unter \"LDAP- und Kerberos-Client\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:303 +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:303 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Computer wird die Gruppendatenbank derzeit von einem LDAP-Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" -"Soll die SSSD-Gruppendatenbank verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die LDAP-Gruppendatenbank unter \"LDAP- und Kerberos-Client\"." +"Auf diesem Computer wird die Gruppendatenbank derzeit von einem LDAP-" +"Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" +"Soll die SSSD-Gruppendatenbank verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die LDAP-" +"Gruppendatenbank unter \"LDAP- und Kerberos-Client\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:321 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:321 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Computer wird die Sudoers-Datenbank derzeit von einem LDAP-Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" -"Soll die SSSD-Sudoers-Datenbank verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die LDAP-Sudo-Datenbank unter \"LDAP- und Kerberos-Client\"." +"Auf diesem Computer wird die Sudoers-Datenbank derzeit von einem LDAP-" +"Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" +"Soll die SSSD-Sudoers-Datenbank verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die LDAP-" +"Sudo-Datenbank unter \"LDAP- und Kerberos-Client\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:329 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:329 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "Die Sudo-Datenquelle wurde global aktiviert.\n" -"Passen Sie auch den Parameter\"sudo_provider\" in den erweiterten Optionen der einzelnen Domänen an, die Sudo-Daten bereitstellen." +"Passen Sie auch den Parameter\"sudo_provider\" in den erweiterten Optionen " +"der einzelnen Domänen an, die Sudo-Daten bereitstellen." -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:343 +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:343 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Auf diesem Computer wird die Automount-Datenbank derzeit von einem LDAP-Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" -"Soll die SSSD-Automount-Datenbank verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die LDAP-Automount-Datenbank unter \"LDAP- und Kerberos-Client\"." +"Auf diesem Computer wird die Automount-Datenbank derzeit von einem LDAP-" +"Identitätsanbieter eingelesen.\n" +"Soll die SSSD-Automount-Datenbank verwendet werden, deaktivieren Sie die " +"LDAP-Automount-Datenbank unter \"LDAP- und Kerberos-Client\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:351 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:351 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "Die Automount-Datenquelle wurde global aktiviert.\n" -"Passen Sie auch den Parameter\"autofs_provider\" in den erweiterten Optionen der einzelnen Domänen an, die Automount-Daten bereitstellen." +"Passen Sie auch den Parameter\"autofs_provider\" in den erweiterten Optionen " +"der einzelnen Domänen an, die Automount-Daten bereitstellen." -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:375 +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:375 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " +"Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " +"which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "Die MS-PAC-Datenquelle wurde global aktiviert.\n" -"Diese optionale Funktion ist abhängig von den Funktionen ihrer Microsoft Active Directory-Domäne.\n" -"Falls die Active Directory-Domäne nicht unterstützt wird, kann ein Fehler beim Starten von SSSD auftreten. In diesem Fall deaktivieren Sie bitte diese Funktion." +"Diese optionale Funktion ist abhängig von den Funktionen ihrer Microsoft " +"Active Directory-Domäne.\n" +"Falls die Active Directory-Domäne nicht unterstützt wird, kann ein Fehler " +"beim Starten von SSSD auftreten. In diesem Fall deaktivieren Sie bitte diese " +"Funktion." -#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:410 +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." -msgstr "Dies ist ein obligatorischer Parameter, der nicht gelöscht werden darf." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist ein obligatorischer Parameter, der nicht gelöscht werden darf." -#. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Entfernen des Parameters bestätigen: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " +"failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" -"Der Parameter ist wichtig. Wenn Sie diesen Parameter entfernen, tritt unter Umständen ein Fehler bei der Konfiguration auf.\n" -"Schlagen Sie auf der Handbuchseite zu SSSD nach, bevor Sie den Vorgang fortsetzen.\n" +"Der Parameter ist wichtig. Wenn Sie diesen Parameter entfernen, tritt unter " +"Umständen ein Fehler bei der Konfiguration auf.\n" +"Schlagen Sie auf der Handbuchseite zu SSSD nach, bevor Sie den Vorgang " +"fortsetzen.\n" "Den Parameter trotzdem entfernen?" -#. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "No domain" msgstr "Keine Domäne" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:436 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " +"domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -"Sie haben keine Authentifizierungsdomäne konfiguriert, die Domänenauthentifizierung jedoch aktiviert.\n" -"In diesem Fall kann SSSD nicht gestartet werden, und nur die lokale Authentifizierung ist verfügbar.\n" +"Sie haben keine Authentifizierungsdomäne konfiguriert, die " +"Domänenauthentifizierung jedoch aktiviert.\n" +"In diesem Fall kann SSSD nicht gestartet werden, und nur die lokale " +"Authentifizierung ist verfügbar.\n" "Trotzdem fortfahren?" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:456 +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:456 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "Alle Daten im Cache wurden gelöscht." -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" -msgstr "Zum Registrieren oder erneuten Registrieren dieses Computers geben Sie die AD-Benutzeranmeldedaten (z. B. Administrator) ein:" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "" +"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " +"computer:" +msgstr "" +"Zum Registrieren oder erneuten Registrieren dieses Computers geben Sie die " +"AD-Benutzeranmeldedaten (z. B. Administrator) ein:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" msgstr "Benutzername" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Update AD's DNS records as well" msgstr "Auch DNS-Datensätze in AD aktualisieren" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" -msgstr "Optionale Organisationseinheit, z. B. \"Hauptsitz/Personalabteilung/GebäudeA\"" +msgstr "" +"Optionale Organisationseinheit, z. B. \"Hauptsitz/Personalabteilung/GebäudeA" +"\"" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "Samba-Konfiguration gemäß diesem AD überschreiben" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:77 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:87 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:87 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "(Nicht im AutoYast-Editor verfügbar)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:79 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr " (Automatische Erkennung über DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "(DNS-Fehler)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " +"requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " +"resolver." msgstr "" -"Der Namensauflösungsdienst auf diesem Computer entspricht nicht den Anforderungen für die AD-Registrierung.\n" -"Konfigurieren Sie die Netzwerkumgebung so, dass der AD-Server als Namensauflöser verwendet wird." +"Der Namensauflösungsdienst auf diesem Computer entspricht nicht den " +"Anforderungen für die AD-Registrierung.\n" +"Konfigurieren Sie die Netzwerkumgebung so, dass der AD-Server als " +"Namensauflöser verwendet wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "Bereits registriert" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "Noch nicht registriert" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "Active Directory-Registrierung" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Current status" msgstr "Aktueller Status" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "Status wird ermittelt..." -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:135 +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Geben Sie den Benutzernamen und das Passwort ein." -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:146 -msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "Die AD-Registrierungsdaten wurden für AutoYast gespeichert. Beachten Sie, dass das AD-Benutzerpasswort in Klartext gespeichert wird." +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "" +"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " +"AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "" +"Die AD-Registrierungsdaten wurden für AutoYast gespeichert. Beachten Sie, " +"dass das AD-Benutzerpasswort in Klartext gespeichert wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:152 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -877,8 +992,8 @@ "\n" "Befehlsausgabe:\n" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:160 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:160 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -888,959 +1003,1567 @@ "\n" "Befehlsausgabe:\n" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "An Software-Bibliothek von Drittanbieter delegieren (proxy_lib_name)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "Lokale SSSD-Dateidatenbank" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "FreeIPA" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "Generischer Verzeichnisdienst (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "Generischer Kerberos-Dienst" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "Die Domäne bietet keinen Authentifizierungsdienst" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):" msgstr "Domänenname (z. B. beispiel.de):" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" -msgstr "Welcher Dienst stellt Identitätsdaten bereit, z. B. Benutzernamen und Gruppenmitgliedschaften?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "" +"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " +"memberships?" +msgstr "" +"Welcher Dienst stellt Identitätsdaten bereit, z. B. Benutzernamen und " +"Gruppenmitgliedschaften?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "Welcher Dienst übernimmt die Benutzerauthentifizierung?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 msgid "Enable the domain" msgstr "Domäne aktivieren" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Please enter the domain name." msgstr "Geben Sie den Domänennamen ein." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." -msgstr "Der Domänenname steht im Konflikt mit einem reservierten Schlüsselwort. Geben Sie einen anderen Namen ein." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "" +"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " +"name." +msgstr "" +"Der Domänenname steht im Konflikt mit einem reservierten Schlüsselwort. " +"Geben Sie einen anderen Namen ein." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "Der Domänenname wird bereits verwendet." -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" msgstr "Version der Konfigurationsdateisyntax (1 oder 2)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "Angabe, wie oft die Services versuchen sollen, die Verbindung wiederherzustellen, wenn ein Absturz beim Datenanbieter auftritt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "" +"Angabe, wie oft die Services versuchen sollen, die Verbindung " +"wiederherzustellen, wenn ein Absturz beim Datenanbieter auftritt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" -msgstr "Mit dem regulären Ausdruck werden der Benutzername und der Domänenname in Komponenten zerlegt" +msgstr "" +"Mit dem regulären Ausdruck werden der Benutzername und der Domänenname in " +"Komponenten zerlegt" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "Standardmäßiges printf(3)-kompatibles Format, das die Übersetzung eines Name-/Domäne-Tupels in einen vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) beschreibt" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" +"domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßiges printf(3)-kompatibles Format, das die Übersetzung eines " +"Name-/Domäne-Tupels in einen vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) " +"beschreibt" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "Angabe, ob die Datei resolv.conf zur Aktualisierung des internen DNS-Auflösers durch den inotify-Mechanismus überwacht werden soll" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " +"internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "" +"Angabe, ob die Datei resolv.conf zur Aktualisierung des internen DNS-" +"Auflösers durch den inotify-Mechanismus überwacht werden soll" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" -msgstr "Verzeichnis im Dateisystem, in dem SSSD die Kerberos-Wiedergabe-Cache-Dateien speichern soll" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files" +msgstr "" +"Verzeichnis im Dateisystem, in dem SSSD die Kerberos-Wiedergabe-Cache-" +"Dateien speichern soll" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" -msgstr "Standardmäßiger Domänenname für alle Namen, die keinen Domänennamensbestandteil umfassen" +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßiger Domänenname für alle Namen, die keinen " +"Domänennamensbestandteil umfassen" -#. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "Detailtiefe für die Protokollierung. Wahlweise numerisch (0-9) oder eine große Maske wie 0x0010 (niedrigste Stufe) oder 0xFFF (höchste Stufe)." +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "" +"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " +"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "" +"Detailtiefe für die Protokollierung. Wahlweise numerisch (0-9) oder eine " +"große Maske wie 0x0010 (niedrigste Stufe) oder 0xFFF (höchste Stufe)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Debug-Meldungen mit Zeitstempel versehen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Mikrosekunden zum Zeitstempel in Debug-Meldungen hinzufügen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" -msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung (in Sekunden) zwischen den Heartbeats für diesen Dienst" +msgstr "" +"Zeitüberschreitung (in Sekunden) zwischen den Heartbeats für diesen Dienst" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" -msgstr "Maximale Anzahl der Dateideskriptoren, die gleichzeitig durch den SSSD-Dienstprozess geöffnet werden können" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "" +"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " +"service process" +msgstr "" +"Maximale Anzahl der Dateideskriptoren, die gleichzeitig durch den SSSD-" +"Dienstprozess geöffnet werden können" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" -msgstr "Zeitraum (in Sekunden), den ein Client eines SSSD-Prozesses einen Dateideskriptor beibehalten kann, ohne damit zu kommunizieren" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "" +"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " +"without any communication" +msgstr "" +"Zeitraum (in Sekunden), den ein Client eines SSSD-Prozesses einen " +"Dateideskriptor beibehalten kann, ohne damit zu kommunizieren" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" -msgstr "Nach Ablauf dieses Zeitraums (in Sekunden) mit aufeinanderfolgenden Fehlern bei der Ping-Prüfung wird SIGTERM an den Dienst gesendet." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "" +"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " +"ping check failure" +msgstr "" +"Nach Ablauf dieses Zeitraums (in Sekunden) mit aufeinanderfolgenden Fehlern " +"bei der Ping-Prüfung wird SIGTERM an den Dienst gesendet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" -msgstr "Über welchen Zeitraum (in Sekunden) sollen Aufzählungen in nss_sss zwischengespeichert werden (Anforderungen nach Informationen zu allen Benutzern)?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +msgid "" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" +msgstr "" +"Über welchen Zeitraum (in Sekunden) sollen Aufzählungen in nss_sss " +"zwischengespeichert werden (Anforderungen nach Informationen zu allen " +"Benutzern)?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." -msgstr "Der Eintrags-Cache kann so eingestellt werden, dass die Einträge automatisch im Hintergrund aktualisiert werden, wenn sie über einen Prozentsatz des Werts entry_cache_timeout für die Domäne hinaus angefordert werden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +msgid "" +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." +msgstr "" +"Der Eintrags-Cache kann so eingestellt werden, dass die Einträge automatisch " +"im Hintergrund aktualisiert werden, wenn sie über einen Prozentsatz des " +"Werts entry_cache_timeout für die Domäne hinaus angefordert werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den nss_sss negative Cache-Treffer (also Abfragen nach ungültigen Datenbankeinträgen, z. B. nach nicht vorhandenen Einträgen) zwischenspeichern soll, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den nss_sss negative Cache-Treffer " +"(also Abfragen nach ungültigen Datenbankeinträgen, z. B. nach nicht " +"vorhandenen Einträgen) zwischenspeichern soll, bevor wieder das Back-End " +"gefragt werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Bestimmte Benutzer vom Abrufen durch das SSS-Back-End ausnehmen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "Bestimmte Gruppen vom Abrufen durch das SSS-Back-End ausnehmen" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "Wenn die gefilterten Benutzer weiterhin Gruppenmitglieder bleiben sollen, stellen Sie diese Option auf 'false' ein." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die gefilterten Benutzer weiterhin Gruppenmitglieder bleiben sollen, " +"stellen Sie diese Option auf 'false' ein." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." -msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft. Geben Sie wahlweise einen absoluten Wert oder eine Vorlage an." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "" +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." +msgstr "" +"Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft. Geben Sie wahlweise " +"einen absoluten Wert oder eine Vorlage an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "Legt die Standardvorlage für das Home-Verzeichnis eines Benutzers fest, wenn der Datenanbieter der Domäne nicht explizit eine Vorlage angegeben hat." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 +msgid "" +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "" +"Legt die Standardvorlage für das Home-Verzeichnis eines Benutzers fest, wenn " +"der Datenanbieter der Domäne nicht explizit eine Vorlage angegeben hat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Setzt die Anmelde-Shell für alle Benutzer außer Kraft." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Beschränkt die Benutzer-Shell auf einen der aufgeführten Werte." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Ersetzt alle Instanzen dieser Shells durch die shell_fallback" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn keine zulässige Shell auf dem Computer installiert ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "" +"Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn keine zulässige Shell auf dem " +"Computer installiert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn der Anbieter bei der Suche keine Shell zurückgibt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "" +"Die Standard-Shell, die verwendet wird, wenn der Anbieter bei der Suche " +"keine Shell zurückgibt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den die Liste der Subdomänen gültig sein soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den die Liste der Subdomänen gültig " +"sein soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den die Datensätze im Cache im Arbeitsspeicher gültig sein sollen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +msgid "" +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den die Datensätze im Cache im " +"Arbeitsspeicher gültig sein sollen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "Zeitraum (in Tagen seit der letzten erfolgreichen Online-Anmeldung), über den zwischengespeicherte Anmeldungen zulässig sein sollen, wenn der Authentifizierungsanbieter offline ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +msgid "" +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "" +"Zeitraum (in Tagen seit der letzten erfolgreichen Online-Anmeldung), über " +"den zwischengespeicherte Anmeldungen zulässig sein sollen, wenn der " +"Authentifizierungsanbieter offline ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "Zeitraum (in Minuten), der nach dem Erreichen von offline_failed_login_attempts ablaufen muss, bevor der nächste Anmeldeversuch möglich ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +msgid "" +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "" +"Zeitraum (in Minuten), der nach dem Erreichen von " +"offline_failed_login_attempts ablaufen muss, bevor der nächste " +"Anmeldeversuch möglich ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "Steuert die Art der Meldungen, die dem Benutzer während der Authentifizierung angezeigt werden sollen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "" +"Steuert die Art der Meldungen, die dem Benutzer während der " +"Authentifizierung angezeigt werden sollen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "Bei allen PAM-Anforderungen, die gestellt werden, während SSSD online ist, versucht der SSSD, die zwischengespeicherten Identitätsdaten des Benutzers sofort zu aktualisieren, damit die Authentifizierung jeweils mit den neuesten Daten erfolgt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +msgid "" +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "" +"Bei allen PAM-Anforderungen, die gestellt werden, während SSSD online ist, " +"versucht der SSSD, die zwischengespeicherten Identitätsdaten des Benutzers " +"sofort zu aktualisieren, damit die Authentifizierung jeweils mit den " +"neuesten Daten erfolgt." -#. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Zeigt n Tage vor Ablauf des Passworts eine Warnung an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "Angabe, ob die Attribute 'sudoNotBefore' und 'sudoNotAfter', mit denen zeitabhängige Sudoers-Einträge implementiert werden, ausgewertet werden sollen oder nicht." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "" +"Angabe, ob die Attribute 'sudoNotBefore' und 'sudoNotAfter', mit denen " +"zeitabhängige Sudoers-Einträge implementiert werden, ausgewertet werden " +"sollen oder nicht." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den der autofs-Responder negative Cache-Treffer zwischenspeichern soll, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den der autofs-Responder negative " +"Cache-Treffer zwischenspeichern soll, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt " +"werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." -msgstr "Angabe, ob ein Hash-Vorgang für die Hostnamen und Adressen in der verwalteten Datei 'known_hosts' durchgeführt werden soll oder nicht." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +msgid "" +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." +msgstr "" +"Angabe, ob ein Hash-Vorgang für die Hostnamen und Adressen in der " +"verwalteten Datei 'known_hosts' durchgeführt werden soll oder nicht." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." -msgstr "Zeitraum (in Sekunden), über den ein Host in der verwalteten Datei 'known_hosts' beibehalten werden soll, nachdem seine Hostschlüssel angefordert wurden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +msgid "" +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." +msgstr "" +"Zeitraum (in Sekunden), über den ein Host in der verwalteten Datei " +"'known_hosts' beibehalten werden soll, nachdem seine Hostschlüssel " +"angefordert wurden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "UID- und GID-Grenzwerte für die Domäne. Wenn eine Domäne einen Eintrag enthält, der außerhalb dieser Grenzwerte liegt, wird sie ignoriert." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +msgid "" +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "" +"UID- und GID-Grenzwerte für die Domäne. Wenn eine Domäne einen Eintrag " +"enthält, der außerhalb dieser Grenzwerte liegt, wird sie ignoriert." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" -msgstr "Alle Entitäten aus Back-End-Datenbank auslesen (höhere Belastung des Servers)" +msgstr "" +"Alle Entitäten aus Back-End-Datenbank auslesen (höhere Belastung des Servers)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "Wenn der Service nicht nach “force_timeout” Sekunden beendet wird, erzwingt das Überwachungsprogramm die Beendigung mit einem SIGKILL-Signal." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +msgid "" +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der Service nicht nach “force_timeout” Sekunden beendet wird, erzwingt " +"das Überwachungsprogramm die Beendigung mit einem SIGKILL-Signal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Einträge in nss_sss als gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Einträge in nss_sss als gültig " +"betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Benutzereinträge in nss_sss als gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Benutzereinträge in nss_sss als " +"gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden " +"soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Gruppeneinträge in nss_sss als gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Gruppeneinträge in nss_sss als " +"gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden " +"soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Netzwerkeinträge in nss_sss als gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Netzwerkeinträge in nss_sss als " +"gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden " +"soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Serviceeinträge in nss_sss als gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +msgid "" +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Serviceeinträge in nss_sss als " +"gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden " +"soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Regeln in sudo als gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +msgid "" +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Regeln in sudo als gültig " +"betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Automounter-Zuordnungen im autofs-Service als gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-End gefragt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +msgid "" +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den Automounter-Zuordnungen im " +"autofs-Service als gültig betrachtet werden sollen, bevor wieder das Back-" +"End gefragt werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "Berechtigungsnachweise für Offline-Verwendung im Cache speichern" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "Zeitraum (in Tagen), über den die Einträge nach der letzten erfolgreichen Anmeldung im Cache belassen werden, bevor sie beim Bereinigen des Cache entfernt werden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +msgid "" +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "" +"Zeitraum (in Tagen), über den die Einträge nach der letzten erfolgreichen " +"Anmeldung im Cache belassen werden, bevor sie beim Bereinigen des Cache " +"entfernt werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der Identifikationsanbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "Geben Sie den vollständigen Namen und die Domäne (gemäß dem full_name_format der Domäne) als Anmeldenamen des Benutzers an, der an NSS gemeldet werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +msgid "" +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie den vollständigen Namen und die Domäne (gemäß dem full_name_format " +"der Domäne) als Anmeldenamen des Benutzers an, der an NSS gemeldet werden " +"soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "Der Authentifizierungsanbieter für die Domäne" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der Zugriffssteuerungsanbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der Passwortänderungen für die Domäne verarbeiten soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der SUDO-Anbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." -msgstr "Der Anbieter, der das Laden von selinux-Einstellungen verarbeiten soll." +msgstr "" +"Der Anbieter, der das Laden von selinux-Einstellungen verarbeiten soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der das Abrufen von Subdomänen verarbeiten soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "Der autofs-Anbieter für die Domäne." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "Der Anbieter, der Hostidentitätsdaten abrufen soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "Regulärer Ausdruck für diese Domäne, der beschreibt, wie die Zeichenfolge mit dem Benutzernamen und der Domäne diesen Komponenten entsprechend analysiert werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +msgid "" +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "" +"Regulärer Ausdruck für diese Domäne, der beschreibt, wie die Zeichenfolge " +"mit dem Benutzernamen und der Domäne diesen Komponenten entsprechend " +"analysiert werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "Ein printf(3)-kompatibles Format, das beschreibt, wie ein Tupel (Name, Domäne) für diese Domäne in einen vollständig qualifizierten Namen übersetzt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +msgid "" +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "" +"Ein printf(3)-kompatibles Format, das beschreibt, wie ein Tupel (Name, " +"Domäne) für diese Domäne in einen vollständig qualifizierten Namen übersetzt " +"werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "Ermöglicht die Auswahl der bevorzugten Adressfamilie für DNS-Suchvorgänge." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +msgid "" +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "" +"Ermöglicht die Auswahl der bevorzugten Adressfamilie für DNS-Suchvorgänge." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den auf eine Antwort des DNS-Auflösers gewartet werden soll, bevor angenommen wird, dass der Auflöser nicht erreichbar ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +msgid "" +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den auf eine Antwort des DNS-" +"Auflösers gewartet werden soll, bevor angenommen wird, dass der Auflöser " +"nicht erreichbar ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "Wenn die Service-Ermittlung im Back-End verwendet wird: Gibt den Domänenteil der DNS-Abfrage für die Service-Ermittlung an." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +msgid "" +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Service-Ermittlung im Back-End verwendet wird: Gibt den Domänenteil " +"der DNS-Abfrage für die Service-Ermittlung an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Überschreibt den primären GID-Wert mit dem angegebenen Wert." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "Beachtet die Groß- und Kleinschreibung bei Benutzer- und Gruppennamen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." -msgstr "Wenn ein Benutzer oder eine Gruppe nach dem Namen im Proxy-Anbieter gesucht wird, wird eine zweite Suche nach ID durchgeführt, mit der der Name 'kanonisiert' wird, falls der angeforderte Name ein Alias ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "" +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." +msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Benutzer oder eine Gruppe nach dem Namen im Proxy-Anbieter gesucht " +"wird, wird eine zweite Suche nach ID durchgeführt, mit der der Name " +"'kanonisiert' wird, falls der angeforderte Name ein Alias ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "Verwendet dieses 'homedir' als Standardwert für alle Subdomänen in dieser Domäne." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "" +"Verwendet dieses 'homedir' als Standardwert für alle Subdomänen in dieser " +"Domäne." -#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Benutzer, die sich anmelden dürfen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Gruppen, die sich anmelden dürfen. Dies gilt nur für Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domäne." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Gruppen, die sich anmelden dürfen. Dies gilt " +"nur für Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domäne." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Gruppen, denen der Zugriff explizit verwehrt wird. Dies gilt nur für Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domäne." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "" +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "" +"Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Gruppen, denen der Zugriff explizit verwehrt " +"wird. Dies gilt nur für Gruppen innerhalb dieser SSSD-Domäne." -#. The local domain section -#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." -msgstr "'base_directory' wird mithilfe der Werkzeuge durch den Anmeldenamen ergänzt und als Home-Verzeichnis verwendet." +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "" +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." +msgstr "" +"'base_directory' wird mithilfe der Werkzeuge durch den Anmeldenamen ergänzt " +"und als Home-Verzeichnis verwendet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "Gibt an, ob für neue Benutzer standardmäßig ein neues Home-Verzeichnis angelegt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "" +"Gibt an, ob für neue Benutzer standardmäßig ein neues Home-Verzeichnis " +"angelegt werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "Gibt an, ob ein Home-Verzeichnis für neue Benutzer standardmäßig entfernt werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "" +"Gibt an, ob ein Home-Verzeichnis für neue Benutzer standardmäßig entfernt " +"werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." -msgstr "Legt in sss_useradd(8) die Standardberechtigungen für soeben erstellte Home-Verzeichnisse fest." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "" +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." +msgstr "" +"Legt in sss_useradd(8) die Standardberechtigungen für soeben erstellte Home-" +"Verzeichnisse fest." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" -msgstr "Das Gerüstverzeichnis, in dem sich Dateien und Verzeichnisse befinden, die in das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers kopiert werden sollen, wenn das Home-Verzeichnis mit sss_useradd(8) erstellt wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" +"(8)" +msgstr "" +"Das Gerüstverzeichnis, in dem sich Dateien und Verzeichnisse befinden, die " +"in das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers kopiert werden sollen, wenn das Home-" +"Verzeichnis mit sss_useradd(8) erstellt wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "Das Mail-Spool-Verzeichnis." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "Das Kommando, das nach dem Entfernen eines Benutzers ausgeführt wird." -#. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" -msgstr "(Nur für Active Directory) Token-Gruppen-Attribut verwenden, falls verfügbar" +msgstr "" +"(Nur für Active Directory) Token-Gruppen-Attribut verwenden, falls verfügbar" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URIs (ldap://) der LDAP-Server (durch Komma getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN zum Einschränken von LDAP-sudo-Regel-Suchen. Der Standardwert lautet ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " +"is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Optionaler Base-DN zum Einschränken von LDAP-sudo-Regel-Suchen. Der " +"Standardwert lautet ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen " +"SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) zum Ändern des Passworts eines Benutzers eine Verbindung herstellen soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "" +"Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der URIs der LDAP-Server an, mit denen " +"SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) zum Ändern des Passworts eines " +"Benutzers eine Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "Basis-DN für LDAP-Suche" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP-Schematyp" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "Der standardmäßige Bindungs-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-Vorgängen." +msgstr "" +"Der standardmäßige Bindungs-DN für die Durchführung von LDAP-Vorgängen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Der Typ des Authentifizierungs-Tokens des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Das Authentifizierungs-Token des standardmäßigen Bindungs-DN." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Benutzereintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Anmeldenamen eines Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur ID des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur primären Gruppen-ID des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum GECOS-Feld des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Namen des Home-Verzeichnisses des Benutzers enthält." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr "" +" Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Namen des Home-Verzeichnisses des Benutzers " +"enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Pfad zur Standard-Shell des Benutzers enthält." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Pfad zur Standard-Shell des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Benutzerobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des " +"übergeordneten Objekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Datum der letzten Passwortänderung) gehört." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen " +"eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Datum der letzten " +"Passwortänderung) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (minimales Passwortalter) gehört." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen " +"eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (minimales Passwortalter) " +"gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (maximales Passwortalter) gehört." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen " +"eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (maximales Passwortalter) " +"gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortwarnung) gehört." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen " +"eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für " +"Passwortwarnung) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für Passwortinaktivität) gehört." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen " +"eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Zeitraum für " +"Passwortinaktivität) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow oder ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Ablaufdatum des Kontos) gehört." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" +"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=shadow oder " +"ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines " +"LDAP-Attributs, das zum shadow(5)-Pendant (Ablaufdatum des Kontos) gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Datum und die Uhrzeit der letzten Passwortänderung in Kerberos gespeichert sind." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den " +"Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Datum und die Uhrzeit der letzten " +"Passwortänderung in Kerberos gespeichert sind." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Zeitpunkt (Datum und Uhrzeit) gespeichert ist, an dem das aktuelle Passwort abläuft." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos enthält dieser Parameter den " +"Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Zeitpunkt (Datum und Uhrzeit) " +"gespeichert ist, an dem das aktuelle Passwort abläuft." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Ablaufzeitpunkt des Kontos gespeichert ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter " +"den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem der Ablaufzeitpunkt des Kontos " +"gespeichert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Steuerbit-Feld für das Benutzerkonto gespeichert ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=ad enthält dieser Parameter " +"den Namen eines LDAP-Attributs, in dem das Steuerbit-Feld für das " +"Benutzerkonto gespeichert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds (oder gleichwertig) gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds (oder gleichwertig) gibt " +"dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter an, ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter an, " +"ob der Zugriff zulässig ist oder nicht." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter das Datum an, bis zu dem der Zugriff gewährt wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter das " +"Datum an, bis zu dem der Zugriff gewährt wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter den Zeitraum (Stunden an Wochentagen) an, in denen der Zugriff gewährt wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 +msgid "" +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von ldap_account_expire_policy=nds gibt dieser Parameter den " +"Zeitraum (Stunden an Wochentagen) an, in denen der Zugriff gewährt wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name) des Benutzers enthält." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Kerberos-UPN (User Principal Name) des Benutzers " +"enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die öffentlichen SSH-Schlüssel des Benutzers enthält." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das die öffentlichen SSH-Schlüssel des Benutzers enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." -msgstr "Einige Directory-Server, z. B. Active Directory, geben den Bereichsteil der UPN in Kleinbuchstaben zurück, so dass ein Fehler bei der Authentifizierung auftritt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 +msgid "" +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." +msgstr "" +"Einige Directory-Server, z. B. Active Directory, geben den Bereichsteil der " +"UPN in Kleinbuchstaben zurück, so dass ein Fehler bei der Authentifizierung " +"auftritt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "Stellen Sie diese Option auf 'wahr' ein, wenn der Bereich in Großbuchstaben angegeben werden soll." +msgstr "" +"Stellen Sie diese Option auf 'wahr' ein, wenn der Bereich in Großbuchstaben " +"angegeben werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, bevor SSSD den Cache der Datensätze in der Aufzählung aktualisieren soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "" +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, bevor SSSD den Cache der Datensätze in " +"der Aufzählung aktualisieren soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." -msgstr "Legt fest, wie oft der Cache auf inaktive Einträge (z. B. Gruppen ohne Mitglieder oder Benutzer, die sich noch nie angemeldet haben) überprüft und diese Einträge entfernt werden sollen, um Platz zu sparen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 +msgid "" +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." +msgstr "" +"Legt fest, wie oft der Cache auf inaktive Einträge (z. B. Gruppen ohne " +"Mitglieder oder Benutzer, die sich noch nie angemeldet haben) überprüft und " +"diese Einträge entfernt werden sollen, um Platz zu sparen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum vollständigen Namen des Benutzers gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, in dem die Gruppenmitgliedschaften des Benutzers aufgeführt sind." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, in dem die Gruppenmitgliedschaften des Benutzers " +"aufgeführt sind." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'authorizedService' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and " +"ldap_access_order=authorized_service ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand " +"des Attributs 'authorizedService' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host ermittelt SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'host' im LDAP-Eintrag des Benutzers." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 +msgid "" +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host ermittelt " +"SSSD das Zugriffsrecht anhand des Attributs 'host' im LDAP-Eintrag des " +"Benutzers." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Gruppeneintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Gruppennamen gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zur Gruppen-ID gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Gruppenmitglieder enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das die 'objectSID' eines LDAP-Gruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." -msgstr " Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des übergeordneten Objekts enthält." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." +msgstr "" +" Das LDAP-Attribut, das den Zeitstempel für die letzte Bearbeitung des " +"übergeordneten Objekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." -msgstr "Wenn ldap_schema auf ein Schemaformat eingestellt ist, das verschachtelte Gruppen unterstützt (z. B. RFC2307bis), steuert diese Option die Anzahl der Verschachtelungsebenen, die in SSSD berücksichtigt werden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid "" +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." +msgstr "" +"Wenn ldap_schema auf ein Schemaformat eingestellt ist, das verschachtelte " +"Gruppen unterstützt (z. B. RFC2307bis), steuert diese Option die Anzahl der " +"Verschachtelungsebenen, die in SSSD berücksichtigt werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die die Gruppensuche in Bereitstellungen mit komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen beschleunigen kann." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "" +"Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, " +"die die Gruppensuche in Bereitstellungen mit komplexen oder tief " +"verschachtelten Gruppen beschleunigen kann." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, die initgroups-Vorgänge beschleunigen kann (insbesondere bei komplexen oder tief verschachtelten Gruppen)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "" +"Diese Option weist SSSD an, eine Funktion aus Active Directory zu nutzen, " +"die initgroups-Vorgänge beschleunigen kann (insbesondere bei komplexen oder " +"tief verschachtelten Gruppen)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " Die Objektklasse eines Netzgruppeneintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das zum Netzgruppennamen gehört." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Netzgruppenmitglieder enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Netzwerk-Tripel (Host, Benutzer, Domäne) enthält." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Netzwerk-Tripel (Host, Benutzer, Domäne) enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Netzgruppenobjekts enthält." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das die UUID/GUID eines LDAP-Netzgruppenobjekts enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Service-Eintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Service-Attribute und ihre Aliasnamen enthält." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das die Namen der Service-Attribute und ihre Aliasnamen " +"enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das den von diesem Service verwalteten Port enthält." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das den von diesem Service verwalteten Port enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "Das LDAP-Attribut, das die von diesem Service verarbeiteten Protokolle enthält." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "" +"Das LDAP-Attribut, das die von diesem Service verarbeiteten Protokolle " +"enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Service-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-" +"Service-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet " +"ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr " Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 +msgid "" +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." +msgstr "" +" Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge ausgeführt " +"werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse " +"zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge nach Benutzer- und Gruppenaufzählungen ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den LDAP-Suchvorgänge nach " +"Benutzer- und Gruppenaufzählungen ausgeführt werden, bevor sie abgebrochen " +"und die zwischengespeicherten Ergebnisse zurückgegeben werden (und der " +"Offline-Modus aktiviert wird)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem poll(2)/select(2) nach connect(2) zurückkehren soll, wenn keine Aktivitäten vorliegen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 +msgid "" +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem poll(2)/select(2) nach connect" +"(2) zurückkehren soll, wenn keine Aktivitäten vorliegen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem Aufrufe synchroner LDAP-APIs abgebrochen werden, wenn keine Antwort empfangen wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, nach dem Aufrufe synchroner LDAP-APIs " +"abgebrochen werden, wenn keine Antwort empfangen wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." -msgstr "Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den eine Verbindung zu einem LDAP-Server beibehalten werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 +msgid "" +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Zeitraum (in Sekunden) an, über den eine Verbindung zu einem LDAP-" +"Server beibehalten werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Datensätze an, die in einer einzigen Anfrage aus LDAP abgerufen werden sollen. Bei einigen LDAP-Servern wird eine maximale Anzahl von Datensätzen pro Anforderung erzwungen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie die Anzahl der Datensätze an, die in einer einzigen Anfrage aus " +"LDAP abgerufen werden sollen. Bei einigen LDAP-Servern wird eine maximale " +"Anzahl von Datensätzen pro Anforderung erzwungen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Deaktiviert die LDAP-Paging-Steuerung." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "Bei der Kommunikation mit einem LDAP-Server über SASL: Geben Sie die Sicherheitsstufe an, die zum Aufbauen der Verbindung mindestens erforderlich ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 +msgid "" +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "" +"Bei der Kommunikation mit einem LDAP-Server über SASL: Geben Sie die " +"Sicherheitsstufe an, die zum Aufbauen der Verbindung mindestens erforderlich " +"ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Gruppenmitglieder an, die im internen Cache fehlen müssen, damit eine Dereferenzsuche ausgelöst wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 +msgid "" +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie die Anzahl der Gruppenmitglieder an, die im internen Cache fehlen " +"müssen, damit eine Dereferenzsuche ausgelöst wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Serverzertifizierung in LDAP-TLS-Sitzung validieren" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die Zertifikate für alle Zertifizierungsstellen enthält, die in SSSD erkannt werden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 +msgid "" +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "" +"Gibt die Datei an, die Zertifikate für alle Zertifizierungsstellen enthält, " +"die in SSSD erkannt werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "Gibt den Pfad eines Verzeichnisses an, das Zertifikate der Zertifizierungsstellen in separaten Dateien enthält." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 +msgid "" +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Pfad eines Verzeichnisses an, das Zertifikate der " +"Zertifizierungsstellen in separaten Dateien enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die das Zertifikat für den Clientschlüssel enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Gibt die Datei an, die den Clientschlüssel enthält." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Gibt die zulässigen Cipher-Suites an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." -msgstr "Gibt an, dass die id_provider-Verbindung zum Schutz des Kanals ebenfalls TLS verwenden muss." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 +msgid "" +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." +msgstr "" +"Gibt an, dass die id_provider-Verbindung zum Schutz des Kanals ebenfalls TLS " +"verwenden muss." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "Gibt an, dass SSSD versuchen soll, die Benutzer- und Gruppen-IDs aus den Attributen 'ldap_user_objectsid' und 'ldap_group_objectsid' zuzuordnen, statt die Werte aus 'ldap_user_uid_number' und 'ldap_group_gid_number' zu übernehmen." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 +msgid "" +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "" +"Gibt an, dass SSSD versuchen soll, die Benutzer- und Gruppen-IDs aus den " +"Attributen 'ldap_user_objectsid' und 'ldap_group_objectsid' zuzuordnen, " +"statt die Werte aus 'ldap_user_uid_number' und 'ldap_group_gid_number' zu " +"übernehmen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Mechanismus an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende SASL-Autorisierungs-ID an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Geben Sie den zu verwendenden SASL-Bereich an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "Wenn diese Option auf 'wahr' eingestellt ist, führt die LDAP-Bibliothek eine Rückwärtssuche durch, mit der der Hostname bei einer SASL-Bindung kanonisiert wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 +msgid "" +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "" +"Wenn diese Option auf 'wahr' eingestellt ist, führt die LDAP-Bibliothek eine " +"Rückwärtssuche durch, mit der der Hostname bei einer SASL-Bindung " +"kanonisiert wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Geben Sie die zu verwendende Keytab für SASL/GSSAPI an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "Gibt an, dass der 'id_provider' Kerberos-Anmeldedaten (TGT) initialisieren soll." +msgstr "" +"Gibt an, dass der 'id_provider' Kerberos-Anmeldedaten (TGT) initialisieren " +"soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." -msgstr "Gibt die Lebensdauer (in Sekunden) des TGT an, wenn GSSAPI verwendet wird." +msgstr "" +"Gibt die Lebensdauer (in Sekunden) des TGT an, wenn GSSAPI verwendet wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "Gibt die Richtlinie an, mit der der Passwortablauf auf der Clientseite ausgewertet werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "" +"Gibt die Richtlinie an, mit der der Passwortablauf auf der Clientseite " +"ausgewertet werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Gibt an, ob die automatische Verweisverfolgung aktiviert werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, der verwendet werden soll, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Service-Namen an, der verwendet werden soll, wenn die Service-" +"Ermittlung aktiviert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "Gibt den Service-Namen an, mit dem ein LDAP-Server aufgefunden werden soll, der Passwortänderungen zulässt, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 +msgid "" +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den Service-Namen an, mit dem ein LDAP-Server aufgefunden werden soll, " +"der Passwortänderungen zulässt, wenn die Service-Ermittlung aktiviert ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "Gibt an, ob das Attribut 'ldap_user_shadow_last_change' mit dem Zeitraum (in Tagen) seit der Epoche nach einer Passwortänderung aktualisiert werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 +msgid "" +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "" +"Gibt an, ob das Attribut 'ldap_user_shadow_last_change' mit dem Zeitraum (in " +"Tagen) seit der Epoche nach einer Passwortänderung aktualisiert werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "Bei Verwendung von access_provider = ldap und ldap_access_order = filter (Standard) ist diese Option obligatorisch. Hiermit wird ein LDAP-Suchfilterkriterium festgelegt, das der Benutzer erfüllen muss, um Zugriff auf diesen Host zu erhalten." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 +msgid "" +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "" +"Bei Verwendung von access_provider = ldap und ldap_access_order = filter " +"(Standard) ist diese Option obligatorisch. Hiermit wird ein LDAP-" +"Suchfilterkriterium festgelegt, das der Benutzer erfüllen muss, um Zugriff " +"auf diesen Host zu erhalten." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." -msgstr " Mit dieser Option kann eine clientseitige Auswertung der Zugriffssteuerungsattribute aktiviert werden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 +msgid "" +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." +msgstr "" +" Mit dieser Option kann eine clientseitige Auswertung der " +"Zugriffssteuerungsattribute aktiviert werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste der Zugriffssteuerungsoptionen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "Gibt an, wie die Alias-Dereferenzierung während einer Suche vorgenommen werden soll.#" +msgstr "" +"Gibt an, wie die Alias-Dereferenzierung während einer Suche vorgenommen " +"werden soll.#" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "Ermöglicht das Beibehalten lokaler Benutzer als Mitglieder einer LDAP-Gruppe auf Servern, auf denen das RFC2307-Schema verwendet wird." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 +msgid "" +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "" +"Ermöglicht das Beibehalten lokaler Benutzer als Mitglieder einer LDAP-Gruppe " +"auf Servern, auf denen das RFC2307-Schema verwendet wird." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP autofs-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP " +"autofs-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet " +"ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Gruppen-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-" +"Gruppen-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet " +"ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Netzgruppen-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-" +"Netzgruppen-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet " +"ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-Benutzer-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Optionaler Base-DN, Suchbereich und LDAP-Filter zum Einschränken von LDAP-" +"Benutzer-Suchen nach diesem Attributtyp. Der Standardwert lautet " +"ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "Die Objektklasse eines Automount-Zuordnungseintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "Der Name eines Automount-Zuordnungseintrags in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." -msgstr "Der Schlüssel eines Automount-Eintrags in LDAP. Der Eintrag entspricht normalerweise einem Einhängepunkt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "" +"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " +"mount point." +msgstr "" +"Der Schlüssel eines Automount-Eintrags in LDAP. Der Eintrag entspricht " +"normalerweise einem Einhängepunkt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der Kerberos-Server (durch Komma getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der Kerberos-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine Verbindung herstellen soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 +msgid "" +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "" +"Gibt die durch Komma getrennte Liste der IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der " +"Kerberos-Server an, mit denen SSSD (in der angegebenen Reihenfolge) eine " +"Verbindung herstellen soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerbereos-Bereich (z. B. BEISPIEL.DE)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." -msgstr "Wenn der Passwortänderungs-Service nicht auf dem KDC ausgeführt wird, können hier alternative Server definiert werden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "" +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der Passwortänderungs-Service nicht auf dem KDC ausgeführt wird, können " +"hier alternative Server definiert werden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Verzeichnis zum Speichern des Anmeldedaten-Cache." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Speicherort des Anmeldedaten-Cache des Benutzers." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." -msgstr " Zeitraum (in Sekunden), nach dem eine Online-Authentifizierungsanforderung oder eine Passwortänderungsanforderung abgebrochen werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 +msgid "" +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." +msgstr "" +" Zeitraum (in Sekunden), nach dem eine Online-Authentifizierungsanforderung " +"oder eine Passwortänderungsanforderung abgebrochen werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." -msgstr "Überprüft mithilfe von krb5_keytab, ob das erhaltene TGT frei von Manipulationen ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 +msgid "" +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." +msgstr "" +"Überprüft mithilfe von krb5_keytab, ob das erhaltene TGT frei von " +"Manipulationen ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." -msgstr "Der Speicherort der zu verwendenden Keytab für die Validierung von Anmeldedaten, die von KDCs abgerufen wurden." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 +msgid "" +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." +msgstr "" +"Der Speicherort der zu verwendenden Keytab für die Validierung von " +"Anmeldedaten, die von KDCs abgerufen wurden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "Speichert das Passwort des Benutzers, wenn der Anbieter offline ist, und fordert damit ein TGT an, sobald der Anbieter wieder online ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +msgid "" +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "" +"Speichert das Passwort des Benutzers, wenn der Anbieter offline ist, und " +"fordert damit ein TGT an, sobald der Anbieter wieder online ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Fordert ein erneuerbares Ticket mit einer Gesamtlebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 +msgid "" +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Fordert ein erneuerbares Ticket mit einer Gesamtlebensdauer an, die als " +"Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "Fordert ein Ticket mit einer bestimmten Lebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 +msgid "" +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." +msgstr "" +"Fordert ein Ticket mit einer bestimmten Lebensdauer an, die als Ganzzahl, " +"direkt gefolgt von einer Zeiteinheit, angegeben ist." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "Zeitraum (in Sekunden) zwischen zwei Überprüfungen, ob das TGT erneuert werden soll." +msgstr "" +"Zeitraum (in Sekunden) zwischen zwei Überprüfungen, ob das TGT erneuert " +"werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." -msgstr "Ermöglicht FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) für die Kerberos-Vorabauthentifizierung." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 +msgid "" +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." +msgstr "" +"Ermöglicht FAST (Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling) für die Kerberos-" +"Vorabauthentifizierung." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Gibt den zu verwendenden Server-Principal für FAST an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "Gibt an, ob der Host- und der Benutzer-Prinzipal kanonisiert werden sollen." +msgstr "" +"Gibt an, ob der Host- und der Benutzer-Prinzipal kanonisiert werden sollen." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Gibt den Namen der Active Directory-Domäne an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "Host names of AD servers (comma separated)." msgstr "Hostnamen der AD-Server (durch Komma getrennt)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "Host names of backup AD servers (comma separated)." msgstr "Hostnamen der Backup-AD-Server (durch Komma getrennt)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "AD-Hostname (optional) - kann angegeben werden, wenn hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) für diesen Host in AD übereinstimmt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 +msgid "" +"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " +"used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "" +"AD-Hostname (optional) - kann angegeben werden, wenn hostname(5) nicht mit " +"dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) für diesen Host in AD " +"übereinstimmt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Setzt das Home-Verzeichnis des Benutzers außer Kraft." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr " Gibt den unteren Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 +msgid "" +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +" Gibt den unteren Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von " +"Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "Gibt den oberen Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 +msgid "" +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "" +"Gibt den oberen Grenzwert des Bereichs der POSIX-IDs für die Zuordnung von " +"Active Directory-Benutzer- und -Gruppen-SIDs an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Gibt die Anzahl der verfügbaren IDs für die einzelnen Scheiben an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Geben Sie die Domänen-SID der Standarddomäne an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen der Standarddomäne an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "Ändert das Verhalten des ID-Zuordnungsalgorithmus, so dass er ähnlich wie der winbind-Algorithmus 'idmap_autorid' reagiert." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 +msgid "" +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "" +"Ändert das Verhalten des ID-Zuordnungsalgorithmus, so dass er ähnlich wie " +"der winbind-Algorithmus 'idmap_autorid' reagiert." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Gibt den Namen der IPA-Domäne an." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-Adressen oder Hostnamen der IPA-Server (durch Komma getrennt)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "IPA-Hostname (optional) - kann angegeben werden, wenn hostname(5) nicht mit dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) für diesen Host in IPA übereinstimmt." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 +msgid "" +"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "" +"IPA-Hostname (optional) - kann angegeben werden, wenn hostname(5) nicht mit " +"dem vollständig qualifizierten Namen (FQDN) für diesen Host in IPA " +"übereinstimmt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "Automounter-Position, die dieser IPA-Client verwenden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "Diese Option weist SSSD an, den DNS-Server in FreeIPA 2 mit der IP-Adresse dieses Clients zu aktualisieren." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 +msgid "" +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "" +"Diese Option weist SSSD an, den DNS-Server in FreeIPA 2 mit der IP-Adresse " +"dieses Clients zu aktualisieren." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "Die TTL, die beim Aktualisieren auf den Client-DNS-Datensatz angewendet werden soll." +msgstr "" +"Die TTL, die beim Aktualisieren auf den Client-DNS-Datensatz angewendet " +"werden soll." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "Geben Sie die Schnittstelle an, deren IP-Adresse für dynamische DNS-Updates verwendet werden soll." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie die Schnittstelle an, deren IP-Adresse für dynamische DNS-Updates " +"verwendet werden soll." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/autoinst.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,47 +15,49 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. progress step title -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 -#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 +#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Ausführen der Skripte für die automatische Installation in der Installationsumgebung..." +msgstr "" +"Ausführen der Skripte für die automatische Installation in der " +"Installationsumgebung..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:15 msgid "Reading configuration data..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdaten werden eingelesen..." -#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363 +#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "Dies kann eine Weile dauern" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp -#. Summary: Main file for client call -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp +#. Summary: Main file for client call +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:35 msgid "Error while reading configuration data." msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen der Konfigurationsdaten" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:68 msgid "AutoYaST" msgstr "AutoYaST" -#. command line options -#. Init variables -#. unique id -#. Backup -#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485 -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 +#. command line options +#. Init variables +#. unique id +#. Backup +#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:476 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "Check the log files for more details or fix the\n" @@ -65,142 +67,153 @@ "Überprüfen Sie die Protokolldateien oder berichtigen Sie die \n" "Steuerdatei und wiederholen Sie den Versuch.\n" -#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:122 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:621 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Reading configuration data" msgstr "Konfigurationsdaten einlesen" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. * File: -#. * Package: Auto-installation -#. * Author: Uwe Gansert -#. * Summary: -#. * -#. * Changes: * initial -#. 0.2: * added Pkg::TargetInit -#. 0.3: * support for <post-packages> -#. 0.4: * support for the <ask> feature -#. 0.5: * support for the new "keep install network" -#. feature of 10.3 -#. * Version: 0.5 -#. * $Id$ -#. -#. this client can be called from a running system, -#. to do the autoyast configuration. -#. You have to provide a profile and autoyast will -#. configure your system like in the profile. -#. Only stage2 configuration can be done. -#. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. * File: +#. * Package: Auto-installation +#. * Author: Uwe Gansert +#. * Summary: +#. * +#. * Changes: * initial +#. 0.2: * added Pkg::TargetInit +#. 0.3: * support for <post-packages> +#. 0.4: * support for the <ask> feature +#. 0.5: * support for the new "keep install network" +#. feature of 10.3 +#. * Version: 0.5 +#. * $Id$ +#. +#. this client can be called from a running system, +#. to do the autoyast configuration. +#. You have to provide a profile and autoyast will +#. configure your system like in the profile. +#. Only stage2 configuration can be done. +#. yast2 ./ayast_setup.rb setup filename=/tmp/my.xml +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:48 msgid "Client for AutoYaST configuration on the running system" msgstr "Client für AutoYaST-Konfiguration im laufenden System" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:58 msgid "Configure the system using given AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Konfigurierung des Systems mit dem angegebenen AutoYaST-Profil" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:65 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Pfad zum AutoYaST-Profil" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:70 msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "Paketbehandlung aktivieren/deaktivieren" -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:101 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Parameterliste ist leer" -#. the following is needed since 10.3 -#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135 +#. the following is needed since 10.3 +#. otherwise the already configured network gets removed +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:135 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Pfad zum AutoYaST-Profil muss angegeben werden." -#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Client für Erstellung eines AutoYaST-Profils basierend auf dem laufenden System" +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Client für Erstellung eines AutoYaST-Profils basierend auf dem laufenden " +"System" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "Bekannte Module: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:83 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "Durch Komma getrennte Liste zu kopierender Module" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning that an already existing autoyast configuration file will be overwritten. +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:114 msgid "File %s exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "Datei %s bereits vorhanden! Wirklich überschreiben?" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:118 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "System wird geklont..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:120 msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Das entstehende AutoYaST-Profil befindet sich in %s." -#. help 1/2 -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>" +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Kopieren Sie mithilfe dieses Dialogfelds die Dateiinhalte und geben Sie den endgültigen\n" -"Pfad auf dem installierten System an. YaST kopiert diese Datei in den angegebenen\n" +"<p>Kopieren Sie mithilfe dieses Dialogfelds die Dateiinhalte und geben Sie " +"den endgültigen\n" +"Pfad auf dem installierten System an. YaST kopiert diese Datei in den " +"angegebenen\n" "Pfad.</p>" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Zum Schützen kopierter Dateien müssen Sie den Eigentümer und die Berechtigungen der Dateien festlegen.\n" -"Legen Sie den Eigentümer mit der Syntax <i>userid:groupid</i> fest. Berechtigungen können eine symbolische\n" -"Darstellung vorzunehmender Änderungen sein oder eine Oktalzahl, die das Bit-Muster für die neuen\n" +"<p>Zum Schützen kopierter Dateien müssen Sie den Eigentümer und die " +"Berechtigungen der Dateien festlegen.\n" +"Legen Sie den Eigentümer mit der Syntax <i>userid:groupid</i> fest. " +"Berechtigungen können eine symbolische\n" +"Darstellung vorzunehmender Änderungen sein oder eine Oktalzahl, die das Bit-" +"Muster für die neuen\n" "Berechtigungen repräsentiert.</p>" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 msgid "Configuration File Editor" msgstr "Konfigurationsdatei-Editor" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:191 msgid "&File Path" msgstr "&Dateipfad" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:200 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:200 msgid "&Owner" msgstr "Ei&gentümer" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:206 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:206 msgid "&Permissions" msgstr "&Rechte" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:214 msgid "&Retrieve from" msgstr "Ab&rufen von" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:221 msgid "File So&urce" msgstr "Datei&quelle" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:226 msgid "&Load new contents" msgstr "Neue Inhalte &laden" -#. why? -#. if (mode == `edit) -#. { -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false); -#. } -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263 +#. why? +#. if (mode == `edit) +#. { +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`filename), `Enabled, false); +#. } +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:263 msgid "" "Provide at least the file\n" "name and the contents of the file.\n" @@ -208,51 +221,55 @@ "Sie müssen zumindest den Dateinamen\n" "und den Dateiinhalt angeben.\n" -#. OPEN -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 +#. OPEN +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:273 src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:605 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:397 msgid "Select a file to load." msgstr "Wählen Sie eine zu ladende Datei." -#. Summary of configuration -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301 +#. Summary of configuration +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:301 msgid "Available Files" msgstr "Verfügbare Dateien" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 msgid "File Path" msgstr "Dateipfad" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 msgid "Owner" msgstr "Eigentümer" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:305 msgid "Permissions" msgstr "Rechte" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:319 msgid "Add Complete Configuration Files" msgstr "Komplette Konfigurationsdateien hinzufügen" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Für viele Applikationen und Dienste werden Sie möglicherweise eine\n" "Konfigurationsdatei vorbereitet haben, die komplett in einen Pfad des\n" -"installierten Systems kopiert werden soll. Dies ist z. B. dann der Fall, wenn Sie\n" -"einen Web-Server installieren und eine httpd.conf-Konfigurationsdatei vorbereitet haben.</p>" +"installierten Systems kopiert werden soll. Dies ist z. B. dann der Fall, " +"wenn Sie\n" +"einen Web-Server installieren und eine httpd.conf-Konfigurationsdatei " +"vorbereitet haben.</p>" -#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 +#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 msgid "Select a file from the table first." msgstr "Wählen Sie zuerst eine Datei aus der Tabelle." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:38 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -262,69 +279,79 @@ "Bitte warten Sie, während das System konfiguriert wird.\n" "</p>" -#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 +#. Progress bar that displays overall progress in this dialog +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:63 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Fortschritt" -#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 +#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "System gemäß Einstellungen zur automatischen Installation konfigurieren..." +msgstr "" +"System gemäß Einstellungen zur automatischen Installation konfigurieren..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unknown sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." -msgstr "Diese Abschnitte im AutoYaST-Profil können auf diesem System nicht verarbeitet werden:<br><br>%s<br><br>Unter Umständen liegt ein Schreibfehler vor, oder der Abschnitt <software/> in Ihrem Profil enthält nicht alle erforderlichen YaST-Pakete." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unknown sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:" +"<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not " +"contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "" +"Diese Abschnitte im AutoYaST-Profil können auf diesem System nicht " +"verarbeitet werden:<br><br>%s<br><br>Unter Umständen liegt ein Schreibfehler " +"vor, oder der Abschnitt <software/> in Ihrem Profil enthält nicht alle " +"erforderlichen YaST-Pakete." -#. determine name of client, if not use default name -#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 +#. determine name of client, if not use default name +#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:184 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:226 msgid "Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 wird konfiguriert" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:186 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:228 msgid "Not Configuring %1" msgstr "%1 wird nicht konfiguriert" -#. online update -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 +#. online update +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:280 msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Post-Installationsskripte werden ausgeführt..." -#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services -#. bnc#955260 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:305 +#. Do not restart NetworkManager* services +#. bnc#955260 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:305 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Laufende Dienste werden neu gestartet" -#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 +#. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target aktivieren" -#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 +#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration wird abgeschlossen" -#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 +#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Ressource %1 wird verarbeitet" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autoimage.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Anas Nashif -#. Summary: Imaging -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoimage.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: Imaging +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:31 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the image is retrieved.</p>\n" @@ -332,32 +359,32 @@ "<p>\n" "Bitte warten Sie, während das Image geholt wird.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 msgid "Retrieve Image File" msgstr "Image-Datei holen" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:32 msgid "Install image file" msgstr "Image-Datei installieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:35 msgid "Retrieving image file..." msgstr "Image-Datei wird geholt..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:36 msgid "Installing image file..." msgstr "Image-Datei wird installiert..." -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:40 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:40 msgid "Installing image into system..." msgstr "Image wird auf System installiert..." -#. if (!AutoinstImage::Get(AutoinstSoftware::ft_module, Installation::destdir )) -#. { -#. Report::Error(_("Error while retrieving image.")); -#. return `abort; -#. } -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58 +#. if (!AutoinstImage::Get(AutoinstSoftware::ft_module, Installation::destdir )) +#. { +#. Report::Error(_("Error while retrieving image.")); +#. return `abort; +#. } +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:58 msgid "" "fetching image-script failed:\n" "%1" @@ -365,7 +392,7 @@ "Das Abbild-Skript konnte nicht abgerufen werden:\n" "%1" -#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67 +#: src/clients/inst_autoimage.rb:67 msgid "" "running image-script failed:\n" "%1" @@ -373,23 +400,23 @@ "Das Abbild-Skript konnte nicht ausgeführt werden:\n" "%1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Anas Nashif -#. Summary: This module finishes auto-installation and configures -#. the system as described in the profile file. -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autoinit.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Parses XML Profile for automatic installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoinst_post.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Author: Anas Nashif +#. Summary: This module finishes auto-installation and configures +#. the system as described in the profile file. +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:38 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:48 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n" @@ -398,197 +425,206 @@ "Bitte warten Sie, während das System für die automatische Installation \n" "vorbereitet wird</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" msgstr "Hardware-Erkennung" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:43 msgid "Retrieve & Read Control File" msgstr "Steuerdatei abrufen & einlesen" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:44 msgid "Parse control file" msgstr "Steuerdatei analysieren" -#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 +#. Checking profile for unsupported sections. +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:45 src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:199 msgid "Initial Configuration" msgstr "Initiale Konfiguration" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:66 msgid "Preparing System for Automatic Installation" msgstr "System für automatische Installation vorbereiten..." -#. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 +#. progress bar length +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:58 msgid "Preprobing stage" msgstr "Testvorlauf" -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:69 msgid "Probing hardware..." msgstr "Hardware wird überprüft..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated -#. list of unsupported sections of the profile -#. Do not translate words in brackets -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "Diese Abschnitte im AutoYaST-Profil werden nicht mehr unterstützt:<br><br>%s<br><br>Ändern Sie die Konfiguration beispielsweise mit <scripts/> oder <files/>." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated +#. list of unsupported sections of the profile +#. Do not translate words in brackets +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>" +"%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change " +"the configuration." +msgstr "" +"Diese Abschnitte im AutoYaST-Profil werden nicht mehr unterstützt:<br><br>" +"%s<br><br>Ändern Sie die Konfiguration beispielsweise mit <scripts/> " +"oder <files/>." -#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 +#. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 msgid "Parsing control file" msgstr "Steuerdatei analysieren..." -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:51 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Benötigte Pakete installieren" -#. progress bar length -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74 +#. progress bar length +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:74 msgid "Checking for required packages..." msgstr "Verfügbarkeit benötigter Pakete wird geprüft..." -#. Add all found packages -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214 +#. Add all found packages +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:214 msgid "Adding found packages..." msgstr "Gefundene Pakete werden hinzugefügt..." -#. Finish -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230 +#. Finish +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230 msgid "Checking for packages required for %1..." msgstr "Verfügbarkeit der für %1 benötigten Pakete wird überprüft..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. Uwe Gansert -#. -#. $Id$ -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. Uwe Gansert -#. -#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. Uwe Gansert +#. +#. $Id$ +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/inst_autosetup.ycp +#. Package: Auto-installation +#. Summary: Setup and prepare system for auto-installation +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. Uwe Gansert +#. +#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>" -msgstr "<p>Bitte warten Sie, während das System für die automatische Installation vorbereitet wird</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Bitte warten Sie, während das System für die automatische Installation " +"vorbereitet wird</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" msgstr "Vorinstallations-Benutzerskripte ausführen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47 msgid "Configure General Settings " msgstr "Allgemeine Optionen konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:49 msgid "Set up language" msgstr "Sprache einrichten" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 msgid "Create partition plans" msgstr "Partitionspläne erstellen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52 msgid "Configure Bootloader" msgstr "Bootloader konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:50 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registrierung" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51 msgid "Configure Software selections" msgstr "Software-Auswahl konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 msgid "Configure users and groups" msgstr "Benutzer und Gruppen konfigurieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64 msgid "Import SSH keys/settings" msgstr "SSH-Schlüssel/-Einstellungen importieren" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 msgid "Confirm License" msgstr "Lizenz bestätigen" -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:57 msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..." msgstr "Vorinstallations-Benutzerskripte werden ausgeführt..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56 msgid "Configuring general settings..." msgstr "Allgemeine Optionen werden konfiguriert..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:58 msgid "Setting up language..." msgstr "Sprache wird eingerichtet ..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72 msgid "Creating partition plans..." msgstr "Partitionspläne werden erstellt..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61 msgid "Configuring Bootloader..." msgstr "Bootloader wird konfiguriert..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:59 msgid "Registering the system..." msgstr "System wird registriert..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60 msgid "Configuring Software selections..." msgstr "Software-Auswahl wird konfiguriert..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "systemd-Standard-Target wird konfiguriert..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77 msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..." msgstr "Benutzer- und Gruppenkonfiguration wird importiert..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:78 msgid "Importing SSH keys/settings..." msgstr "SSH-Schlüssel/-Einstellungen werden importiert..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:79 msgid "Confirming License..." msgstr "Lizenz wird bestätigt..." -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:83 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65 msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation" msgstr "System für automatische Installation vorbereiten..." -#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a -#. network configuration is available. So this will be written -#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the -#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc -#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 +#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a +#. network configuration is available. So this will be written +#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the +#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc +#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942) +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:185 msgid "Handling Add-On Products..." msgstr "Add-on-Produkte werden verwaltet ..." -#. Set it in the Language module. -#. -#. Set it in the Language module. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 +#. Set it in the Language module. +#. +#. Set it in the Language module. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:210 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:145 msgid "Configuring language..." msgstr "Sprache wird konfiguriert..." -#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 +#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:298 msgid "" "Error while configuring partitions.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -596,9 +632,9 @@ "Fehler bei der Konfiguration der Partitionen.\n" "Bitte erneut versuchen.\n" -#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving -#. package dependencies. -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 +#. Adding selections (defined in PackageAI) to libzypp and solving +#. package dependencies. +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 msgid "" "Error while configuring software selections.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -606,370 +642,392 @@ "Fehler bei der Konfiguration der Software-Auswahl.\n" "Bitte erneut versuchen.\n" -#. ReportingDialog() -#. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 +#. ReportingDialog() +#. @return sumbol +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meldungen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "Meldungen &anzeigen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Meldungen &protokollieren" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Timeout (in Sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Warnmeldungen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Warnmeldungen &anzeigen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "&Warnmeldungen protokollieren" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Timeout (in S&ek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fehler" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "&Fehler anzeigen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "Fehler &protokollieren" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Timeo&ut (in Sek.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" msgstr "" -"<p>Sie können je nach Installationserfahrung Installationsmeldungen überspringen,\n" +"<p>Sie können je nach Installationserfahrung Installationsmeldungen " +"überspringen,\n" "protokollieren und anzeigen (mit Timeout).</p> \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Es wird empfohlen, alle <b>Meldungen</b> mit Timeout anzuzeigen.\n" -"Warnmeldungen können oftmals übersprungen, sollten jedoch nicht ignoriert werden.</p>\n" +"Warnmeldungen können oftmals übersprungen, sollten jedoch nicht ignoriert " +"werden.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Meldungen und Protokollierung" -#. Select packages -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 +#. Select packages +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Software-Auswahl" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " +"to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Wählen Sie eine <b>Basisauswahl</b> und klicken Sie auf <i>Erweitert<i> zum\n" -"Hinzufügen einer <b>zusätzlichen</b> Auswahl und <b>zusätzlicher</b> Pakete.\n" +"Hinzufügen einer <b>zusätzlichen</b> Auswahl und <b>zusätzlicher</b> " +"Pakete.\n" "</p>\n" -#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); -#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; -#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 +#. AutoinstSoftware::pmInit(); +#. string mainRepo = "http://10.10.0.162/SLES11/DVD1/"; +#. string mainRepo = "ftp://10.10.0.100/install/SLP/openSUSE-11.2/x86_64/DVD1/"; +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:121 msgid "Location of the installation source (like http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" msgstr "Speicherort der Installationsquelle (z. B. http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "Die Installationsquelle dieses Systems (wenn Sie dies wählen, können Sie keine Abbilder erstellen)" +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"Die Installationsquelle dieses Systems (wenn Sie dies wählen, können Sie " +"keine Abbilder erstellen)" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" msgstr "Benutzung dieser Installationsquelle ist fehlgeschlagen" -#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 +#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:190 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Paketdatenbank wird eingelesen..." -#. is result copy of part? -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59 +#. is result copy of part? +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Einhängen in /etc/fstab durch:</b>\n" "\t Normalerweise wird das einzuhängende Dateisystem in /etc/fstab\n" -"\t durch seinen Gerätenamen identifiziert. Es ist jedoch möglich, es stattdessen\n" +"\t durch seinen Gerätenamen identifiziert. Es ist jedoch möglich, es " +"stattdessen\n" "\t durch die Suche nach einer UUID oder einer Volume-Bezeichnung zu finden.\n" -"\t Nicht alle Dateisysteme können durch UUID oder Volume-Bezeichnung eingehängt werden. Wenn eine Option deaktiviert ist, ist dies nicht möglich.\n" +"\t Nicht alle Dateisysteme können durch UUID oder Volume-Bezeichnung " +"eingehängt werden. Wenn eine Option deaktiviert ist, ist dies nicht " +"möglich.\n" "\t" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "<p><b>Volume-Bezeichnung:</b>\n" -"\t Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volume-Bezeichnung verwendet. Dies ist normalerweise\n" -"\t nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen nach Volume-Bezeichnung aktivieren.\n" -"\t Volume-Bezeichnungen dürfen keine Leerzeichen oder das Zeichen / enthalten.\n" +"\t Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volume-Bezeichnung " +"verwendet. Dies ist normalerweise\n" +"\t nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen nach Volume-" +"Bezeichnung aktivieren.\n" +"\t Volume-Bezeichnungen dürfen keine Leerzeichen oder das Zeichen / " +"enthalten.\n" "\t " -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:82 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:92 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Verschlüsselung" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:86 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:86 msgid "Encryption key" msgstr "Verschlüsselungs-Key" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:93 msgid "Encryption is not available for physical volumes" msgstr "Verschlüsselung ist für physische Volumes nicht verfügbar" -#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)), -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103 +#. `HWeight(30, `RichText(`opt(`hstretch),helpText)), +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:103 msgid "Advanced Partition Settings" msgstr "Erweiterte Partitionseinstellungen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:110 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:110 msgid "Fstab options" msgstr "Fstab-Optionen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:112 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Einhängen durch" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:118 msgid "Device name" msgstr "Gerätename" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:119 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:119 msgid "Device id" msgstr "Geräte-ID" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:120 -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:134 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:120 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:134 msgid "Volume label" msgstr "Volume-Bezeichnung" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:125 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:125 msgid "Device path" msgstr "Gerätepfad" -#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:126 +#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:126 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. INTERNAL STUFF -#. local copy of current device the user wants to -#. edit using this dialog -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:39 +#. INTERNAL STUFF +#. local copy of current device the user wants to +#. edit using this dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:39 msgid "Edit Drive" msgstr "Laufwerk bearbeiten" -#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:169 +#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:169 msgid "D&evice" msgstr "G&erät" -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:180 msgid "&Intialize drive" msgstr "Laufwerk &initialisieren" -#. initially selected -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185 +#. initially selected +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:185 msgid "Re&use" msgstr "Wieder&verwenden" -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:190 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "&Type" msgstr "&Typ" -#. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)), -#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139 +#. `ComboBox( `id(`vgType), _("Type"), toItemList(volgroupTypes)), +#: src/include/autoinstall/DriveDialog.rb:196 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:518 +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:139 msgid "Apply" msgstr "Anwenden" -#. determines if this partition is to be created on a VG -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:94 +#. determines if this partition is to be created on a VG +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:94 msgid "<none>" msgstr "<keine>" -#. LV -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:135 +#. LV +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:135 msgid "Provide a logical volume name." msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für das logische Volume an." -#. MB, GB -> M, B -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197 +#. MB, GB -> M, B +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:197 msgid "" "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"Sie wollen die Partition erstellen, haben aber kein gültiges Dateisystem gewählt.\n" +"Sie wollen die Partition erstellen, haben aber kein gültiges Dateisystem " +"gewählt.\n" "Wählen Sie ein gültiges Dateisystem, um fortzufahren.\n" -#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we -#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we -#. issue possible errors as warnings, and store anyway... should -#. be fixed. -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392 +#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we +#. currently can't stop the dialog switch from happening, so we +#. issue possible errors as warnings, and store anyway... should +#. be fixed. +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:392 msgid "Store unsaved changes to partition?" msgstr "Ungespeicherte Änderungen in Partition speichern?" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:419 msgid "Volgroup" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:423 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:423 msgid "Logical volume name" msgstr "Logischer Volume-Name" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:426 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:426 msgid "Edit partition" msgstr "Partition bearbeiten" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:436 msgid "&Mount point" msgstr "&Einhängepunkt" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:446 msgid "File sys&tem" msgstr "Dateisys&tem" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:453 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:453 msgid "&Size" msgstr "&Größe" -#. HBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471 +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:471 msgid "Partiti&on number" msgstr "&Partitionsnummer" -#. VBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482 +#. VBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:482 msgid "Reuse e&xisting partition" msgstr "&Vorhandene Partition wiederverwenden" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:489 msgid "Res&ize existing partition" msgstr "&Größe der vorhandenen Partition ändern" -#. HBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496 +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:496 msgid "Activate Striping" msgstr "Striping aktivieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:500 msgid "Number of Stripes" msgstr "Anzahl der Stripes" -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:508 msgid "Stripe size" msgstr "Stripe-Größe" -#. HBox -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516 +#. HBox +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:516 msgid "Advan&ced" msgstr "&Erweitert" -#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "Wert \"auto\" ist nur gültig für die Einhängepunkte \"/boot\" oder \"swap\" ." +#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"Wert \"auto\" ist nur gültig für die Einhängepunkte \"/boot\" oder \"swap\" ." -#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 +#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." msgstr "Größe \"auto\" ist ungültig für physische Volumes." -#. Displayed when tree is empty -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34 +#. Displayed when tree is empty +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:34 msgid "Nothing selected" msgstr "Keine Auswahl getroffen" -#. Main Partitioning Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175 +#. Main Partitioning Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:175 msgid "Partition p&lan" msgstr "&Partitionsplan" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:180 msgid "Add D&rive" msgstr "&Laufwerk hinzufügen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:181 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:181 msgid "Add &Partition" msgstr "&Partition hinzufügen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:186 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:186 msgid "Add &Volume Group" msgstr "&Volume-Gruppe hinzufügen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 +#: src/include/autoinstall/StorageDialog.rb:187 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:66 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Löschen" -#. INTERNAL STUFF -#. local copy of current device the user wants to -#. edit using this dialog -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:33 +#. INTERNAL STUFF +#. local copy of current device the user wants to +#. edit using this dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:33 msgid "Edit Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe bearbeiten" -#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112 +#. GENERAL DIALOG IFACE +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:112 msgid "Store unsaved changes to volume group?" msgstr "Ungesicherte Änderungen in der Volume-Gruppe speichern?" -#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136 +#: src/include/autoinstall/VolgroupDialog.rb:136 msgid "Volgroup device name" msgstr "Gerätename der Volume-Gruppe" -#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? -#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 +#. FIXME: why not pass the variable always? +#: src/include/autoinstall/ask.rb:540 msgid "A user defined script is running. This may take a while." -msgstr "Ein benutzerdefiniertes Skript wird ausgeführt. Dies kann eine Weile dauern." +msgstr "" +"Ein benutzerdefiniertes Skript wird ausgeführt. Dies kann eine Weile dauern." -#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found -#. @param [String] original Original value -#. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 +#. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found +#. @param [String] original Original value +#. @return [String] new value +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -981,38 +1039,42 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Es konnte kein Profil für diesen Rechner gefunden oder geholt werden.\n" -"Überprüfen Sie, ob Sie den korrekten Pfad auf der Kommandozeile angegeben haben\n" -"und versuchen Sie es erneut. Aufgrund dieses Fehlers können Sie nur eine URL\n" -"zu einem Profil eingeben, aber nicht zu einem Verzeichnis. Wenn Sie Regeln oder\n" -"Hostname-basierte Steuerdateien verwenden, müssen Sie den Installationsprozess\n" +"Überprüfen Sie, ob Sie den korrekten Pfad auf der Kommandozeile angegeben " +"haben\n" +"und versuchen Sie es erneut. Aufgrund dieses Fehlers können Sie nur eine " +"URL\n" +"zu einem Profil eingeben, aber nicht zu einem Verzeichnis. Wenn Sie Regeln " +"oder\n" +"Hostname-basierte Steuerdateien verwenden, müssen Sie den " +"Installationsprozess\n" "neu starten und den Zugriff auf die Steuerdateien sicherstellen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Pfad für Systemprofil" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "Pfad für das &Profil:" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Bitte wählen Sie eine Festplatte" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Es wurden keine Platten gefunden." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1020,83 +1082,86 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten in Ihrem System werden hier angezeigt.\n" +"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten in Ihrem System werden hier " +"angezeigt.\n" "Wählen Sie die Festplatte, auf der &product; installiert werden soll.\n" "</p>" -#. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 +#. force help text width +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Festplattenauswahl" -#. there is a selection from that one option has to be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 +#. there is a selection from that one option has to be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Treffen Sie eine Auswahl, um fortzufahren." -#. class_dialog_contents() -#. @return [Yast::Term] -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +#. class_dialog_contents() +#. @return [Yast::Term] +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 msgid "Class Name" msgstr "Klassenname" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 msgid "Order" msgstr "Reihenfolge" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:56 msgid "Configurations" msgstr "Konfigurationen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:61 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:61 msgid "Class Description" msgstr "Klassenbeschreibung" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:64 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:64 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "Ne&u" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:175 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Bearbeiten" -#. AddEditClasses() -#. Add or Edit a class -#. @param [Symbol] mode -#. @param symbol -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:102 +#. AddEditClasses() +#. Add or Edit a class +#. @param [Symbol] mode +#. @param symbol +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:102 msgid "Edit or Create Classes" msgstr "Klassen bearbeiten/erzeugen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:107 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:107 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Na&me" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:112 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:112 msgid "Or&der:" msgstr "Rei&henfolge:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:121 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:121 msgid "Descri&ption:" msgstr "Be&schreibung:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:139 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:145 msgid "That name is already used. Select another name." msgstr "Der Name ist bereits vergeben. Wählen Sie einen anderen." -#. Manage Classes -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:198 +#. Manage Classes +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:198 msgid "Classes" msgstr "Klassen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Mit diesem Interface können Sie Klassen aus Steuerdateien definieren. </p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Mit diesem Interface können Sie Klassen aus Steuerdateien definieren. \n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n" @@ -1104,7 +1169,7 @@ "<p>Sie können z. B. eine Konfigurationsklasse für eine Abteilung, Gruppe\n" "oder Site Ihrer Firma festlegen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>The order (priority) defines the hierarchy of a class\n" "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" @@ -1114,11 +1179,11 @@ "Zeitpunkt des Merge beim Erstellen einer Steuerdatei.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:243 msgid "No Description" msgstr "Keine Beschreibung" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:255 msgid "" "Select at least one class\n" "to edit.\n" @@ -1126,7 +1191,7 @@ "Wählen Sie mindestens eine\n" "zu bearbeitende Klasse.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:262 msgid "" "Select at least one class\n" "to delete.\n" @@ -1134,8 +1199,8 @@ "Wählen Sie mindestens eine\n" "zu löschende Klasse.\n" -#. The merge operation -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372 +#. The merge operation +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:372 msgid "" "Merge failed:\n" " %1" @@ -1143,34 +1208,34 @@ "Merge fehlgeschlagen:\n" " %1" -#. Merge Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:418 +#. Merge Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:418 msgid "Merge Classes" msgstr "Klassen mergen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:427 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:592 msgid "None" msgstr "Keine" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:454 msgid "No control files defined" msgstr "Keine Steuerdateien definiert" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:469 msgid "&Merge with Empty Control File" msgstr "Mit leerer Steuerdatei &mergen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:476 msgid "Merge with &Currently-Loaded Control File" msgstr "Mit &aktuell geladener Steuerdatei mergen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:481 msgid "Merge Cla&sses" msgstr "Kla&ssen mergen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:487 msgid "" "<p>If you have defined and created <b>\n" "classes</b>, you will be able to merge them using this interface to create\n" @@ -1178,12 +1243,14 @@ "depending on the priority (order) set when\n" "creating the classes.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Wenn Sie <b>Klassen</b> definiert und erzeugt haben, können Sie sie mit diesem Interface mergen, um ein neues\n" -"<i>Profil</i> zu erstellen, das Informationen aus jeder Klasse enthalten wird,\n" +"<p>Wenn Sie <b>Klassen</b> definiert und erzeugt haben, können Sie sie mit " +"diesem Interface mergen, um ein neues\n" +"<i>Profil</i> zu erstellen, das Informationen aus jeder Klasse enthalten " +"wird,\n" "abhängig von der Priorität (Reihenfolge), die Sie beim Erzeugen der \n" "Klassen festgelegt haben.</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:497 msgid "" "<P>To merge the classes, an <b>XSLT</b>\n" "script is used.</P>\n" @@ -1191,7 +1258,7 @@ "<P>Zum Mergen der Klassen wird ein\n" "<b>XSLT</b>-Skript verwendet.</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:540 msgid "" "Select at least %1 configurations\n" "to perform a merge.\n" @@ -1199,238 +1266,247 @@ "Für einen Merge müssen Sie mindestens\n" "%1 Konfigurationen wählen.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:579 msgid "Class Configuration" msgstr "Klassenkonfiguration" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:580 msgid "" "<p>Choose one or more of the listed classes to which the current control\n" "file should belong.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie eine oder mehrere der aufgelisteten Klassen, zu der/denen die aktuelle Steuerdatei \n" +"<p>Wählen Sie eine oder mehrere der aufgelisteten Klassen, zu der/denen die " +"aktuelle Steuerdatei \n" "gehören soll.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:614 msgid "No profiles in this class" msgstr "Diese Klasse enthält keine Profile" -#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651 +#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651 msgid "Select at least one class configuration.\n" msgstr "Wählen Sie mindestens eine Klassenkonfiguration.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp -#. Summary: Main file for client call -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: clients/autoyast.ycp +#. Summary: Main file for client call +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:27 msgid "Autoinstallation - Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration für automatische Installation" -#. SAVE -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 +#. SAVE +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:35 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:697 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Speichern unter..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:42 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:709 msgid "File %1 was saved successfully." msgstr "Datei %1 wurde erfolgreich gespeichert." -#. Profile::checkProfile(); -#. Profile::checkProfile(); -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 +#. Profile::checkProfile(); +#. Profile::checkProfile(); +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:55 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:716 msgid "An error occurred while saving the file." msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern der Datei." -#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107 +#. by "SortKey" or alphabetical +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:107 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Gruppen" -#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 +#. bnc #887115 comment #9: Desktop file is "hidden" and should not be shown at all +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:154 msgid "No modules available" msgstr "Keine Module verfügbar" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:157 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Module" -#. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column -#. -#. @return The `HBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 +#. Creates an `HBox containing the buttons to be displayed below the summary column +#. +#. @return The `HBox widget. +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:170 msgid "&Clone" msgstr "&Klonen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:171 msgid "&Apply to System" msgstr "&Auf das System anwenden" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:176 msgid "Clea&r" msgstr "&Löschen" -#. Creates a `VBox containg the summary of the specified module and the action buttons below. -#. -#. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. -#. @return The `VBox widget. -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 +#. Creates a `VBox containg the summary of the specified module and the action buttons below. +#. +#. @param [String] module_name The module to summarize. +#. @return The `VBox widget. +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:195 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" -#. Configure module -#. @param [String] resource Module/Resource to configure -#. @return [Object] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:357 +#. Configure module +#. @param [String] resource Module/Resource to configure +#. @return [Object] +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:357 msgid "The module returned invalid data." msgstr "Das Modul gab ungültige Daten zurück." -#. Sets the menus in the wizard. -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:380 +#. Sets the menus in the wizard. +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:380 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Datei" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:381 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:381 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Anzeigen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:382 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:382 msgid "&Classes" msgstr "&Klassen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:383 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:383 msgid "&Tools" msgstr "&Werkzeuge" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:385 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:385 msgid "&New" msgstr "&Neu" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:386 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:386 msgid "&Open" msgstr "Ö&ffnen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:387 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:387 msgid "&Save" msgstr "&Speichern" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:391 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:391 msgid "Save &As" msgstr "Speichern &unter" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:394 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:394 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "&Importieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:398 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:398 msgid "Import &Kickstart File" msgstr "&Kickstart-Datei importieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:404 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:404 msgid "Settin&gs" msgstr "&Einstellungen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:411 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:411 msgid "Change to Decrypted" msgstr "In unverschlüsselt ändern" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:412 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:412 msgid "Change to Encrypted" msgstr "In verschlüsselt ändern" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:418 msgid "Apply Profile to this System" msgstr "Profil auf dieses System anwenden" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:421 msgid "E&xit" msgstr "&Verlassen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:426 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:426 msgid "Configu&ration Tree" msgstr "Konfigu&rationsbaum" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:433 msgid "So&urce" msgstr "&Quelle" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:440 msgid "Cla&sses" msgstr "Kla&ssen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:446 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:446 msgid "Me&rge Classes" msgstr "Klassen &mergen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:453 msgid "Create Reference Pro&file" msgstr "Referenz-Pro&fil erzeugen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:459 msgid "Check &Validity of Profile" msgstr "Profil auf &Gültigkeit überprüfen" -#. Show Source -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495 +#. Show Source +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:495 msgid "Source" msgstr "Quelle" -#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. -#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Sind Sie sicher, dass die Einstellungen des Moduls '%1' auf Ihr aktuelles System angewendet werden sollen?" +#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. +#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Sind Sie sicher, dass die Einstellungen des Moduls '%1' auf Ihr aktuelles " +"System angewendet werden sollen?" -#. opening/parsing the xml file failed -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 +#. opening/parsing the xml file failed +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 msgid "An error occurred while opening/parsing the XML file." msgstr "Beim Öffnen/Analysieren der XML-Datei ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." -#. NEW -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 +#. NEW +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:734 msgid "Available Modules" msgstr "Verfügbare Module" -#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Sind Sie sicher, dass die Einstellungen des Profils auf Ihr aktuelles System angewendet werden sollen?" +#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Sind Sie sicher, dass die Einstellungen des Profils auf Ihr aktuelles System " +"angewendet werden sollen?" -#. EXIT -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 +#. EXIT +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 msgid "Control file changed." msgstr "Änderung an der Steuerdatei" -#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 +#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:791 msgid "Save the changes to %1?" msgstr "Sollen die Änderungen nach %1 gespeichert werden?" -#. Preferences Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37 +#. Preferences Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Profile Repository:" msgstr "Repository der &Profile:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:42 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "Verzeichnis &wählen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "&Class directory:" msgstr "&Klassenverzeichnis:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Select &Directory" msgstr "&Verzeichnis wählen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "<P>\n" "Enter the directory where all <em>control files</em> should be stored in\n" @@ -1440,7 +1516,7 @@ "Geben Sie im Feld <b>Repository</b> das Verzeichnis an, \n" "in dem alle <em>Steuerdateien</em> gespeichert werden sollen.</P>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "" "<P>If you are using the classes feature\n" "of Autoyast, also enter the class directory. This is where\n" @@ -1450,19 +1526,19 @@ "sollten Sie auch das Klassenverzeichnis eintragen. Dort werden\n" "alle Klassendateien gespeichert.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Verzeichnis wählen" -#. Return a message about invalid file names -#. @param - -#. @return message -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153 +#. Return a message about invalid file names +#. @param - +#. @return message +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "" "Invalid file name.\n" "Names can only contain letters, numbers, and underscore,\n" @@ -1474,61 +1550,61 @@ "muss mit einem Buchstaben beginnen und darf höchstens\n" "127 Zeichen enthalten.\n" -#. title -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221 +#. title +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Create a Reference Control File" msgstr "Referenz-Steuerdatei erzeugen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Select Additional Resources:" msgstr "Weitere Ressourcen wählen:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "Collecting system data..." msgstr "Systemdaten werden gesammelt..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "This may take a while..." msgstr "Dies kann eine Weile dauern..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Importing Kickstart file..." msgstr "Kickstart-Datei wird importiert..." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 -#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:270 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1094 +#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialisierung ..." -#. progress stage -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:288 +#. progress stage +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Read Kickstart file" msgstr "Kickstart-Datei lesen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:289 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Import data" msgstr "Daten importieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:292 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "Reading Kickstart file..." msgstr "Kickstart-Datei wird gelesen..." -#. progress step -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:294 +#. progress step +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "Importing data..." msgstr "Daten werden importiert" -#. progress step -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:296 +#. progress step +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:307 msgid "Select a kickstart file." msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Kickstart-Datei." -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "" "Error while loading Kickstart file. Verify the syntax of\n" "file and try again." @@ -1536,127 +1612,129 @@ "Beim Laden der Kickstartdatei trat ein Fehler auf.\n" "Überprüfen Sie die Syntax der Datei und wiederholen Sie den Versuch." -#. Set resource name, if not using default value -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 +#. Set resource name, if not using default value +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Die Kickstart-Datei wurde importiert.\n" -"Überprüfen Sie die importierte Syntax und stellen Sie sicher, dass die Paketauswahl und\n" +"Überprüfen Sie die importierte Syntax und stellen Sie sicher, dass die " +"Paketauswahl und\n" "die Partitionierung korrekt importiert wurden." -#. Validate Dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378 +#. Validate Dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Check profile validity" msgstr "Gültigkeit des Profils überprüfen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:395 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fehler" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:396 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Warnung" -#. [ -#. _("Checking XML without validation..."), -#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout", -#. ], -#. [ -#. _("Checking XML with DTD validation..."), -#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout --valid" -#. ], -#. this function is a replacement for this code: -#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; -#. m[ l ] = v; -#. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 +#. [ +#. _("Checking XML without validation..."), +#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout", +#. ], +#. [ +#. _("Checking XML with DTD validation..."), +#. "/usr/bin/xmllint --noout --valid" +#. ], +#. this function is a replacement for this code: +#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; +#. m[ l ] = v; +#. @return [Hash] +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "XML wird mit RNG-Validierung überprüft..." -#. section wise validation -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432 +#. section wise validation +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:432 msgid "Section %1: " msgstr "Abschnitt %1:" -#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 +#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "XML wird mit RNC-Validierung überprüft..." -#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing -#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:496 +#. the autoyast interface can check if the profile is logical or if important stuff is missing +#. the missing stuff is under the Label "Logic" +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "Logic" msgstr "Logik" -#. the autoyast config frontend can check if a root password is configured -#. and can warn the user if it is missing -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502 +#. the autoyast config frontend can check if a root password is configured +#. and can warn the user if it is missing +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:502 msgid "No root password configured" msgstr "Kein Root-Passwort konfiguriert" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:61 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Con&firm installation?" msgstr "Installation &bestätigen?" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:65 msgid "AutoYaST Second Stage" msgstr "AutoYaST - zweite Stufe" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Turn Off the Machine after the First Stage" msgstr "Computer nach erster Stufe ausschalten" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:79 msgid "Turn off the Machine after the Second Stage" msgstr "Computer nach zweiter Stufe ausschalten" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Reboot the Machine after the Second Stage" msgstr "Computer nach Stufe Zwei herunterfahren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "Signaturverarbeitung" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:94 msgid "Accept &Unsigned Files" msgstr "&Unsignierte Dateien akzeptieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Accept Files without a &Checksum" msgstr "Dateien ohne &Prüfsumme akzeptieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:108 msgid "Accept Failed &Verifications" msgstr "Fehlerhafte Ü&berprüfungen akzeptieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Accept Unknown &GPG Keys" msgstr "Unbekannte &GPG-Schlüssel akzeptieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Accept Non Trusted GPG Keys" msgstr "Nicht verbürgten GPG-Schlüssel akzeptieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Import &New GPG Keys" msgstr "&Neue GPG-Schlüssel importieren" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<P>\n" "The options in this dialog control the behavior of the AutoYaST during\n" @@ -1668,184 +1746,194 @@ "während der automatischen Installation.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:144 msgid "" "<P>\n" "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" "Die Option zum Bestätigen der Installation wird standardmäßig ausgewählt,\n" -"um eine unerwünschte Installation zu vermeiden. Diese Option stoppt das System\n" +"um eine unerwünschte Installation zu vermeiden. Diese Option stoppt das " +"System\n" "während der Installation und zeigt im normalen Vorschlagsbildschirm eine\n" -"Zusammenfassung angeforderter Vorgänge. Deaktivieren Sie diese Option für eine\n" +"Zusammenfassung angeforderter Vorgänge. Deaktivieren Sie diese Option für " +"eine\n" "automatische Installation ohne Unterbrechung.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "<P>\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"Wenn Sie die zweite Stufe von AutoYaST ausschalten, wird die Installation nach dem ersten Neustart (nach der Paketinstallation)\n" +"Wenn Sie die zweite Stufe von AutoYaST ausschalten, wird die Installation " +"nach dem ersten Neustart (nach der Paketinstallation)\n" " im manuellen Modus fortgesetzt.\n" " </P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:165 msgid "" "<P>\n" "For signature handling, read the AutoYaST documentation.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"Informationen zur Signaturverarbeitung sind der Dokumentation zu AutoYaST zu entnehmen.\n" +"Informationen zur Signaturverarbeitung sind der Dokumentation zu AutoYaST zu " +"entnehmen.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "Andere Optionen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Frametitle" msgstr "Rahmentitel" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "Question" msgstr "Frage" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "Timeout (zero means no timeout)" msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung (Null bedeutet keine Zeitüberschreitung)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:325 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Pfadliste für Antworten (mehrere Pfade sind durch Leerzeichen getrennt)" +msgstr "" +"Pfadliste für Antworten (mehrere Pfade sind durch Leerzeichen getrennt)" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" msgstr "Antwort in dieser Datei speichern" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Selection List for type 'Symbol'" msgstr "Auswahlliste für Typ 'Symbol'" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Label" msgstr "Bezeichnung" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wert" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:713 msgid "<P></P>" msgstr "<P></P>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:635 msgid "1st Stage" msgstr "Erste Stufe" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:641 msgid "2nd Stage" msgstr "Zweite Stufe" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:645 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Dialog Title" msgstr "Dialogtitel" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:646 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Helptext" msgstr "Hilfetext" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:651 msgid "Add to Dialog List" msgstr "Zur Dialogliste hinzufügen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:656 msgid "Apply changes to dialog" msgstr "Änderungen auf Dialog anwenden" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Title" msgstr "Titel" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:673 msgid "Delete Dialog" msgstr "Dialog löschen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Dialog up" msgstr "Dialog hoch" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:679 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:679 msgid "Dialog down" msgstr "Dialog runter" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:682 msgid "Questions in dialog" msgstr "Fragen in Dialogen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:688 msgid "Add Question" msgstr "Frage hinzufügen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:985 msgid "Edit Question" msgstr "Frage bearbeiten" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:698 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:698 msgid "Delete Question" msgstr "Frage löschen" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:703 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:703 msgid "Question up" msgstr "Frage hoch" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:708 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:708 msgid "Question down" msgstr "Frage runter" -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:714 msgid "ASK Options" msgstr "ASK-Optionen" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1093 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Allgemeine Einstellungen" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:16 msgid "<p><b><big>Profile Validation</big></b><br>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Profil-Validierung</big></b><br>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dieses Werkzeug verwendet <em>xmllint</em> zum Validieren des Profils\n" -"gegen die DTD und sucht nach fehlenden Daten. Einige Daten könnten absichtlich\n" -"fehlen, und somit können Fehlermeldungen ignoriert werden, zum Beispiel beim\n" +"gegen die DTD und sucht nach fehlenden Daten. Einige Daten könnten " +"absichtlich\n" +"fehlen, und somit können Fehlermeldungen ignoriert werden, zum Beispiel " +"beim\n" "Erzeugen von Klassen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<p>Load a profile first. Otherwise an empty file\n" "is validated.</p>\n" @@ -1853,51 +1941,56 @@ "<p> Beachten Sie, dass Sie zunächst ein Profil laden müssen. Andernfalls\n" "wird eine leere Datei validiert.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:25 msgid "<p><b><big>Importing Kickstart Files</big></b><br>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Importieren von Kickstart-Dateien</big></b><br>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:26 msgid "" "<p>To import a Kickstart file, enter the path to the configuration file. \n" "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Zum Importieren einer Kickstart-Datei müssen Sie lediglich den Pfad der Konfigurationsdatei\n" -"eingeben. Die importierten Daten werden in das Konfigurationsverwaltungssystem\n" +"<p>Zum Importieren einer Kickstart-Datei müssen Sie lediglich den Pfad der " +"Konfigurationsdatei\n" +"eingeben. Die importierten Daten werden in das " +"Konfigurationsverwaltungssystem\n" "geladen, um weitere Konfigurationsoptionen für SUSE hinzuzufügen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Dieses Werkzeug liest Systeminformationen und erstellt daraus ein Referenz-Profil.\n" +"<p>Dieses Werkzeug liest Systeminformationen und erstellt daraus ein " +"Referenz-Profil.\n" "Wählen Sie die Ressourcen, die zusätzlich zu den Standardressourcen,\n" "wie Partitionierung und Paketauswahl, eingelesen werden sollen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>" msgstr "<p>Partitionierung der Festplatte(n)...</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>In der Tabelle rechts sehen Sie die Partitionen,\n" "die auf dem Zielsystem eingerichtet werden sollen.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 msgid "<p><b>Hard disks</b> are designated like this </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Festplatten</b> werden so bezeichnet:\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<tt>/dev/hda </tt>1st EIDE disk\n" "<tt>/dev/hdb </tt>2nd EIDE disk\n" @@ -1907,15 +2000,15 @@ "<tt>/dev/hdb</tt> Zweite EIDE-Festplatte\n" "<tt>/dev/hdc</tt> Dritte EIDE-Festplatte" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:46 msgid "<p>etc.</p>" msgstr "<p>etc.</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:47 msgid "<p>- or - </p>" msgstr "<p>- oder - </p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><tt>/dev/sda </tt>1st SCSI disk\n" "<tt>/dev/sdb </tt>2nd SCSI disk\n" @@ -1927,17 +2020,20 @@ "<tt>/dev/sdc</tt> Dritte SCSI-Festplatte\n" "</p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" -"Wurden keine Partitionen festgelegt und ist das angegebene Laufwerk gleichzeitig\n" -"das Laufwerk, auf dem die root-Partition angelegt werden soll, dann werden folgende\n" +"Wurden keine Partitionen festgelegt und ist das angegebene Laufwerk " +"gleichzeitig\n" +"das Laufwerk, auf dem die root-Partition angelegt werden soll, dann werden " +"folgende\n" "Partitionen automatisch angelegt:" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:58 msgid "" " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" @@ -1945,56 +2041,70 @@ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> sowie eine root-Partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Die Größen werden automatisch berechnet.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Erweiterte Optionen</b></p>" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "Standardmäßig legt AutoYaST eine erweiterte Partition an und fügt alle neuen Partitionen als Logical Devices (logische Geräte) hinzu. Es ist jedoch möglich, AutoYaST zu instruieren, eine bestimmte Partition als primäre Partition oder als erweiterte Partition anzulegen. Zusätzlich ist es möglich, die Größe einer Partition anhand von Sektoren statt in MBytes anzugeben." +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig legt AutoYaST eine erweiterte Partition an und fügt alle neuen " +"Partitionen als Logical Devices (logische Geräte) hinzu. Es ist jedoch " +"möglich, AutoYaST zu instruieren, eine bestimmte Partition als primäre " +"Partition oder als erweiterte Partition anzulegen. Zusätzlich ist es " +"möglich, die Größe einer Partition anhand von Sektoren statt in MBytes " +"anzugeben." -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" "Diese Optionen und andere erweiterte Optionen können mit diesem Interface\n" -"nicht konfiguriert werden. Sie sollten sie stattdessen manuell zur Steuerdatei hinzufügen.\n" +"nicht konfiguriert werden. Sie sollten sie stattdessen manuell zur " +"Steuerdatei hinzufügen.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p>\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Zum Einrichten von LVM und RAID lesen Sie die Dokumentation und fügen Sie\n" -"die Konfiguration einer bestehenden Steuerdatei hinzu. Als Vorbereitung können Sie\n" +"die Konfiguration einer bestehenden Steuerdatei hinzu. Als Vorbereitung " +"können Sie\n" "lediglich nicht formatierte LVM- und RAID-Partitionen anlegen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Script Configuration -#. @return script configuration dialog -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 +#. Script Configuration +#. @return script configuration dialog +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:30 msgid "Available Scripts" msgstr "Verfügbare Skripte" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Script Name" msgstr "Skriptname" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Interpreter" msgstr "Interpreter" -#. help 1/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64 +#. help 1/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Preinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" @@ -2002,50 +2112,57 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Vorinstallationsskripte</h3>\n" -"<P>Sie können Befehle hinzufügen, die vor der Installation auf Ihrem System ausgeführt werden. </P>\n" +"<P>Sie können Befehle hinzufügen, die vor der Installation auf Ihrem System " +"ausgeführt werden. </P>\n" -#. help 2/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 +#. help 2/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "</P>" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallationsskripte</h3>\n" -"<P>Sie haben auch die Möglichkeit, Befehle hinzuzufügen, die nach Abschluss der Installation\n" -"auf Ihrem System ausgeführt werden. Diese Skripte laufen außerhalb der chroot-Umgebung.\n" +"<P>Sie haben auch die Möglichkeit, Befehle hinzuzufügen, die nach Abschluss " +"der Installation\n" +"auf Ihrem System ausgeführt werden. Diese Skripte laufen außerhalb der " +"chroot-Umgebung.\n" "</P>" -#. help 3/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83 +#. help 3/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Chroot Scripts</H3>\n" "<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Chroot-Skripte</H3>\n" -"<P>Wählen Sie die Optionen <i>Chroot-Skripte</i>, damit Ihre Postinstallationsskripte innerhalb der chroot-Umgebung\n" +"<P>Wählen Sie die Optionen <i>Chroot-Skripte</i>, damit Ihre " +"Postinstallationsskripte innerhalb der chroot-Umgebung\n" "laufen. Diese Skripte werden vor dem ersten Systemstart ausgeführt.\n" "Standardmäßig werden die Chroot-Skripte im Installationssystem ausgeführt.\n" "Zum Zugreifen auf Dateien im installierten System müssen Sie immer\n" "den Einhängepunkt \"/mnt\" in Ihren Skripten verwenden.\n" "</P>\n" -#. help 4/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97 +#. help 4/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2056,8 +2173,8 @@ "Damit werden die Skripte im installierten System ausgeführt.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help 5/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108 +#. help 5/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Init Scripts</H3>\n" @@ -2071,133 +2188,149 @@ "\n" "<H3>Init-Skripte</H3>\n" "<P>Diese Skripte werden beim ersten Startvorgang und nach der\n" -"Systemkonfiguration durch YaST ausgeführt. Die finalen Skripte werden unter Verwendung\n" -"eines speziellen <b>rc</b>-Skripts ausgeführt, das nur einmal ausgeführt wird. \n" +"Systemkonfiguration durch YaST ausgeführt. Die finalen Skripte werden unter " +"Verwendung\n" +"eines speziellen <b>rc</b>-Skripts ausgeführt, das nur einmal ausgeführt " +"wird. \n" "Die finalen Skripte werden gegen Ende des Startvorgangs ausgeführt\n" "und nachdem das Netzwerk initialisiert wurde.\n" "</P>\n" -#. help 6/6 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123 +#. help 6/6 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:123 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n" +"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> " +"or \n" "<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"<P>Vorinstallationsskripte sind immer Shell-Skripte. Verwenden Sie für Vorinstallationsskripte weder <i>Perl</i> noch <i>Python</i>.\n" +"<P>Vorinstallationsskripte sind immer Shell-Skripte. Verwenden Sie für " +"Vorinstallationsskripte weder <i>Perl</i> noch <i>Python</i>.\n" "</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Netzwerkzugriff:</H3>\n" -" <P>Während der Ausführung von Postinstallationsskripts wird das Netzwerk deaktiviert und \n" -" eine Initialisierung in den Skripts ist erforderlich, um den Zugriff auf das Netzwerk zu ermöglichen. Eine\n" -" Alternative zu Postinstallationsskripts mit Netzwerk besteht in der Verwendung von init-Skripts, die \n" -" ein vollständig konfiguriertes System während der Skriptausführung gewährleisten. Nach einer Installation\n" -" über ein Netzwerk können Sie für das Postskript auch die Option <b>Netzwerk</b> verwenden.\n" +" <P>Während der Ausführung von Postinstallationsskripts wird das Netzwerk " +"deaktiviert und \n" +" eine Initialisierung in den Skripts ist erforderlich, um den Zugriff auf " +"das Netzwerk zu ermöglichen. Eine\n" +" Alternative zu Postinstallationsskripts mit Netzwerk besteht in der " +"Verwendung von init-Skripts, die \n" +" ein vollständig konfiguriertes System während der Skriptausführung " +"gewährleisten. Nach einer Installation\n" +" über ein Netzwerk können Sie für das Postskript auch die Option " +"<b>Netzwerk</b> verwenden.\n" " </P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback und Fehlersuche:</H3>\n" -" <P>Bei allen Skripts mit Ausnahme der init-Skripts kann STDOUT+STDERR in einem Popup-Fenster als Feedback angezeigt werden.\n" -" Wenn Sie die Fehlersuche aktivieren, erhalten Sie umfangreichere Ausgaben im Feedback-Dialogfeld, die Ihnen\n" +" <P>Bei allen Skripts mit Ausnahme der init-Skripts kann STDOUT+STDERR in " +"einem Popup-Fenster als Feedback angezeigt werden.\n" +" Wenn Sie die Fehlersuche aktivieren, erhalten Sie umfangreichere Ausgaben " +"im Feedback-Dialogfeld, die Ihnen\n" " die Fehlersuche in Ihrem Skript erleichtern können.</P>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Script Editor" msgstr "Skript-Editor" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:161 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "&Dateiname" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:166 msgid "&Interpreter" msgstr "&Interpreter" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:170 msgid "Perl" msgstr "Perl" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Shell" msgstr "Shell" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:180 msgid "Python" msgstr "Python" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:220 msgid "&Feedback" msgstr "&Feedback" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-debug output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "Feh&lersuche" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:231 msgid "&Chrooted" msgstr "&Chrooted" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you need to have network when the script is running +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Netzwerk" -#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245 +#. a checkbox where you can choose if you want to see script-feedback output or not +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:245 msgid "&Feedback Type" msgstr "&Feedback-Typ" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:249 msgid "none" msgstr "Keine" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "Message" msgstr "Nachricht" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Text of the notification popup" msgstr "Text des Benachrichtigungs-Popups" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Script Location" msgstr "Skript-Standort" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:291 msgid "S&cript Source" msgstr "Pfad des S&kripts" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:298 msgid "&Load new source" msgstr "Neue Quelle &laden" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:372 msgid "" "Provide at least the script\n" "name and the location or content of the script.\n" @@ -2205,49 +2338,55 @@ "Sie müssen mindestens den Skriptnamen und\n" "den Ort oder den Inhalt des Skripts angeben.\n" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Durch das Hinzufügen von Skripten zum Autoinstallationsvorgang können Sie die\n" +"Durch das Hinzufügen von Skripten zum Autoinstallationsvorgang können Sie " +"die\n" "Installation an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen und in verschiedene Stadien der\n" "Installation eingreifen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" msgstr "Verwaltung von Benutzerskripten" -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Select a script first." msgstr "Sie müssen zuerst ein Skript wählen." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:52 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/autoinstall/wizards.rb:52 msgid "Autoinstall Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration für automatische Installation" -#. Read rules file -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 +#. Read rules file +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "Fehler beim Analysieren der Regeldatei. XML-Parser meldet:\n" -#. Merge Rule results -#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "Der XML-Parser hat beim Analysieren Autoyast-Profils einen Fehler gemeldet. Die Fehlermeldung lautet:\n" +#. Merge Rule results +#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"Der XML-Parser hat beim Analysieren Autoyast-Profils einen Fehler gemeldet. " +"Die Fehlermeldung lautet:\n" -#. backdoor for merging problems. -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 +#. backdoor for merging problems. +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 msgid "" "\n" "User-defined classes could not be retrieved. Make sure all classes \n" @@ -2262,19 +2401,19 @@ "Das System kann ohne Verwendung von Klassen nicht\n" "mit der ursprünglichen Steuerdatei installiert werden.\n" -#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes -#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 +#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes +#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Profil auswählen" -#. Nothing returned by SLP query -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." msgstr "Über SLP wurde kein 'autoyast'-Anbieter gefunden." -#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 msgid "" "Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" "%{url}" @@ -2282,51 +2421,51 @@ "Ungültige AutoYaST-Profil-URL\n" "%{url}" -#. SetProtocolMessage () -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 +#. SetProtocolMessage () +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird von Diskette abgerufen" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom TFTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom NFS-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom HTTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Steuerdatei (%1) wird abgerufen vom FTP-Server: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus der Datei: %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird kopiert aus: /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Steuerdatei wird aus Standardpfad kopiert." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Unbekannte Quelle." -#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface -#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI -#. else if (Mode::test () && Mode::normal ()) -#. { -#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); -#. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 +#. This probably gets never executed and it only breaks the commandline iface +#. by Mode::test() call which instantiates UI +#. else if (Mode::test () && Mode::normal ()) +#. { +#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); +#. } +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2336,24 +2475,30 @@ "<p>Mit einigen Ausnahmen können nahezu alle Ressourcen der Steuerdatei\n" "mit dem Konfigurationsverwaltungswerkzeug konfiguriert werden.</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" -"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Die meisten Module, die zum Erstellen der Konfiguration verwendet werden,\n" -"sind auch über das YaST-Kontrollzentrum erreichbar. Anstatt dieses System zu konfigurieren,\n" -"werden die eingegebenen Daten gesammelt und in die Steuerdatei exportiert, die zum\n" +"<p>Die meisten Module, die zum Erstellen der Konfiguration verwendet " +"werden,\n" +"sind auch über das YaST-Kontrollzentrum erreichbar. Anstatt dieses System zu " +"konfigurieren,\n" +"werden die eingegebenen Daten gesammelt und in die Steuerdatei exportiert, " +"die zum\n" "Installieren eines anderen Systems mit AutoYaST verwendet werden kann.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Zusätzlich zu den bestehenden und bekannten Modulen\n" @@ -2361,361 +2506,389 @@ "Konfigurationen erzeugt, zum Beispiel für die Partitionierung,\n" "für allgemeine Optionen und Software.</p>\n" -#. Construct node name for display in tree. -#. -#. Constructed names are of the form: -#. "<device name> - {drive,volgroup} -#. -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for -#. -#. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 +#. Construct node name for display in tree. +#. +#. Constructed names are of the form: +#. "<device name> - {drive,volgroup} +#. +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for +#. +#. @return the newly created node name +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - Laufwerk" -#. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 +#. volume group +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - Volume-Gruppe" -#. Settings Summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46 +#. Settings Summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstFile.rb:46 msgid "Configured Files:" msgstr "Konfigurierte Dateien:" -#. string language_name = ""; -#. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92 +#. string language_name = ""; +#. string keyboard_name = ""; +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "Installation bestätigen?" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "Zweite Stufe von AutoYaST" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "Computer wird nach erster Stufe gestoppt" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "Computer wird nach Stufe Zwei angehalten" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "Computer nach Stufe Zwei neu starten" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Unsignierte Dateien werden akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "Unsignierte Dateien werden nicht akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Dateien ohne Prüfsumme werden akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "Dateien ohne Prüfsumme werden nicht akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Fehlerhafte Überprüfungen werden akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "Fehlerhafte Überprüfungen werden nicht akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "Unbekannte GPG-Schlüssel werden akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "Unbekannte GPG-Schlüssel werden nicht akzeptiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "Neue GPG-Schlüssel werden importiert" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "Neue GPG-Schlüssel werden nicht importiert" -#. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445 +#. NTP syncing +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "Zeit wird synchronisiert..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "Die Zeit wird mit %s synchronisiert." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451 msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Synchronisieren der Zeit." -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "Systemzeit kann nicht aktualisiert werden." -#. look for VGs to reuse -#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 +#. look for VGs to reuse +#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113 msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist." -msgstr "Volume-Gruppe %1 kann nicht wiederverwendet werden. Die Volume-Gruppe ist nicht vorhanden." +msgstr "" +"Volume-Gruppe %1 kann nicht wiederverwendet werden. Die Volume-Gruppe ist " +"nicht vorhanden." -#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group -#. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290 +#. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group +#. the next instructions taints result +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "Volume-Gruppe '%1' muss mindestens einen physischen Datenträger enthalten. Stellen Sie einen bereit." +msgstr "" +"Volume-Gruppe '%1' muss mindestens einen physischen Datenträger enthalten. " +"Stellen Sie einen bereit." -#. PUBLIC INTERFACE -#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE -#. Return summary of configuration -#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#. return Summary of configuration -#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#. PUBLIC INTERFACE +#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE +#. Return summary of configuration +#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog +#. return Summary of configuration +#. @return [String] configuration summary dialog +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Laufwerke" -#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694 +#. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s Laufwerk insgesamt" msgstr[1] "%s Laufwerke insgesamt" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Noch nicht geklont." -#. Return Summary -#. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 +#. Return Summary +#. @return [String] summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Vorinstallationsskripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Postinstallationsskripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot-Skripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init-Skripte" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Post-Partionierungs-Skripte" -#. return type of script as formatted string -#. @param script type -#. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 +#. return type of script as formatted string +#. @param script type +#. @return [String] type as translated string +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Vor" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Nach" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Post-Partitionierung" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" -#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175 +#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"Die folgenden Pakete konnten nicht in den Software-Repositorys gefunden werden:\n" +"Die folgenden Pakete konnten nicht in den Software-Repositorys gefunden " +"werden:\n" "%1" -#. 4 means "already exists" -#. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350 +#. 4 means "already exists" +#. Add add-ons +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "Das Repository %1 wurde nicht hinzugefügt" -#. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Die Abbilderstellung bei der Schema-Installation ist nicht erfolgt. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" +#. Install +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Die Abbilderstellung bei der Schema-Installation ist nicht erfolgt. Bitte " +"prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Erstellung des Abbilds - Installieren der Pakete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Das Abbild wurde während der Paketinstallation nicht erstellt. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396 +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Das Abbild wurde während der Paketinstallation nicht erstellt. Bitte prüfen " +"Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" -#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407 +#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "Abbild speichern in ..." -#. Compress image: -#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436 +#. Compress image: +#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "Sie können nun am Abbild in %1 Änderungen vornehmen.\n" -"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche \"OK\" drücken, wird das Abbild komprimiert und kann nicht mehr geändert werden." +"Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche \"OK\" drücken, wird das Abbild komprimiert und " +"kann nicht mehr geändert werden." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Die Abbildkomprimierung in '%1' ist nicht erfolgt. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "" +"Die Abbildkomprimierung in '%1' ist nicht erfolgt. Bitte prüfen Sie /tmp/" +"ay_image.log" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "Abbild erfolgreich erstellt" -#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493 +#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" "Die directory.yast-Datei kann in '%1' nicht gefunden werden.\n" -"Sie können diese Datei mittels 'ls -F > directory.yast' erstellen, falls sie nicht vorhanden ist." +"Sie können diese Datei mittels 'ls -F > directory.yast' erstellen, falls sie " +"nicht vorhanden ist." -#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 +#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "'%1' kann nicht gelesen werden. Erneut versuchen?" -#. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545 +#. copy a file +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "'%1' kann nicht gelesen werden: Fehler bei der ISO-Erstellung" -#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575 +#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "ISO-Dateistruktur wird vorbereitet ..." -#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624 +#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "boot-Konfiguration für die DVD" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "Ok" msgstr "Ok" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Sie können nun Änderungen an dem ISO in %1 vornehmen, wie z. B. eine vollständig andere AutoYaST-XML-Datei hinzufügen.\n" +"Sie können nun Änderungen an dem ISO in %1 vornehmen, wie z. B. eine " +"vollständig andere AutoYaST-XML-Datei hinzufügen.\n" "Wenn Sie die Schaltfläche \"OK\" drücken, wird das ISO erstellt." -#. create the actual ISO file -#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 +#. create the actual ISO file +#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "Speicherung des ISO-Abbilds in ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "ISO-Abbild wird erstellt ..." -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "ISO wurde erfolgreich in %1 erstellt" -#. Summary -#. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757 +#. Summary +#. @return Html formatted configuration summary +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "Ausgewählte Schemata" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "Individuell gewählte Pakete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "Zu entfernende Pakete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "Kernel-Paket erzwingen" -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "Schemata konnten nicht festgelegt werden: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Bei der Ausführung des Paket-Resolver ist ein Fehler aufgetreten. Überprüfen Sie den Software-Abschnitt im autoyast-Profil." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936 +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Bei der Ausführung des Paket-Resolver ist ein Fehler aufgetreten. Überprüfen " +"Sie den Software-Abschnitt im autoyast-Profil." -#. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "Der in Ihrem XML-Profil konfigurierte Partitionsplan passt nicht auf die Festplatte. Es fehlen %1 MB." +#. 1 cyl buffer per partition +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"Der in Ihrem XML-Profil konfigurierte Partitionsplan passt nicht auf die " +"Festplatte. Es fehlen %1 MB." -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "%1 Laufwerk gesamt" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:923 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Es wurde kein bestimmtes Gerät konfiguriert" -#. Handle /etc/fstab usage -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 +#. Handle /etc/fstab usage +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1018 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Untersuchung der Root-Partition. Einen Moment bitte..." -#. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 +#. a popup +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1026 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Keine Root-Partition von Linux gefunden." -#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting -#. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 +#. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting +#. is inevitable. +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1039 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" @@ -2724,49 +2897,49 @@ "welche Root-Partition verwendet werden soll.\n" "Die automatische Installation ist nicht möglich.\n" -#. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 +#. return list of available devices +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "Gerät %1 wurde von der Speicherverwaltung nicht gefunden" -#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs -#. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362 +#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs +#. @return [void] +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "Konfigurationsdaten werden gesammelt..." -#. Save YCP data into XML -#. @param path to file -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 +#. Save YCP data into XML +#. @param path to file +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "Verschlüsseltes AutoYaST-Profil. Geben Sie das Passwort zweimal ein." -#. Save sections of current profile to separate files -#. -#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in -#. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 +#. Save sections of current profile to separate files +#. +#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in +#. @return - list of filenames +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "Abschnitt %1 konnte nicht in Datei %2 geschrieben werden." -#. Read XML into YCP data -#. @param path to file -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#. Read XML into YCP data +#. @param path to file +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "Verschlüsseltes AutoYaST-Profil. Geben Sie das korrekte Passwort ein." -#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 +#. need to call this to force Storage stuff to initialize just now +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:156 msgid "label not found while looking for autoyast profile" msgstr "Während der Suche nach dem AutoYaST-Profil wurde kein Label gefunden" -#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179 +#. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179 msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n" msgstr "Beim Abrufen des Profils ist ein Fehler aufgetreten:\n" -#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 +#: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/base.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/base.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-12-28 01:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,515 +15,515 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:32 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:32 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:32 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:32 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "Vereinigte Arabische Emirate" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:33 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:33 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:33 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:33 msgid "Albania" msgstr "Albanien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:34 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:34 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:34 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:34 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentinien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:35 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:35 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:35 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:35 msgid "Austria" msgstr "Österreich" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:36 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:36 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:36 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:36 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:37 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:37 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:37 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:37 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "Bosnien-Herzegowina" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:38 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:38 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:38 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:38 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Belgien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:39 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:39 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:39 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:39 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "Bulgarien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:40 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:40 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:40 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:40 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "Bahrain" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:41 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:41 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:41 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:41 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "Bangladesch" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:42 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:42 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:42 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:42 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "Bolivien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:43 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:43 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:43 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:43 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "Brasilien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:44 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:44 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:44 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:44 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "Botswana" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:45 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:45 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:45 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:45 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "Weißrussland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:46 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:46 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:46 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:46 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Kanada" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:47 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:47 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:47 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:47 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Schweiz" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:48 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:48 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:48 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:48 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Chile" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:49 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:49 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:49 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:49 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "Volksrepublik China" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:50 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:50 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:50 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:50 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Kolumbien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:51 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:51 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:51 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:51 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "Costa Rica" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:52 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:52 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:52 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:52 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "Tschechien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:53 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:53 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:53 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:53 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Deutschland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:54 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:54 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:54 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:54 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Dänemark" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:55 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:55 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:55 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:55 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "Dominikanische Republik" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:56 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:56 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:56 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:56 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "Algerien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:57 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:57 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:57 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:57 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "Ecuador" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:58 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:58 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:58 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:58 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "Estland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:59 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:59 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:59 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:59 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "Ägypten" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:60 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:60 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:60 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:60 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "Katalonien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:61 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:61 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:61 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:61 msgid "Spain" msgstr "Spanien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:62 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:62 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:62 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:62 msgid "Finland" msgstr "Finnland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:63 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:63 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:63 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:63 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "Färöer-Inseln" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:64 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:64 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:64 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:64 msgid "France" msgstr "Frankreich" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:65 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:65 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:65 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:65 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "Großbritannien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:66 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:66 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:66 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:66 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "Georgien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:67 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:67 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:67 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:67 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "Grönland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:68 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:68 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:68 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:68 msgid "Greece" msgstr "Griechenland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:69 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:69 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:69 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:69 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "Guatemala" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:70 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:70 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:70 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:70 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hongkong" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:71 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:71 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:71 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:71 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "Honduras" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:72 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:72 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:72 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:72 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "Kroatien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:73 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:73 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:73 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:73 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "Ungarn" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:74 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:74 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:74 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:74 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Indonesien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:75 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:75 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:75 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:75 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "Irland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:76 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:76 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:76 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:76 msgid "Israel" msgstr "Israel" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:77 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:77 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:77 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:77 msgid "India" msgstr "Indien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:78 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:78 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:78 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:78 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "Irak" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:79 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:79 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:79 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:79 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Island" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:80 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:80 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:80 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:80 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:81 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:81 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:81 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:81 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "Jordanien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:82 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:82 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:82 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:82 msgid "Japan" msgstr "Japan" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:83 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:83 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:83 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:83 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "Kuwait" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:84 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:84 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:84 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:84 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "Libanon" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:85 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:85 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:85 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:85 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "Liechtenstein" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:86 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:86 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:86 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:86 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Litauen" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:87 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:87 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:87 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:87 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "Luxemburg" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:88 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:88 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:88 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:88 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "Lettland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:89 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:89 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:89 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:89 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "Libyen" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:90 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:90 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:90 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:90 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "Marokko" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:91 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:91 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:91 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:91 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "Mazedonien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:92 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:92 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:92 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:92 msgid "Malta" msgstr "Malta" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:93 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:93 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:93 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:93 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexiko" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:94 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:94 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:94 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:94 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "Malaysia" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:95 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:95 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:95 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:95 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "Nicaragua" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:96 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:96 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:96 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:96 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Niederlande" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:97 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:97 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:97 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:97 msgid "Norway" msgstr "Norwegen" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:98 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:98 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:98 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:98 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "Neuseeland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:99 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:99 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:99 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:99 msgid "Oman" msgstr "Oman" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:100 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:100 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:100 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:100 msgid "Panama" msgstr "Panama" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:101 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:101 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:101 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:101 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Peru" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:102 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:102 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:102 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:102 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "Philippinen" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:103 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:103 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:103 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:103 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "Pakistan" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:104 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:104 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:104 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:104 msgid "Poland" msgstr "Polen" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:105 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:105 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:105 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:105 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "Puerto Rico" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:106 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:106 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:106 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:106 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "Portugal" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:107 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:107 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:107 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:107 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "Paraguay" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:108 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:108 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:108 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:108 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "Katar" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:109 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:109 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:109 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:109 msgid "Romania" msgstr "Rumänien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:110 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:110 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:110 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:110 msgid "Russia" msgstr "Russland" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:111 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:111 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:111 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:111 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "Saudi-Arabien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:112 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:112 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:112 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:112 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "Sudan" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:113 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:113 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:113 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:113 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Schweden" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:114 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:114 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:114 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:114 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "Singapur" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:115 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:115 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:115 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:115 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "Slowenien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:116 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:116 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:116 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:116 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "Slowakei" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:117 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:117 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:117 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "San Marino" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:118 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:118 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:118 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:118 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "El Salvador" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:119 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:119 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:119 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:119 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "Syrien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:120 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:120 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:120 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:120 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "Thailand" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:121 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:121 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:121 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:121 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "Tadschikistan" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:122 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:122 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:122 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:122 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "Tunesien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:123 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:123 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:123 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:123 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "Türkei" -#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:125 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:125 +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:125 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:125 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "Ukraine" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:126 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:126 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:126 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:126 msgid "USA" msgstr "USA" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:127 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:127 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:127 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:127 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "Uruguay" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:128 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:128 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:128 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:128 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "Usbekistan" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:129 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:129 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:129 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:129 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "Venezuela" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:130 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:130 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:130 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:130 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "Jemen" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:131 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:131 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:131 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:131 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "Jugoslawien" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:132 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:132 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:132 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:132 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "Südafrika" -#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:133 -#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:133 +#: test/data/scr_root/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:133 +#: test/data/scr_root_read/usr/share/YaST2/data/country.ycp:133 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "Simbabwe" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 msgid "" "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" @@ -533,130 +533,135 @@ "später von Chef überschrieben.\n" "Konfiguration mit YaST fortsetzen?" -#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "Hilfe zu diesem Modul ausgeben" -#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "Langversion der Hilfe zu diesem Modul ausgeben" -#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "Langversion der Hilfe zu diesem Modul im XML-Format ausgeben" -#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "Interaktive Shell zum Steuern dieses Moduls starten" -#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "Interaktiven Modus verlassen und Änderungen speichern" -#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "Interaktiven Modus ohne Speichern der Änderungen abbrechen" -#. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "Hilfe zu diesem Befehl ausgeben" -#. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "Fortschrittsinformationen anzeigen" -#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "Speicherort für die XML-Ausgabe" -#. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "Dieses YaST2-Modul unterstützt das Kommandozeilen-Interface nicht." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "Mit 'help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Kommandos." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "Mit 'yast2 %1 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Kommandos." +msgstr "" +"Mit 'yast2 %1 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Kommandos." -#. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Unbekanntes Kommando: %1" -#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Wert für Option '%1' fehlt." -#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Unbekannte Option für das Kommando: '%1': %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Ungültiger Wert für Option: %1: %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" -msgstr "Ungültiger Wert für Option '%1' -- erwarteter Wert: '%2', erhaltener Wert: %3" +msgstr "" +"Ungültiger Wert für Option '%1' -- erwarteter Wert: '%2', erhaltener Wert: %3" -#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "Die Option '%1' kann keinen Wert besitzen. Angegebener Wert: %2" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "Mit '%1 %2 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Optionen." +msgstr "" +"Mit '%1 %2 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Optionen." -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "Mit 'yast2 %1 %2 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer Optionen." +msgstr "" +"Mit 'yast2 %1 %2 help' erhalten Sie eine komplette Liste verfügbarer " +"Optionen." -#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST-Konfigurationsmodul: %1\n" -#. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "Keine Hilfe verfügbar" -#. Process <command> "help" -#. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Kommando '%1'" -#. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -664,17 +669,18 @@ "\n" " Optionen:" -#. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Optionen für den [string]-Typ müssen in der Form 'Option=Wert' geschrieben werden." +" Optionen für den [string]-Typ müssen in der Form 'Option=Wert' " +"geschrieben werden." -#. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -682,184 +688,194 @@ "\n" " Beispiel:" -#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Dies ist ein YaST-Modul." -#. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Grundsyntax:" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <Kommando> [verbose] [Optionen]" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <Kommando> help" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <Kommando> [Optionen]" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <Kommando> help" -#. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Kommandos:" -#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "Keine Hilfe verfügbar" -#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "" msgstr "" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "Führen Sie 'yast2 %1 <Kommando> help' aus, um eine Liste verfügbarer Optionen zu erhalten." +msgstr "" +"Führen Sie 'yast2 %1 <Kommando> help' aus, um eine Liste verfügbarer " +"Optionen zu erhalten." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile= command line option." -msgstr "Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') fehlt. Verwenden Sie die Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile= command line option." +msgstr "" +"Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') fehlt. Verwenden Sie die " +"Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= command line option." -msgstr "Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') ist leer. Verwenden Sie die Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile= " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"Der Name der Zieldatei (Option 'xmlfile') ist leer. Verwenden Sie die " +"Befehlszeilenoption xmlfile=." -#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" -#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "oder '%1'" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Geben Sie das Kommando '%1' an." -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Geben Sie eines der Kommandos an: %1." -#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Geben Sie nur eines der Kommandos an: %1." -#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Für dieses Modul ist keine Benutzeroberfläche verfügbar." -#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Fertig" -#. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initialisierung..." -#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Beenden..." -#. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Fertig." -#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Verlassen (ohne Änderungen)" -#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode -#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "Ja oder nein?" -#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "Nein" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: modules/InstError.ycp -#. Package: Installation -#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. This module provides unified interface for reporting -#. installation errors. -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgstr "y2logs speichern unter ..." -#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." msgstr "YaST-Protokolldateien unter %1 speichern ..." -#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 msgid "" "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" "%2" @@ -867,106 +883,107 @@ "YaST-Protokolldateien konnten nicht in %1 gespeichert werden\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." msgstr "Weitere Informationen können Sie am Ende der Datei '%1' finden." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. %1 - link to our bugzilla -#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored -#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" "See %3 for more information about YaST logs." msgstr "" "Dies ist einen Bug-Report bei %1 wert.\n" -"Bitte hängen Sie auch alle im Verzeichnis '%2' gespeicherten YaST-Protokolldateien an.\n" +"Bitte hängen Sie auch alle im Verzeichnis '%2' gespeicherten YaST-" +"Protokolldateien an.\n" "Siehe %3 zu weiteren Informationen über YaST-Protokolldateien." -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1445 +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1445 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://de.opensuse.org/Fehler/YaST" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "Ya&ST-Protokolle speichern ..." -#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically -#. from YaST logs. -#. -#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installationsfehler" -#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its -#. unloading after end of block. -#. @param [String] package to load -#. @yield context when extension is available -#. @raise [RuntimeError] when package loading failed -#. -#. @example -#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do -#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") -#. end -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @yield context when extension is available +#. @raise [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "Laden in Speicherpaket '%s' läuft" -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "Entfernen aus Speicherpaket '%s' läuft" -#. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1254 +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1254 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "Für diesen Installationsmodus ist kein Workflow definiert." -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "Soll die Installation fortgeführt oder abgebrochen werden?" -#. button label -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "Installation &fortsetzen" -#. button label -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "Installation &abbrechen" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "Soll das neue Produkt trotzdem hinzugefügt werden?" -#. popup dialog caption -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Warnung" -#. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -980,7 +997,8 @@ msgstr "" "Das Profil lässt eine Ausführung der Produkte auf diesem System nicht zu.\n" "Durch diese Installation erhalten Sie kein Anrecht auf Support.\n" -"Möglicherweise steht die Installation auch in Konflikt mit Ihren Compliance-Anforderungen.\n" +"Möglicherweise steht die Installation auch in Konflikt mit Ihren Compliance-" +"Anforderungen.\n" " \n" "Die folgenden Voraussetzungen sind auf diesem System nicht erfüllt:\n" " \n" @@ -988,38 +1006,41 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:431 msgid "Downloading the installer extension package failed." -msgstr "Fehler beim Herunterladen des Installationsprogramm-Erweiterungspakets." +msgstr "" +"Fehler beim Herunterladen des Installationsprogramm-Erweiterungspakets." -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:435 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:435 msgid "Extracting the installer extension failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Extrahieren der Installationsprogramm-Erweiterung." -#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once -#. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1391 +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1391 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." -msgstr "Es trat ein interner Fehler während der Integration zusätzlicher Arbeitsabläufe auf." +msgstr "" +"Es trat ein interner Fehler während der Integration zusätzlicher " +"Arbeitsabläufe auf." -#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:692 +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:692 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "Der Wert für %1 ist ungültig." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "Nicht verfügbar" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1 and %2 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1029,13 +1050,13 @@ "Soll der Service bei jedem Systemstart gestartet werden, legen Sie \n" "<b>%1</b> fest. Anderenfalls legen Sie <b>%2</b> fest.</p>" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Service Start</big></b><br>\n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1044,58 +1065,59 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Service starten</big></b><br>\n" "Soll der Service bei jedem Computerstart gestartet werden, legen Sie \n" -"<b>%1</b> fest. Soll der Service über den xinetd-Daemon gestartet werden, legen Sie <b>%3</b> fest. \n" +"<b>%1</b> fest. Soll der Service über den xinetd-Daemon gestartet werden, " +"legen Sie <b>%3</b> fest. \n" "Anderenfalls legen Sie <b>%2</b> fest.</p>" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Beim Systemstart" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manuell" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Über xinetd" -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Über &xinetd" -#. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Dienst starten" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "Der Service wird ausgeführt." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "Der Service ist nicht aktiv." -#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 -#. %1 and %2 are push button labels -#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" -#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -1105,11 +1127,11 @@ "Zum sofortigen Starten oder Anhalten des Dienstes verwenden Sie\n" "<b>%1</b> bzw. <b>%2</b>.</p>" -#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional -#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" -#. (without quotes) -#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "<p>To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use <b>%3</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1117,91 +1139,92 @@ "<p>Gehen Sie auf <b>%3</b> zum Speichern aller\n" "Änderungen und sofortigen Neustart des Dienstes.</p>\n" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Dienst nun starten" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Dienst nun anhalten" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Änderungen speichern und Dienst neu starten" -#. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "Dienst nun &starten" -#. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "Dienst nun an&halten" -#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Änderungen &speichern und Dienst nun neu starten" -#. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "An- und ausschalten" -#. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Aktueller Status: " -#. help text for LDAP enablement widget -#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" "set <b>%1</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>LDAP-Unterstützung</big></b><br>\n" -"Zum Speichern der Einstellungen in LDAP statt in nativen Konfigurationsdateien,\n" +"Zum Speichern der Einstellungen in LDAP statt in nativen " +"Konfigurationsdateien,\n" "wählen Sie <b>%1</b>.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP-Unterstützung aktiv" -#. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "&LDAP-Unterstützung aktiv" -#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "Tab" -#. push button -#. push button -#. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "A&uf" -#. push button -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "A&b" -#. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -1211,38 +1234,38 @@ "da er in Verwendung ist.\n" "Stoppen Sie erst seine Verwendung in der Konfiguration." -#. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "Der TSIG-Schlüssel kann nicht gelöscht werden." -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "Datei mit Authentifizierungs-Schlüssel wählen" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "Datei für den Authentifizierungsschlüssel wählen" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "Der angegebene Dateiname ist ein vorhandenes Verzeichnis." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "Die angegebene Datei existiert bereits. Neu schreiben?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "Die TSIG-Schlüssel-ID wurde nicht angegeben." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -1250,8 +1273,8 @@ "Der Schlüssel mit der angegebenen ID ist vorhanden und in Verwendung.\n" "Wollen Sie ihn entfernen?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -1260,28 +1283,28 @@ "angegebenen ID gefunden.\n" "Wollen Sie ihn entfernen?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "Der Schlüssel wird nun erzeugt. Fortfahren?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "Das Erstellen des TSIG-Schlüssels ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "Die angegebene Datei existiert nicht." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "Die angegebene Datei enthält keinen TSIG-Schlüssel." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -1291,8 +1314,8 @@ "Bezeichner wie bereits vorhandene Schlüssel.\n" "Alte Schlüssel werden entfernt. Fortfahren?" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<p><big><b>TSIG Key Management</b></big><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.</p>\n" @@ -1300,19 +1323,20 @@ "<p><b><big>Verwaltung der TSIG-Schlüssel</big></b><br>\n" "In diesem Dialog können Sie die TSIG-Schlüssel verwalten.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a <b>Filename</b> of the file\n" "containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Vorhandener TSIG-Schlüssel wird hinzugefügt</b></big><br>\n" -"Zum Hinzufügen eines bereits erzeugten TSIG-Schlüssels wählen Sie den <b>Dateinamen</b> der Datei aus,\n" +"Zum Hinzufügen eines bereits erzeugten TSIG-Schlüssels wählen Sie den " +"<b>Dateinamen</b> der Datei aus,\n" "die den Schlüssel enthält, und klicken Sie auf <b>Hinzufügen</b>.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Creating a New TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the <b>Filename</b> of the file in which to\n" @@ -1320,12 +1344,14 @@ "<b>Generate</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Neuer TSIG-Schlüssel wird erstellt</b></big><br>\n" -"Zum Erstellen eines neuen TSIG-Schlüssels legen Sie den <b>Dateinamen</b> der Datei fest, in der der\n" -"Schlüssel erstellt werden soll, und geben Sie die <b>Schlüssel-ID</b> an, um den Schlüssel zu identifizieren. Klicken Sie dann auf\n" +"Zum Erstellen eines neuen TSIG-Schlüssels legen Sie den <b>Dateinamen</b> " +"der Datei fest, in der der\n" +"Schlüssel erstellt werden soll, und geben Sie die <b>Schlüssel-ID</b> an, um " +"den Schlüssel zu identifizieren. Klicken Sie dann auf\n" "<b>Erzeugen</b>.</p>\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Removing a TSIG Key</b></big><br>\n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.\n" @@ -1342,83 +1368,83 @@ "kann er nicht gelöscht werden. Der Server muss erst seine Verwendung\n" "in der Konfiguration stoppen.</p>\n" -#. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Bestehenden TSIG-Schlüssel hinzufügen" -#. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Neuen TSIG-Schlüssel erzeugen" -#. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "&Schlüssel-ID" -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Erzeugen" -#. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Aktuelle TSIG-Schlüssel" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "Schlüssel-ID" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Dateiname" -#. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "Ge&wählte Option" -#. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Aktuelle Option: " -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "Die gewählte Option ist bereits vorhanden." -#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Geändert" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "Option" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wert" -#. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing the Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1429,17 +1455,18 @@ "den passenden Eintrag aus der Tabelle\n" "und drücken Sie <b>Bearbeiten</b>.</p>" -#. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Zum Hinzufügen einer neuen Option drücken Sie auf <b>Hinzufügen</b>.\n" -"Zum Entfernen einer Option selektieren Sie diese und drücken Sie <b>Löschen</b>.</p>" +"Zum Entfernen einer Option selektieren Sie diese und drücken Sie <b>Löschen.</p>" -#. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Ch.</B> column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed.</P>" @@ -1447,50 +1474,51 @@ "<P>In der Tabellenspalte <B>Geändert</B> wird angezeigt, ob\n" "die Option geändert wurde.</P>" -#. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "<p>To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> to move it up or down\n" "in the list.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Die Reihenfolge der Optionen können Sie ändern, indem Sie Optionen markieren\n" +"<p>Die Reihenfolge der Optionen können Sie ändern, indem Sie Optionen " +"markieren\n" "und sie mithilfe der Buttons <b>Auf</b> und <b>Ab</b> in der Liste nach\n" "oben oder nach unten verschieben.</p>" -#. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Andere" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "Das Gerät ist nicht konfiguriert" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press <B>Edit</B> to configure" msgstr "Wählen Sie <B>Bearbeiten</B>, um die Konfiguration durchzuführen" -#. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "Module werden geladen. Bitte warten..." -#. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST-Kontrollzentrum" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "Ausführen" -#. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -1498,13 +1526,13 @@ "Das YaST2-Kontrollzentrum läuft nicht als Root.\n" "Sie können nur Module sehen, die keine Root-Rechte erfordern." -#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "YaST-ncurses über Tastatur steuern" -#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "<p>1) <i>General</i><br>\n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -1517,15 +1545,25 @@ "Mit [UMSCHALTTASTE] (oder [ALT] + [TAB]) gehen Sie zurück.\n" "Selektieren oder aktivieren Sie Elemente mit der [LEERTASTE]\n" "oder der [EINGABETASTE].\n" -"Einige Elemente verwenden [PFEIL]-Tasten (z. B. zum Scrollen durch Listen).</p>" +"Einige Elemente verwenden [PFEIL]-Tasten (z. B. zum Scrollen durch Listen)." -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Auch die Navigation in der Baumstruktur erfolgt über die Pfeiltasten. Zum Öffnen oder Schließen eines Zweiges drücken Sie die [LEERTASTE]. Bei Modulen, für die auf der linken Seite eine Baumstruktur (ggf. in Form einer Liste) mit Konfigurationselementen angezeigt wird, gelangen Sie mit der [EINGABETASTE] zum entsprechenden Dialogfeld auf der rechten Seite.</p>" +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "" +"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " +"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " +"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " +"on the right.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Auch die Navigation in der Baumstruktur erfolgt über die Pfeiltasten. Zum " +"Öffnen oder Schließen eines Zweiges drücken Sie die [LEERTASTE]. Bei " +"Modulen, für die auf der linken Seite eine Baumstruktur (ggf. in Form einer " +"Liste) mit Konfigurationselementen angezeigt wird, gelangen Sie mit der " +"[EINGABETASTE] zum entsprechenden Dialogfeld auf der rechten Seite.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button.</p>" @@ -1533,8 +1571,8 @@ "<p>Buttons enthalten Tastaturkürzel (der hervorgehobene Buchstabe)\n" "Mit [ALT] und dem entsprechenden Buchstaben aktivieren Sie den Button.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "<p>Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.</p>\n" @@ -1542,8 +1580,8 @@ "<p>Drücken Sie [ESC] zum Schließen der Auswahl-Popups (z. B. von\n" "Menübuttons) ohne eine Auswahl zu treffen.</p>\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>2) <i>Substitution of Keystrokes</i><br>\n" "<p>Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1557,8 +1595,8 @@ "Falls [TAB] und [UMSCHALTTASTE] (oder [ALT] + [TAB]) nicht funktionieren,\n" "gehen Sie mit [STRG] + [F] vor und mit [STRG] + [B] zurück.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1568,22 +1606,25 @@ "versuchen Sie [ESC] + [Buchstabe]. Beispiel: [ESC] + [H] statt [ALT] + [H].\n" "[ESC] + [TAB] ist ebenso eine Alternative für [ALT] + [TAB].</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " +"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>3) <i>Funktionstasten</i><br>\n" -"Die F-Tasten bieten den raschen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen. Die Funktionstastenbelegung für das aktuelle Dialogfeld werden in der unteren Zeile angezeigt.</p>" +"Die F-Tasten bieten den raschen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen. Die " +"Funktionstastenbelegung für das aktuelle Dialogfeld werden in der unteren " +"Zeile angezeigt.</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>" msgstr "<p>Die F-Tasten stehen normalerweise für eine bestimmte Aktion:</p>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help<br>\n" "F2 = Info or Description<br>\n" @@ -1607,8 +1648,8 @@ "F9 = Abbrechen oder Verwerfen<br>\n" "F10 = OK, Weiter, Beenden oder Übernehmen<br>" -#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "<p>In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available.</p>" @@ -1616,87 +1657,101 @@ "<p>In manchen Umgebungen stehen keine oder nur einige\n" "F-Tasten zur Verfügung.</p>" -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "Nach dem Speichern der Einstellungen neu starten" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "Nach dem Speichern der Einstellungen neu starten" -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 msgid "Service Status" msgstr "Dienststatus" -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " +"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " +"during boot'.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " +"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " +"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n" "<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " +"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " +"in the already running system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Aktueller Status</big></b><br>\n" -"Zeigt den aktuellen Status des Dienstes an. Der Status bleibt auch nach dem Speichern der Einstellungen gleich, unabhängig vom Wert für 'Beim Booten des Systems starten'.</p>\n" +"Zeigt den aktuellen Status des Dienstes an. Der Status bleibt auch nach dem " +"Speichern der Einstellungen gleich, unabhängig vom Wert für 'Beim Booten des " +"Systems starten'.</p>\n" "<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n" -"Nur dann verfügbar, wenn der Dienst derzeit ausgeführt wird. Sorgt dafür, dass der ausgeführte Dienst die neue Konfiguration nach dem Speichern (durch Schließen des Dialogfelds oder mit der Schaltfläche 'Übernehmen') neu lädt.</p>\n" +"Nur dann verfügbar, wenn der Dienst derzeit ausgeführt wird. Sorgt dafür, " +"dass der ausgeführte Dienst die neue Konfiguration nach dem Speichern (durch " +"Schließen des Dialogfelds oder mit der Schaltfläche 'Übernehmen') neu lädt.\n" "<p><b><big>Beim Booten des Systems starten</big></b><br>\n" -"Mit dieser Option wird der Dienst beim Booten des Systems aktiviert. Wenn die Option deaktiviert ist, wird der Dienst entsprechend deaktiviert. Dies wirkt sich nicht auf den aktuellen Status des Dienstes im bereits ausgeführten System aus.</p>\n" +"Mit dieser Option wird der Dienst beim Booten des Systems aktiviert. Wenn " +"die Option deaktiviert ist, wird der Dienst entsprechend deaktiviert. Dies " +"wirkt sich nicht auf den aktuellen Status des Dienstes im bereits " +"ausgeführten System aus.</p>\n" -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "Aktueller Status:" -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "Beim Booten des Systems starten" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "wird ausgeführt" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "Jetzt anhalten" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "angehalten" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "Jetzt starten" -#. Widget representing input field for testing keyboard layout. -#. Its value is ignored and never used anywhere. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/widgets.rb:35 +#. Widget representing input field for testing keyboard layout. +#. Its value is ignored and never used anywhere. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/widgets.rb:35 msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung testen" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1704,9 +1759,9 @@ "Der Pfad %1 ist zwar vorhanden, er ist jedoch kein Verzeichnis.\n" "Vorgang fortsetzen oder abbrechen?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path -#. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1714,9 +1769,9 @@ "Der Pfad %1 ist nicht vorhanden.\n" "Soll er jetzt erstellt werden?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1724,225 +1779,225 @@ "Fehler beim Erstellen von Verzeichnis %1.\n" "Aktuellen Vorgang fortsetzen oder abbrechen?\n" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Hinzufügen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "Abbre&chen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "&Fortfahren" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Ja" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 msgid "&No" msgstr "&Nein" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 msgid "&Finish" msgstr "&Beenden" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Bea&rbeiten" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&OK" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "&Abbrechen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 msgid "Abo&rt Installation" msgstr "Installation &abbrechen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 msgid "&Ignore" msgstr "&Ignorieren" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 msgid "&Next" msgstr "&Weiter" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "Ne&u" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Löschen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 msgid "&Back" msgstr "&Zurück" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "Übe&rnehmen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 msgid "&Do Not Accept" msgstr "&Nicht übernehmen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 msgid "&Quit" msgstr "&Verlassen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "&Wiederholen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 msgid "&Replace" msgstr "&Ersetzen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 msgid "Do&wn" msgstr "A&b" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 msgid "Sele&ct" msgstr "&Wählen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 msgid "Remo&ve" msgstr "&Entfernen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 msgid "&Refresh" msgstr "Aktua&lisieren" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hilfe" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installieren" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 msgid "&Do Not Install" msgstr "&Nicht installieren" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 msgid "&Download" msgstr "&Herunterladen" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 msgid "&Save" msgstr "&Speichern" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "&Anhalten" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 msgid "C&lose" msgstr "Schließ&en" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "Durch&suchen..." -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 msgid "Crea&te" msgstr "&Erzeugen" -#. Button label -#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip -#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed -#. PushButton label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "Ü&berspringen" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fehler" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Bitte warten..." -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "&Dateiname" -#. TextEntry Label -#. textentry label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Passwort" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "Passwort &bestätigen" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "&Hostname" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Optionen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 msgid "" "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -1950,34 +2005,34 @@ "YaST kann mit der Konfiguration nicht fortfahren,\n" "solange die benötigten Pakete nicht installiert sind." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgstr "Der '%1'-Dienst kann nicht gestartet werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" msgstr "Der '%1'-Dienst kann nicht neu gestartet werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" msgstr "Der '%1'-Dienst kann nicht angehalten werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgstr "Einstellungen können nicht nach '%1' geschrieben werden" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 msgid "" "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1987,19 +2042,19 @@ "\n" "Grund: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 msgid "Error writing file '%1'" msgstr "Fehler beim Schreiben der Datei: '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 msgid "" "Error writing file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -2009,19 +2064,19 @@ "\n" "Grund: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" msgstr "Die Datei '%1' konnte nicht geöffnet werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 msgid "" "Cannot open file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -2031,18 +2086,18 @@ "\n" "Grund: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Umgebung prüfen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 msgid "" "Unknown Error.\n" "\n" @@ -2052,16 +2107,16 @@ "\n" "Beschreibung: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 msgid "This item must be completed." msgstr "Diese Eingabe ist zwingend" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 msgid "" "The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" "Create it?" @@ -2069,8 +2124,8 @@ "Das Verzeichnis '%1' ist nicht vorhanden.\n" "Soll es angelegt werden?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 msgid "" "The domain has changed.\n" "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." @@ -2079,85 +2134,85 @@ "Sie müssen den Rechner neu starten, damit die Änderungen\n" "wirksam werden können." -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" msgstr "Diese Meldung nicht &erneut zeigen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." msgstr "Der Dienst '%1' kann nicht angepasst werden" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." msgstr "Fehlender Parameter '%1'" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgstr "Verzeichnis '%1' kann nicht angelegt werden" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "Die aktuellen Einstellungen können nicht gelesen werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." msgstr "SuSEconfig-Skript ist fehlgeschlagen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Es konnten nicht alle benötigten Pakete installiert werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "Systemkonfiguration wird aktualisiert..." -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "Dies kann eine Weile dauern." -#. Get information about the OS release -#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file -#. is missing. -#. -#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) -#. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "Die Versionsdatei %{file} wurde nicht gefunden." -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "Wollen Sie die Installation wirklich abbrechen?" -#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "Wollen Sie die Systemreparatur von YaST wirklich abbrechen?" -#. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Systemreparatur abbrechen" -#. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "Systemreparatur &fortsetzen" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -2168,10 +2223,10 @@ "Ihre Festplatte wird im ursprünglichen Zustand\n" "verbleiben." -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. -#. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -2184,9 +2239,9 @@ "Eventuell müssen Sie die Installation\n" "wiederholen.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -2196,221 +2251,221 @@ "Linux nicht benutzbar sein.\n" "Sie werden die Installation wiederholen müssen." -#. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Wollen Sie wirklich abbrechen?" -#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "Alle Änderungen werden verloren gehen!" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Details..." -#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meldungen" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Meldungen anzeigen: %1" -#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Timeout-Meldungen: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Meldungen protokollieren: %1" -#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Warnmeldungen" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Warnmeldungen anzeigen: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Timeout-Warnmeldungen: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Warnmeldungen protokollieren: %1" -#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fehler" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Fehler anzeigen: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Timeout-Fehler: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Fehler protokollieren: %1" -#. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Warnung:" -#. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Fehler:" -#. translators: message summary header -#. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Meldung:" -#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Noch nicht konfiguriert." -#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 msgid "Not detected." msgstr "Nicht erkannt." -#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. -#. -#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header -#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table -#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another -#. button). -#. -#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. -#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. -#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to -#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually -#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @return Content for the `SetWizardContent[Buttons]()` -#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> -#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> -#. </table> -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the `SetWizardContent[Buttons]()` +#. <B>UI elements ids:</B><table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "&Hinzufügen" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "Bea&rbeiten" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "&Löschen" -#. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variable" -#. FIXME: do it -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Xterm fehlt; installieren Sie das xterm-Paket." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "Private GPG-Schlüssel" -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "Benutzer-ID" -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. lazy -#. Standard text strings -#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Fingerabdruck" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Private Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys.</p>" @@ -2418,14 +2473,14 @@ "<p><big><b>Privater GPG-Schlüssel</b></big><br>\n" "Die Tabelle enthält eine Liste der privaten GPG-Schlüssel.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "Öffentliche GPG-Schlüssel" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<p><big><b>GPG Public Key</b></big><br>\n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys.</p>" @@ -2433,31 +2488,33 @@ "<p><big><b>Öffentlicher GPG-Schlüssel</b></big><br>\n" "Die Tabelle enthält eine Liste der öffentlichen GPG-Schlüssel.</p>" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "Neuen GPG-S&chlüssel erstellen..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " +"information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Neuen GPG-Schlüssel erstellen</b></big><br>\n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> ist gestartet, für weitere Informationen <tt>gpg</tt> Manual Pager zurate ziehen.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> ist gestartet, für weitere Informationen <tt>gpg</tt> " +"Manual Pager zurate ziehen.\n" " Abbruch mit Strg+C.\n" " </p>" -#. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "&Passwortsatz für GPG-Schlüssel %1" -#. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Passphrase</b></big><br>\n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -2465,36 +2522,38 @@ "<p><big><b>Passwortsatz</b></big><br>\n" "Zum Entsperren des GPG-Schlüssels Passwortsatz eingeben." -#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. -#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "Passwortsatz eingeben" -#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Passwortsatz zum Entsperren von GPG-Schlüssel %1 eingeben:" -#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes -#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." -msgstr "Geben Sie eine Protokollnachricht ein, um Ihre Änderungen zu beschreiben." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie eine Protokollnachricht ein, um Ihre Änderungen zu beschreiben." -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Displayed Log</big></b><br>\n" "Use <b>Log</b> to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" "the field below.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Protokoll anzeigen</big></b><br>\n" -"Unter <b>Protokoll</b> können Sie das anzuzeigende Protokoll wählen. Es wird im\n" +"Unter <b>Protokoll</b> können Sie das anzuzeigende Protokoll wählen. Es wird " +"im\n" "Bereich darunter angezeigt.</p>\n" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" "<p><b><big>The Log</big></b><br>\n" "This screen displays the log.</p>" @@ -2502,19 +2561,20 @@ "<p><b><big>Das Protokoll</big></b><br>\n" "In diesem Bildschirm wird das Protokoll angezeigt.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click <b>%1</b>\n" "and select the action to process.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Klicken Sie zum Ausführen erweiterter Aktionen oder Speichern des Protokolls\n" +"Klicken Sie zum Ausführen erweiterter Aktionen oder Speichern des " +"Protokolls\n" "in einer Datei auf <b>%1</b> und wählen Sie die auszuführende Aktion.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To process advanced actions, click <b>%1</b>\n" @@ -2524,69 +2584,70 @@ "Klicken Sie zum Ausführen erweiterter Aktionen auf <b>%1</b>\n" "und wählen Sie die auszuführende Aktion.</p>" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To save the log into a file, click <b>Save Log</b> and select the file\n" "to which to save the log.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Klicken Sie zum Speichern des Protokolls in eine Datei auf <b>Protokoll speichern</b>\n" +"Klicken Sie zum Speichern des Protokolls in eine Datei auf <b>Protokoll " +"speichern</b>\n" "und wählen Sie die Datei, in der das Protokoll gespeichert werden soll.</p>\n" -#. menu button -#. Get the buttons below the box with the log -#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget -#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs -#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Er&weitert" -#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case -#. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "Protokoll" -#. logview caption -#. logview caption -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "&Protokoll" -#. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "Protokoll &speichern" -#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "Protokoll speichern unter..." -#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Beim Lesen des Protokolls trat ein Fehler auf." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Unbekannte Zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" @@ -2595,46 +2656,46 @@ "Starten Sie YaST2 Firewall und nehmen Sie eine\n" "Zuweisung vor.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Externe Zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Interne Zone" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Entmilitarisierte Zone" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:243 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:243 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:245 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:245 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:247 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:247 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:249 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:249 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1051 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1051 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2645,222 +2706,226 @@ "Die Schnittstelle '%1' ist in mehreren Firewall-Zonen vorhanden.\n" "Wenn Sie mit der Konfiguration fortfahren, können Fehler auftreten.\n" "\n" -"Es wird empfohlen, die Konfiguration zu verlassen und eine manuelle Reparatur\n" +"Es wird empfohlen, die Konfiguration zu verlassen und eine manuelle " +"Reparatur\n" "in der Datei '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall' vorzunehmen." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1528 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1528 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Initialisierung der Firewall-Konfiguration" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1536 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1536 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "Nach Netzwerkgeräten überprüfen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1538 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1538 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1540 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1540 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "Nach möglichen Konflikten der Dienste überprüfen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1544 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1544 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "Nach Netzwerkgeräten überprüfen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1546 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1546 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "Aktuelle Konfiguration einlesen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1548 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1548 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "Überprüfen möglicher Konflikte der Dienste..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1687 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1687 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Firewall schreiben" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1695 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1695 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1697 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1697 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Firewall-Dienst anpassen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1701 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1701 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen schreiben..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1703 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1703 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Firewall-Dienst wird angepasst..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1722 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1722 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Einstellungen konnten nicht geschrieben werden" -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2378 +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2378 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll (%1)" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service_name name including the "service:" prefix -#. @param [String] silent whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service -#. information just yet. Lets do it now -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service_name name including the "service:" prefix +#. @param [String] silent whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "Der Service mit dem Namen '%{service_name}' ist nicht vorhanden" -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Service: %{filename}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" msgstr "Blockzone" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" msgstr "Löschzone" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" msgstr "Private Zone" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "Öffentliche Zone" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" msgstr "Verbürgte Zone" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" msgstr "Arbeitszone" -#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to -#. determine if the service has been populated or not. -#. -#. @param service_name [String] The service name -#. @return [String] Default description for service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" msgstr "Der Dienst %{service_name}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Unbekannter Dienst '%1'" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "Die Firewall kann nicht während des ersten Teils der Installation angepasst werden." +msgstr "" +"Die Firewall kann nicht während des ersten Teils der Installation angepasst " +"werden." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "Firewall-Paket ist nicht installiert." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "Firewall ist deaktiviert" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "Der Firewall-Port ist geschlossen" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "Der Firewall-Port ist auf allen Schnittstellen geöffnet." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "Der Firewall-Port ist auf den gewählten Schnittstellen geöffnet." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "Es sind keine Netzwerkschnittstellen konfiguriert" -#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "Schnittstelle wurde keiner Zone zugewiesen" -#. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Netzwerkschnittstellen mit offenem Firewall-Port" -#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default -#. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Diese dem internen Netzwerk zugeteilten Netzwerkschnittstellen können nicht abgewählt werden:\n" +"Diese dem internen Netzwerk zugeteilten Netzwerkschnittstellen können nicht " +"abgewählt werden:\n" "%1\n" -#. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2872,8 +2937,8 @@ "\n" "Fortfahren?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2887,10 +2952,10 @@ "\n" "Fortfahren?" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2904,23 +2969,23 @@ "\n" "Fortfahren?" -#. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Netzwerk&schnittstellen mit offenem Firewall-Port" -#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "A&lles selektieren" -#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "&Keinen wählen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2928,8 +2993,8 @@ "Fehler beim Prüfen des Servicestatus:\n" "%{details}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:851 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:851 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2937,9 +3002,9 @@ "Fehler beim Festlegen des Servicestatus:\n" "%{details}" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, -#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:982 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:982 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2950,10 +3015,10 @@ "Rechner\n" "aktivieren Sie <b>%1</b>.<br>" -#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional -#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) -#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:993 +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:993 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click <b>%2</b>.<br>" @@ -2961,8 +3026,8 @@ "Zum Wählen von Schnittstellen, auf denen der Port geöffnet\n" "werden soll, klicken Sie auf <b>%2</b>.<br>" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1001 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1001 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled.</p>" @@ -2970,467 +3035,467 @@ "Diese Option steht nur zur Verfügung, wenn die Firewall\n" "aktiviert ist.</p>" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1013 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Firewall-Port öffnen" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1015 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1015 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Firewall-Details" -#. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1046 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "&Firewall-Port öffnen" -#. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1053 +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1053 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "Firewall-&Details..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1081 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1081 msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "Firewall-Einstellungen für %{firewall}" -#. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1088 +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1088 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "Firewall ist offen" -#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1263 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1263 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:423 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Netzwerkkarte" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:428 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:428 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:433 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:433 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:435 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:291 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:292 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:449 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:450 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:672 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:673 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:291 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:292 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:449 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:450 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:672 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:673 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" -#. Device type label -#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). -#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface -#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. -#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" -#. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1184 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Zusätzliche Adresse" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Arcnet Netzwerkkarte" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1192 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1192 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth-Verbindung" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1201 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond-Netzwerk" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1205 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-Karte" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1212 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Channel-to-Channel Interface (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL-Verbindung" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Dummy" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dummy-Netzwerkgerät" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet-Netzwerkkarte" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1229 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI-Netzwerkkarte" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1233 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1233 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1267 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN-Verbindung" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrarot-Netzwerkgerät" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrarot-Gerät" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS-Netzwerkkarte" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Schleifenrücklaufgerät" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet-Netzwerkkarte" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallel-Port" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1271 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1271 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Verbindung am Parallel-Port" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1277 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1277 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express oder QDIO Device (QETH)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Serieller Anschluss" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Verbindung am seriellen Anschluss" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token-Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token-Ring-Netzwerkkarte" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1296 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB-Netzwerkgerät" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare-Netzwerk-Device" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Drahtlos" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1302 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1302 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Drahtlose Netzwerkkarte" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1305 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP-Netzwerk" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtuelles LAN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bridge" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1309 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Netzwerk-Bridge" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1311 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "NetzwerkTUNnel" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1313 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Netzwerk-TAP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1315 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand-Gerät" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Gerät unbekannt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-Adresse" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Keine IP-Adresse zugewiesen" -#. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Gerätetyp" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Gerätename" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-Adresse" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Geräte-ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Verbunden" -#. label message -#. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Suche nach Rechnern in diesem LAN..." -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "&NFS-Server" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "&Entfernte Rechner" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Exportierte &Verzeichnisse" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:271 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -3438,24 +3503,26 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Ihre Netzwerkschnittstellen werden zurzeit von NetworkManager gesteuert,\n" -"der zu konfigurierende Dienst arbeitet jedoch möglicherweise nicht einwandfrei damit zusammen.\n" +"der zu konfigurierende Dienst arbeitet jedoch möglicherweise nicht " +"einwandfrei damit zusammen.\n" " \n" "Weiter?" -#. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false -#. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:336 +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:336 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" "or continue without network." msgstr "" "Es wurde kein aktives Netzwerk erkannt.\n" -"Starten Sie die Installation neu und konfigurieren Sie ein Netzwerk in Linuxrc\n" +"Starten Sie die Installation neu und konfigurieren Sie ein Netzwerk in " +"Linuxrc\n" "oder fahren Sie ohne Netzwerk fort." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:342 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:342 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -3463,12 +3530,13 @@ "or continue without network." msgstr "" "Es wurde kein aktives Netzwerk erkannt.\n" -"Konfigurieren Sie das Netzwerk mit YaST oder mit dem Netzwerkmanager-Plugin.\n" +"Konfigurieren Sie das Netzwerk mit YaST oder mit dem Netzwerkmanager-" +"Plugin.\n" "Starten Sie dieses Modul dann neu\n" "oder fahren Sie ohne Netzwerk fort." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names -#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -3478,125 +3546,166 @@ "Eine Portnummer kann eine Nummer von 0 bis 65535 sein.\n" "Es sind keine Leerzeichen erlaubt.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "Neues Netzwerkgerät '%1' gefunden; als interne Firewall-Schnittstelle hinzugefügt" +msgstr "" +"Neues Netzwerkgerät '%1' gefunden; als interne Firewall-Schnittstelle " +"hinzugefügt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "Neues Netzwerkgerät '%1' gefunden; als externe Firewall-Schnittstelle hinzugefügt" +msgstr "" +"Neues Netzwerkgerät '%1' gefunden; als externe Firewall-Schnittstelle " +"hinzugefügt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "Das SuSEfirewall2-Paket ist nicht installiert, die Firewall wird deaktiviert." +msgstr "" +"Das SuSEfirewall2-Paket ist nicht installiert, die Firewall wird deaktiviert." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall ist aktiviert (deaktivieren</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Firewall ist aktiviert (deaktivieren</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall ist deaktiviert (aktivieren</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Firewall ist deaktiviert (aktivieren</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "SSH port is open (close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-Port ist offen (schließen</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"SSH-Port ist offen (schließen)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-Port ist blockiert (öffnen</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"SSH-Port ist blockiert (öffnen)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (close</a>), " +"but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH-Port ist offen (schließen</a>), aber es gibt\n" +"SSH-Port ist offen (schließen), aber es gibt\n" "keine konfigurierten Netzwerk-Schnittstellen" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "Sie installieren ein System über SSH, haben jedoch nicht den SSH-Port auf der Firewall geöffnet." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " +"on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Sie installieren ein System über SSH, haben jedoch nicht den SSH-Port auf " +"der Firewall geöffnet." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" -msgstr "Ports zur Fernverwaltung (VNC) sind offen (schließen</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Ports zur Fernverwaltung (VNC) sind offen (schließen</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "Ports zur Fernverwaltung (VNC) sind blockiert (öffnen</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Ports zur Fernverwaltung (VNC) sind blockiert (öffnen</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Sie installieren ein System über Fernverwaltung (VNC), haben jedoch nicht die SSH-Ports auf der Firewall geöffnet." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " +"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Sie installieren ein System über Fernverwaltung (VNC), haben jedoch nicht " +"die SSH-Ports auf der Firewall geöffnet." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "iSCSI-Target-Ports sind offen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "iSCSI-Target-Ports sind geblockt" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "Sie installieren ein System über ein iSCSI-Target, haben jedoch nicht die erforderlichen Ports der Firewall geöffnet." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " +"needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"Sie installieren ein System über ein iSCSI-Target, haben jedoch nicht die " +"erforderlichen Ports der Firewall geöffnet." -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Folgende Pakete müssen installiert werden:" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "Folgende Pakete müssen gelöscht werden:" -#. labels changed for bug #215195 -#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Deinstallieren" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "Überprüfung auf Dateikonflikte läuft..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Erkennung der Dateikonflikte wird ausgeführt.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" @@ -3606,8 +3715,8 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" @@ -3615,160 +3724,170 @@ msgstr "" "Dateikonflikte treten auf, wenn zwei Pakete versuchen, Dateien\n" "mit demselben Namen, jedoch mit anderen Inhalten, zu installieren. Wenn Sie\n" -"den Vorgang fortsetzen, werden die im Konflikt stehenden Dateien ersetzt, wobei der bisherige Inhalt verloren geht." +"den Vorgang fortsetzen, werden die im Konflikt stehenden Dateien ersetzt, " +"wobei der bisherige Inhalt verloren geht." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "Dateikonflikt erkannt" msgstr[1] "Dateikonflikte festgestellt" -#. Gets richtext representation of messages passed to constructor -#. -#. @return [String] Richtext representation of the list of messages -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:23 +#. Gets richtext representation of messages passed to constructor +#. +#. @return [String] Richtext representation of the list of messages +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:23 msgid "Packages notifications" msgstr "Paketbenachrichtigungen" -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:24 +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:24 msgid "You have notifications from the following packages:" msgstr "Sie haben Benachrichtigungen von den folgenden Paketen:" -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 msgid "This message will be available at %s" msgstr "Diese Meldung finden Sie unter %s" -#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. defaults -#. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paket %1 (%2) wird heruntergeladen..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Herunterladen des Pakets" -#. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Paket %1 ist beschädigt, Integritätsprüfung ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Installation des Pakets erneut versuchen?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Installation abbrechen?" -#. otherwise return Ignore (default) -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Fehler: %1:" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" -"Das Ignorieren eines abgebrochenen Downloads kann zu einem defekten System führen.\n" -"Das System sollte später durch Ausführen des Software-Verwaltungsmoduls überprüft werden.\n" +"Das Ignorieren eines abgebrochenen Downloads kann zu einem defekten System " +"führen.\n" +"Das System sollte später durch Ausführen des Software-Verwaltungsmoduls " +"überprüft werden.\n" -#. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paket %1 (%2) wird deinstalliert..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Paket %1 (%2) wird installiert..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Deinstallation des Pakets" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Installation des Pakets" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Paket %1 konnte nicht entfernt werden." -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Die Installation von Paket %1 ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " +"module." msgstr "" "Das Ignorieren eines Paketfehlers kann zu einem defekten System führen.\n" -"Das System sollte später durch Ausführen des Software-Management-Moduls überprüft werden." +"Das System sollte später durch Ausführen des Software-Management-Moduls " +"überprüft werden." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " +"changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> " +"from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Das Repository unter der angegebenen URL gibt nun eine andere Medien-ID an.\n" -"Wenn die URL richtig ist, deutet dies darauf hin, dass der Inhalt des Repositorys geändert wurde. Um \n" -"dieses Repository weiterhin zu verwenden, rufen Sie <b>Installations-Repositorys</b> vom \n" +"<p>Das Repository unter der angegebenen URL gibt nun eine andere Medien-ID " +"an.\n" +"Wenn die URL richtig ist, deutet dies darauf hin, dass der Inhalt des " +"Repositorys geändert wurde. Um \n" +"dieses Repository weiterhin zu verwenden, rufen Sie <b>Installations-" +"Repositorys</b> vom \n" "YaST-Kontrollzentrum aus auf und aktualisieren Sie das Repository.</p>\n" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media -#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" -#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Seite A" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Seite B" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (Disc %2)" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (Medium %2)" -#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3776,8 +3895,8 @@ "Legen Sie\n" "'%1' ein." -#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3789,8 +3908,8 @@ "%2.\n" "Prüfen Sie, ob auf das Verzeichnis zugegriffen werden kann." -#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3802,178 +3921,179 @@ "%2.\n" "Prüfen Sie, ob auf den Server zugegriffen werden kann." -#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Automatisches Aktualisieren überspringen" -#. menu button label - used for more then one device -#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "Aus&werfen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "&CD- oder DVD-Medium automatisch auswerfen" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Installation erneut versuchen?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Medium überspringen?" -#. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Defektes Medium wird ignoriert..." -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Repository %1 wird erstellt" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Beim Erstellen des Repositorys ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." -msgstr "Die Beschreibung des entfernten Repositorys kann nicht abgerufen werden." +msgstr "" +"Die Beschreibung des entfernten Repositorys kann nicht abgerufen werden." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Beim Abrufen der neuen Metadaten ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Das Repository ist ungültig." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Die Metadaten des Repositorys sind ungültig." -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Wiederholen?" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Repository %1 wird getestet" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Beim Testen des Repositorys ist ein Fehler aufgetreten." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Details zum Test des Repositorys." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Die Metadaten des Repositorys sind ungültig." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repository %1" -#. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket %1 (%2) wird heruntergeladen..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket wird heruntergeladen" -#. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket %1 wird angewendet..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Delta-RPM-Paket wird angewendet" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paket:" -#. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Skript %1 wird gestartet (Patch %2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Skript wird ausgeführt" -#. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Patch: " -#. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Skript: " -#. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Ausgabe des Skripts" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3981,8 +4101,8 @@ "Patch: %1\n" "\n" -#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3996,37 +4116,38 @@ "Hinweis: Wenn die Aktualisierung übersprungen wird,\n" "fehlen möglicherweise ein paar Pakete oder einige Pakete sind veraltet." -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "Aktualisierung &überspringen" -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Herunterladen" -#. message in a progress popup -#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Herunterladen von: %1" -#. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Paketdatenbank prüfen" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "Paketdatenbank wird neu aufgebaut. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern." +msgstr "" +"Paketdatenbank wird neu aufgebaut. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern." -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -4034,17 +4155,18 @@ "Paketdatenbank konnte nicht neu aufgebaut werden:\n" "%1" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "Konvertierung der Paketdatenbank. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern." +msgstr "" +"Konvertierung der Paketdatenbank. Dieser Vorgang kann einige Zeit dauern." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -4052,44 +4174,44 @@ "Paketdatenbank konnte nicht konvertiert werden:\n" "%1" -#. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-Datenbank einlesen..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Installierte Pakete einlesen" -#. progress bar label -#. TODO: allow Abort -#. , -#. `VBox( -#. `Label(""), -#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) -#. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "RPM-Datenbank absuchen..." -#. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Initialisierung des Ziels ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM-Datenbank lesen" -#. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Benutzerauthentifizierung" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -4099,26 +4221,26 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Benutzername" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&Details anzeigen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Größe:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Verbleibende Zeit bis zum nächsten automatischen Versuch: %1" -#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" @@ -4126,7 +4248,7 @@ "PackageKit ist immer noch aktiv (wahrscheinlich beschäftigt).\n" "PackageKit noch einmal zum Beenden auffordern?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -4135,22 +4257,23 @@ "Ask PackageKit to quit?" msgstr "" "PackageKit blockiert die Softwareverwaltung.\n" -"Es ist möglich, dass dies durch ein Update-Applet oder eine andere Anwendung\n" +"Es ist möglich, dass dies durch ein Update-Applet oder eine andere " +"Anwendung\n" "zur Softwareverwaltung blockiert wird.\n" "\n" "PackageKit zum Beenden auffordern?" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Zugriff auf die Software-Verwaltung gescheitert" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -4158,8 +4281,8 @@ "Wollen Sie ohne Zugriff auf die Softwareverwaltung fortfahren\n" "oder den Zugriff erneut versuchen?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -4169,20 +4292,20 @@ "ohne Zugriff auf die Softwareverwaltung fortfahren\n" "oder abbrechen?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "Wollen Sie abbrechen oder es erneut versuchen?\n" -#. print the question -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Akzeptieren Sie diese Lizenzvereinbarung?" -#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -4190,13 +4313,13 @@ "Es gibt unaufgelöste Abhängigkeiten, die manuell\n" "über die Softwareverwaltung gelöst werden müssen." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installieren der benötigten Pakete schlug fehl." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -4206,13 +4329,13 @@ "Falls Sie ohne die vorherige Installation benötigter Pakete fortfahren,\n" "wird YaST möglicherweise nicht richtig funktionieren.\n" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Es müssen zuerst die erforderlichen Pakete installiert sein." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -4220,28 +4343,29 @@ "Falls Sie ohne die Installation der erforderlichen Pakete fortfahren,\n" "wird YaST möglicherweise nicht korrekt funktionieren.\n" -#. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Paketlizenz bestätigen: %1" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Akzeptieren" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "&Ablehnen" -#. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " +"installed.\n" "<br>\n" "To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>." @@ -4254,22 +4378,27 @@ "Zum Akzeptieren der Paketlizenz klicken Sie auf <b>Akzeptieren</b>.\n" "Zum Ablehnen der Paketlizenz klicken Sie auf <b>Ablehnen</b></p>." -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " +"to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " +"the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t In diesem Dialogfeld können Sie die Aufgaben dieses Systems definieren und angeben, welche Software installiert werden soll.\n" -"\t\t Die verfügbaren Aufgaben und Programme für dieses System werden nach Kategorien geordnet in der linken\n" -"\t\t Spalte angezeigt. Zum Anzeigen einer Beschreibung für einen Eintrag wählen Sie diesen in der Liste aus.\n" +"\t\t In diesem Dialogfeld können Sie die Aufgaben dieses Systems definieren " +"und angeben, welche Software installiert werden soll.\n" +"\t\t Die verfügbaren Aufgaben und Programme für dieses System werden nach " +"Kategorien geordnet in der linken\n" +"\t\t Spalte angezeigt. Zum Anzeigen einer Beschreibung für einen Eintrag " +"wählen Sie diesen in der Liste aus.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -4278,12 +4407,14 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t Ändern Sie den Status eines Elements, indem Sie auf dessen Statussymbol klicken,\n" -"\t\t oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein Symbol für ein Kontextmenü.\n" +"\t\t Ändern Sie den Status eines Elements, indem Sie auf dessen Statussymbol " +"klicken,\n" +"\t\t oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf ein Symbol für ein " +"Kontextmenü.\n" "\t\t Über das Kontextmenü können Sie auch den Status aller Elemente ändern.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>\n" "\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -4291,14 +4422,16 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t Mit <b>Details</b> wird die detaillierte Softwarepaketauswahl geöffnet,\n" +"\t\t Mit <b>Details</b> wird die detaillierte Softwarepaketauswahl " +"geöffnet,\n" "\t\t in der Sie einzelne Softwarepakete anzeigen und auswählen können.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " +"disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -4306,133 +4439,141 @@ "\t\t </p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"\t\t Die Anzeige für die Speicherplatzbelegung rechts unten gibt an, wie viel Speicherplatz\n" -"\t\t noch verfügbar ist, nachdem alle angeforderten Änderungen vorgenommen wurden.\n" +"\t\t Die Anzeige für die Speicherplatzbelegung rechts unten gibt an, wie " +"viel Speicherplatz\n" +"\t\t noch verfügbar ist, nachdem alle angeforderten Änderungen vorgenommen " +"wurden.\n" "\t\t Volle oder fast volle Festplattenpartitionen können die\n" -"\t\t Systemleistung beeinträchtigen und in einigen Fällen zu schwerwiegenden Problemen führen.\n" -"\t\t Für die ordnungsgemäße Funktion des Systems muss ein gewisses Maß an freiem Speicherplatz verfügbar sein.\n" +"\t\t Systemleistung beeinträchtigen und in einigen Fällen zu schwerwiegenden " +"Problemen führen.\n" +"\t\t Für die ordnungsgemäße Funktion des Systems muss ein gewisses Maß an " +"freiem Speicherplatz verfügbar sein.\n" "\t\t </p>" -#. Dialog title -#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Software-Auswahl und System-Tasks" -#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have -#. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(Mehr)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Installation erfolgreich abgeschlossen." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Fehler bei der Paketinstallation" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Fehlermeldung: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Fehlerhafte Pakete: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Installierte Pakete: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Aktualisierte Pakete: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Entfernte Pakete: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Nicht installierte Pakete: %1" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakete" -#. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Verbrauchte Zeit: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Installierte Gesamt-Größe: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Größe heruntergeladener Dateien: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Statistiken" -#. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Installationsprotokoll" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" -#. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Nach dem Installieren der Pakete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Diesen Bericht anzeigen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Fertig stellen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Im Software-Manager fortsetzen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>" -msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installationsbericht</B></BIG><BR>Die nachfolgenden Pakete wurden installiert oder entfernt.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 +msgid "" +"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed " +"or removed packages.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><BIG><B>Installationsbericht</B></BIG><BR>Die nachfolgenden Pakete wurden " +"installiert oder entfernt.</P>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Installationsbericht" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Installierte Pakete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Aktualisierte Pakete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Entfernte Pakete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Verbleibende Pakete" -#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -4440,16 +4581,17 @@ "\n" "value in the YaST sysconfig editor." msgstr "" -"Soll dieses Berichtsdialogfeld erneut angezeigt werden, bearbeiten Sie den Wert\n" +"Soll dieses Berichtsdialogfeld erneut angezeigt werden, bearbeiten Sie den " +"Wert\n" "\n" "System > Yast2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n" "\n" "im YaST-sysconfig-Editor." -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:266 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:266 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4462,15 +4604,16 @@ "Paket %1 aus Repository %2\n" "%3\n" "ist nicht digital signiert. Daher können Ursprung und\n" -"Integrität des Pakets nicht überprüft werden. Durch die Installation des Pakets\n" +"Integrität des Pakets nicht überprüft werden. Durch die Installation des " +"Pakets\n" "kann die Integrität des Systems gefährdet werden.\n" "\n" "Trotzdem installieren?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:280 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:280 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4482,22 +4625,24 @@ msgstr "" "Datei %1 aus Repository %2\n" "%3\n" -"ist nicht digital signiert. Daher können Ursprung und Integrität der Datei nicht \n" -"überprüft werden. Durch die Verwendung der Datei kann die Integrität des Systems\n" +"ist nicht digital signiert. Daher können Ursprung und Integrität der Datei " +"nicht \n" +"überprüft werden. Durch die Verwendung der Datei kann die Integrität des " +"Systems\n" "gefährdet werden.\n" "\n" "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:300 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:300 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Unsigniertes Paket" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:302 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Unsignierte Datei" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:348 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -4507,36 +4652,40 @@ "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" "In dem Repository wurde keine Prüfsumme für Paket %1 gefunden.\n" -"Dies bedeutet, dass das Paket Teil des signierten Repositorys ist, jedoch nicht in der Liste der Prüfsummen\n" +"Dies bedeutet, dass das Paket Teil des signierten Repositorys ist, jedoch " +"nicht in der Liste der Prüfsummen\n" "in diesem Repository erwähnt wird. Durch die Installation des Pakets\n" "kann die Integrität des Systems gefährdet werden.\n" "\n" "Trotzdem installieren?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:359 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:359 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " +"Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Es wurde keine Prüfsumme für Datei %1\n" -"in dem Repository gefunden. Dies bedeutet, dass die Datei Teil des signierten Repositorys ist,\n" -"jedoch nicht in der Liste der Prüfsummen in diesem Repository erwähnt wird. Durch die Verwendung der Datei\n" +"in dem Repository gefunden. Dies bedeutet, dass die Datei Teil des " +"signierten Repositorys ist,\n" +"jedoch nicht in der Liste der Prüfsummen in diesem Repository erwähnt wird. " +"Durch die Verwendung der Datei\n" "kann die Integrität des Systems gefährdet werden.\n" "\n" "Trotzdem verwenden?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:375 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:375 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "Keine Prüfsumme gefunden" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:422 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4550,16 +4699,19 @@ msgstr "" "Paket %1 aus dem Repository %2\n" "%3\n" -"wurde mit dem folgenden GnuPG-Schlüssel signiert, die Integritätsprüfung war jedoch nicht erfolgreich: %4\n" +"wurde mit dem folgenden GnuPG-Schlüssel signiert, die Integritätsprüfung war " +"jedoch nicht erfolgreich: %4\n" "\n" -"Dies bedeutet, dass das Paket versehentlich oder durch einen Angreifer verändert wurde,\n" -"seitdem es der Ersteller des Repositorys signiert hat. Die Installation des Pakets stellt ein hohes Risiko\n" +"Dies bedeutet, dass das Paket versehentlich oder durch einen Angreifer " +"verändert wurde,\n" +"seitdem es der Ersteller des Repositorys signiert hat. Die Installation des " +"Pakets stellt ein hohes Risiko\n" "für Integrität und Sicherheit des Systems dar.\n" "\n" "Trotzdem installieren?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:436 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:436 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4573,21 +4725,24 @@ msgstr "" "Datei %1 aus dem Repository %2\n" "%3\n" -"wurde mit dem folgenden GnuPG-Schlüssel signiert, die Integritätsprüfung war jedoch nicht erfolgreich: %4\n" +"wurde mit dem folgenden GnuPG-Schlüssel signiert, die Integritätsprüfung war " +"jedoch nicht erfolgreich: %4\n" "\n" -"Dies bedeutet, dass die Datei nach der Signatur durch den Ersteller des Repositorys\n" -"versehentlich oder durch einen Angreifer geändert wurde. Die Verwendung der Datei stellt ein hohes Risiko\n" +"Dies bedeutet, dass die Datei nach der Signatur durch den Ersteller des " +"Repositorys\n" +"versehentlich oder durch einen Angreifer geändert wurde. Die Verwendung der " +"Datei stellt ein hohes Risiko\n" "für Integrität und Sicherheit des Systems dar.\n" "\n" "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:458 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:458 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Fehler bei der Validitätsprüfung" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4607,8 +4762,8 @@ "\n" "Trotzdem installieren?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:498 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4628,20 +4783,20 @@ "\n" "Trotzdem verwenden?" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:518 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1009 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:518 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1009 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:526 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:526 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Unbekannter GnuPG-Schlüssel" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:574 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:574 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4657,13 +4812,15 @@ "'%2 (%3)' digital signiert.\n" "\n" "Es besteht keine Vertrauensbeziehung zum Eigentümer des Schlüssels.\n" -"Wenn Sie den Eigentümer als vertrauenswürdig einstufen, markieren Sie den Schlüssel als verbürgt.\n" +"Wenn Sie den Eigentümer als vertrauenswürdig einstufen, markieren Sie den " +"Schlüssel als verbürgt.\n" "\n" "Durch die Installation eines Pakets aus einem unbekannten Repository kann\n" -"die Integrität des Systems gefährdet werden. Am sichersten ist es, das Paket zu überspringen.\n" +"die Integrität des Systems gefährdet werden. Am sichersten ist es, das Paket " +"zu überspringen.\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:588 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:588 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4679,24 +4836,25 @@ "'%2 (%3)' digital signiert.\n" "\n" "Es besteht keine Vertrauensbeziehung zum Eigentümer des Schlüssels.\n" -"Wenn Sie den Eigentümer als vertrauenswürdig einstufen, markieren Sie den Schlüssel als verbürgt.\n" +"Wenn Sie den Eigentümer als vertrauenswürdig einstufen, markieren Sie den " +"Schlüssel als verbürgt.\n" "\n" "Durch die Installation einer Datei aus einem unbekannten Repository, kann\n" "die Integrität des Systems gefährdet werden. Am sichersten ist es,\n" "die Datei zu überspringen.\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:609 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:609 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Signiert mit nicht verbürgtem öffentlichem Schlüssel" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:616 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&Schlüssel vertrauen und importieren" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:649 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:649 msgid "" "<p>The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4705,24 +4863,29 @@ "to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Der Eigentümer des Schlüssels kann Aktualisierungen,\n" -"Pakete und Paket-Repositorys verteilen, die Ihr System als verbürgt einstuft und ohne weitere Warnung\n" +"Pakete und Paket-Repositorys verteilen, die Ihr System als verbürgt einstuft " +"und ohne weitere Warnung\n" "zur Installation und Aktualisierung anbietet. \n" -"Indem Sie also den Schlüssel in Ihren Schlüsselbund der verbürgten Schlüssel aufnehmen, ermöglichen Sie dem Eigentümer des Schlüssels\n" +"Indem Sie also den Schlüssel in Ihren Schlüsselbund der verbürgten Schlüssel " +"aufnehmen, ermöglichen Sie dem Eigentümer des Schlüssels\n" "einen gewissen Grad an Kontrolle über die Software in Ihrem System.</p>" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:657 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:657 msgid "" "<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>" +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " +"used.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Bei jedem Paket, das nicht mit einem verbürgtem (importierten)\n" -"Schlüssel signiert wurde, wird ein Warndialogfeld geöffnet. Wenn Sie dem Schlüssel nicht vertrauen,\n" -"werden Pakete oder Repositorys, die vom Eigentümer des Schlüssels erstellt wurden, nicht verwendet.</p>" +"Schlüssel signiert wurde, wird ein Warndialogfeld geöffnet. Wenn Sie dem " +"Schlüssel nicht vertrauen,\n" +"werden Pakete oder Repositorys, die vom Eigentümer des Schlüssels erstellt " +"wurden, nicht verwendet.</p>" -#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:667 +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:667 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4732,37 +4895,40 @@ "%1\n" "(%2):" -#. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:677 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" "You should be sure that you can trust the owner and that\n" "the key really belongs to that owner before importing it." msgstr "" -"Sie können ihn in Ihren Schlüsselbund mit verbürgten öffentlichen Schlüsseln\n" -"importieren und damit den Eigentümer des Schlüssels als vertrauenswürdig einstufen.\n" -"Sie sollten den Schlüssel nur importieren, wenn Sie sicher sind, dass Sie dem Eigentümer vertrauen können und \n" +"Sie können ihn in Ihren Schlüsselbund mit verbürgten öffentlichen " +"Schlüsseln\n" +"importieren und damit den Eigentümer des Schlüssels als vertrauenswürdig " +"einstufen.\n" +"Sie sollten den Schlüssel nur importieren, wenn Sie sicher sind, dass Sie " +"dem Eigentümer vertrauen können und \n" "der Schlüssel wirklich diesem Eigentümer gehört." -#. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:689 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "WARNUNG: Der Schlüssel ist abgelaufen!" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:715 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:715 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Nicht verbürgten GnuPG-Schlüssel importieren" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:729 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:729 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "Ver&trauen" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum -#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:762 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:762 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4779,25 +4945,28 @@ "aber die aktuelle Prüfsumme ist %3.\n" "\n" "Dies bedeutet, dass die Datei versehentlich oder durch einen \n" -"Angreifer geändert wurde, seit sie vom Ersteller des Repositorys signiert wurde.\n" -"Die Verwendung der Datei stellt daher ein hohes Risiko für Integrität und Sicherheit des Systems dar.\n" +"Angreifer geändert wurde, seit sie vom Ersteller des Repositorys signiert " +"wurde.\n" +"Die Verwendung der Datei stellt daher ein hohes Risiko für Integrität und " +"Sicherheit des Systems dar.\n" "\n" "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:779 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:779 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Falscher Digest" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:799 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " +"risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4806,133 +4975,142 @@ "aber die erwartete Prüfsumme ist unbekannt.\n" "\n" "Dies bedeutet, dass der Ursprung und die Integrität der Datei\n" -"nicht überprüft werden kann. Die Verwendung der Datei kann die Integrität des Systems gefährden.\n" +"nicht überprüft werden kann. Die Verwendung der Datei kann die Integrität " +"des Systems gefährden.\n" "\n" "Trotzdem verwenden?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:813 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Unbekannter Digest" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1018 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1018 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Fingerabdruck: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1024 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Name: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1030 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1030 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Erstellt: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Abgelaufen: %1" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1059 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1059 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1065 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1065 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Name:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1078 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1078 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Fingerabdruck:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1089 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Erstellt: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1100 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1100 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Ablauf: " -#. we need to remember the values for tab switching -#. these are the initial values -#. Return the description for the current stage. -#. @return [String] localized string description -#. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installation..." -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medien" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Verbleibend" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "Zeit" -#. Construct widgets for the "details" page -#. -#. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Ausgeführte Aktionen:" -#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:642 +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:642 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Pakete werden installiert.</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:643 -msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" -msgstr "<P><B>Abbruch der Installation</B> Paket-Installation kann durch Drücken der Schaltfläche <B>Abbrechen</B> abgebrochen werden. Das System kann jedoch in einem inkonsistenten oder unbenutzbaren Zustand sein oder nicht starten, wenn die Basis-System-Komponente nicht installiert ist.</P>" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:643 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using " +"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " +"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " +"installed.</P>" +msgstr "" +"<P><B>Abbruch der Installation</B> Paket-Installation kann durch Drücken der " +"Schaltfläche <B>Abbrechen</B> abgebrochen werden. Das System kann jedoch in " +"einem inkonsistenten oder unbenutzbaren Zustand sein oder nicht starten, " +"wenn die Basis-System-Komponente nicht installiert ist.</P>" -#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:661 +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:661 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Versionshinweise für %s" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:673 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:673 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Details" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:677 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:677 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "&Diashow" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:716 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:716 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Aktualisierung wird durchgeführt" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Installation wird durchgeführt" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:754 +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:754 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Paketinstallation" -#. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:826 +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:826 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4940,606 +5118,606 @@ "Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie die Installation\n" "beenden möchten?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:838 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:838 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abgebrochen" -#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) -#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Datei nicht gefunden" -#. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Systemprotokoll (%1)" -#. Class names collected -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 msgid "Unclassified device" msgstr "Nicht klassifiziertes Gerät" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" msgstr "VGA-kompatibles, nicht klassifiziertes Gerät" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 msgid "Mass storage controller" msgstr "Massenspeicher-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 msgid "SCSI storage controller" msgstr "SCSI-Speicher-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 msgid "IDE interface" msgstr "IDE-Schnittstelle" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 msgid "Floppy disk controller" msgstr "Floppy-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 msgid "IPI bus controller" msgstr "IPI-Bus-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 msgid "RAID bus controller" msgstr "RAID-Bus-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" msgstr "Unbekannter Massenspeicher-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 msgid "Network controller" msgstr "Netzwerk-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 msgid "Ethernet controller" msgstr "Ethernet-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 msgid "Token ring network controller" msgstr "Token Ring Netzwerk-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 msgid "FDDI network controller" msgstr "FDDI-Netzwerk-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 msgid "ATM network controller" msgstr "ATM-Netzwerk-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 msgid "ISDN controller" msgstr "ISDN-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 msgid "Myrinet controller" msgstr "Myrinet-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 msgid "Display controller" msgstr "Display-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 msgid "VGA-compatible controller" msgstr "VGA-kompatibler Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 msgid "XGA-compatible controller" msgstr "XGA-kompatibler Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 msgid "3D controller" msgstr "3D-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 msgid "Multimedia controller" msgstr "Multimedia-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 msgid "Multimedia video controller" msgstr "Multimedia-Video-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 msgid "Multimedia audio controller" msgstr "Multimedia-Audio-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 msgid "Computer telephony device" msgstr "Telefonisches Übermittlungsgerät" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 msgid "Memory controller" msgstr "Speicher-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 msgid "RAM memory" msgstr "RAM-Speicher" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 msgid "FLASH memory" msgstr "FLASH-Speicher" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 msgid "Host bridge" msgstr "Host-Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 msgid "ISA bridge" msgstr "ISA-Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 msgid "EISA bridge" msgstr "EISA-Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 msgid "MicroChannel bridge" msgstr "MicroChannel-Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 msgid "PCI bridge" msgstr "PCI-Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 msgid "PCMCIA bridge" msgstr "PCMCIA-Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 msgid "NuBus bridge" msgstr "NuBus-Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 msgid "CardBus bridge" msgstr "CardBus-Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 msgid "RACEway bridge" msgstr "RACEway-Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" msgstr "Semi-transparente PCI-nach-PCI Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" msgstr "InfiniBand nach PCI Host Bridge" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 msgid "Communication controller" msgstr "Kommunikations-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 msgid "Serial controller" msgstr "Serieller Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 msgid "Parallel controller" msgstr "Paralleler Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 msgid "Multiport serial controller" msgstr "Multiport-Serial-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 msgid "Generic system peripheral" msgstr "Generisches Systemperipheriegerät" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 msgid "PIC" msgstr "PIC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 msgid "DMA controller" msgstr "DMA-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 msgid "Timer" msgstr "Timer" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 msgid "RTC" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 msgid "PCI hotplug controller" msgstr "PCI Hot-Plug-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 msgid "System peripheral" msgstr "Systemperipheriegerät" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 msgid "Input device controller" msgstr "Eingabegerät-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 msgid "Keyboard controller" msgstr "Tastatur-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 msgid "Digitizer pen" msgstr "Grafiktablettstift" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 msgid "Mouse controller" msgstr "Maus-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 msgid "Scanner controller" msgstr "Scanner-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 msgid "Gameport controller" msgstr "Gameport-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 msgid "Docking station" msgstr "Dockingstation" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 msgid "Generic docking station" msgstr "Generische Docking-Station" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 msgid "Processor" msgstr "Prozessor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 msgid "386" msgstr "386" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 msgid "486" msgstr "486" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 msgid "Pentium" msgstr "Pentium" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "Alpha" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 msgid "Power PC" msgstr "Power PC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 msgid "MIPS" msgstr "MIPS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 msgid "Coprocessor" msgstr "Coprozessor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 msgid "Serial bus controller" msgstr "Serieller Bus-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 msgid "ACCESS bus" msgstr "ACCESS-Bus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 msgid "SSA" msgstr "SSA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 msgid "USB controller" msgstr "USB-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 msgid "Fiber channel" msgstr "Fiber-Channel" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 msgid "SMBus" msgstr "SMBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 msgid "Wireless controller" msgstr "Controller zur drahtlosen Übertragung" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 msgid "IRDA controller" msgstr "IRDA-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 msgid "Consumer IR controller" msgstr "Consumer IR-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 msgid "RF controller" msgstr "RF-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "Intelligent controller" msgstr "Intelligenter Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "I2O" msgstr "I2O" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 msgid "Satellite communications controller" msgstr "Satellitenkommunikations-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 msgid "Satellite TV controller" msgstr "Satelliten-TV-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" msgstr "Satelliten-Audio-Kommunikations-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" msgstr "Satelliten-Sprachkommunikations-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 msgid "Satellite data communication controller" msgstr "Satelliten-Datenkommunikations-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 msgid "Encryption controller" msgstr "Verschlüsselungs-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 msgid "Network and computing encryption device" msgstr "Netzwerk- und Rechner-Verschlüsselungsgerät" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 msgid "Entertainment encryption device" msgstr "Entertainment-Verschlüsselungsgerät" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 msgid "Signal processing controller" msgstr "Signalverarbeitungs-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 msgid "DPIO module" msgstr "DPIO-Modul" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 msgid "Performance counters" msgstr "Leistungsstatistik-Zähler" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 msgid "Communication synchronizer" msgstr "Communication Synchronizer" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Monitor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 msgid "CRT monitor" msgstr "CRT-Monitor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 msgid "LCD monitor" msgstr "LCD-Monitor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 msgid "Internally used class" msgstr "Intern benutzte Klasse" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 msgid "ISA PnP interface" msgstr "ISA PnP-Schnittstelle" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 msgid "Main memory" msgstr "Hauptspeicher" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 msgid "FPU" msgstr "FPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 msgid "PROM" msgstr "PROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 msgid "System" msgstr "System" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Win modem" msgstr "WIN-Modem" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 msgid "ISDN adapter" msgstr "ISDN-Adapter" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 msgid "PS/2 controller" msgstr "PS/2-Controller" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Maus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 msgid "PS/2 mouse" msgstr "PS/2-Maus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 msgid "Serial mouse" msgstr "Serielle Maus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 msgid "Bus mouse" msgstr "BUS-Maus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 msgid "USB mouse" msgstr "USB-Maus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 msgid "Mass storage device" msgstr "Massenspeichergerät" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 msgid "Tape" msgstr "Band" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 msgid "Floppy disk" msgstr "Diskette" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 msgid "Storage device" msgstr "Speichergerät" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 msgid "Network interface" msgstr "Netzwerkschnittstelle" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 msgid "Token ring" msgstr "Token-Ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 msgid "HSI" msgstr "HSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Tastatur" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 msgid "Console" msgstr "Konsole" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Drucker" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "Hub" msgstr "Hub" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "USB hub" msgstr "USB-Hub" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 msgid "Braille display" msgstr "Braille-Anzeige" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Scanner" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "Joystick" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Gamepad" msgstr "Gamepad" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 msgid "Chipcard reader" msgstr "Chipkarten-Leser" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Kamera" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "Webcam" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 msgid "Digital camera" msgstr "Digitalkamera" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "Framebuffer-Device" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "VESA framebuffer" msgstr "VESA Framebuffer-Device" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 msgid "DVB card" msgstr "DVB-Karte" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 msgid "DVB-C card" msgstr "DVB-C-Karte" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 msgid "DVB-S card" msgstr "DVB-S-Karte" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 msgid "DVB-T card" msgstr "DVB-T-Karte" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 msgid "TV card" msgstr "TV-Karte" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partition" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 msgid "DSL card" msgstr "DSL-Karte" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Bluetooth-Gerät" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:64 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:64 msgid "" "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" "Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" @@ -5549,8 +5727,8 @@ "Abbruch-Code: %{exitcode}\n" "Fehlerausgabe: %{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5558,8 +5736,8 @@ "Die Dateien %1 wurden manuell geändert.\n" "YaST verliert möglicherweise einige der Änderungen" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -5567,13 +5745,13 @@ "Datei %1 wurde manuell geändert.\n" "YaST könnte einige der Änderungen verlieren.\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "Diese Meldung nicht mehr anzeigen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or -#. a comma separated list of file names. -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:237 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5587,13 +5765,13 @@ "Die Dateien %s wurden manuell erstellt.\n" "Diese Dateien gehen unter Umständen in YaST verloren." -#. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Beim Erzeugen von initrd trat ein Fehler auf." -#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5601,25 +5779,25 @@ "Sie müssen das System neu starten (Reboot),\n" "um den neuen Kernel in Betrieb zu nehmen.\n" -#. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "Treiberaktivierung bestätigen" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. vendor and device information strings as stored -#. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST erkannte folgendes Gerät" -#. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "Zu ladender/s &Treiber/Modul" -#. describe valid MAC address -#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 msgid "" "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." @@ -5627,20 +5805,21 @@ "Eine gültige MAC-Adresse besteht aus sechs durch einen\n" "Doppelpunkt getrennte Hexadezimalziffern." -#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" "Ein gültiger Domain-Name besteht aus Komponenten, die durch Punkte\n" -"getrennt werden. Jede Komponente enthält Buchstaben, Ziffern und Bindestriche.\n" +"getrennt werden. Jede Komponente enthält Buchstaben, Ziffern und " +"Bindestriche.\n" "Komponenten dürfen nicht mit einem Bindestrich beginnen oder enden.\n" "Die letzte Komponente darf nicht mit einer Ziffer beginnen." -#. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5648,8 +5827,8 @@ "Ein gültiger Rechnername besteht aus Buchstaben, Ziffern und Bindestrichen.\n" "Ein Rechnername darf nicht mit einem Bindestrich beginnen oder enden.\n" -#. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -5657,8 +5836,8 @@ "Eine gültige IPv4-Adresse besteht aus vier Ganzzahlen\n" "im Bereich von 0 - 255, die durch Punkte getrennt werden." -#. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5668,8 +5847,8 @@ "durch Doppelpunkte getrennten Hexadezimalwerten im Bereich von 0 - FFFF.\n" "Sie kann maximal 1 Paar von 2 Doppelpunkten enthalten." -#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5685,75 +5864,76 @@ "Beispiele:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 oder 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/Netzmaske: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 oder 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/Netzmaske-Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 oder 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/Netzmaske-Bits: 192.168.0.0/24 or 192.168.0.1/32 oder 2001:db8:0::1/" +"ffff::0\n" -#. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" -#. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" -#. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" -#. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" -#. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") -#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") -#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (Durchschnittlich %2)" -#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter -#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" -#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. -#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when -#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules -#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation -#. about every module. -#. The popup box informs the user about the detected -#. hardware and suggests a module to load. -#. The user can confirm the module or change -#. the suggested load command -#. -#. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "Hardware-Erkennung bestätigen" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST erkennt die folgende Hardware:" -#. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5766,36 +5946,36 @@ "falsch gelesen werden und Sie werden sie mit ziemlicher Sicherheit\n" "nicht schreiben können.\n" -#. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "Root-Rechte erforderlich" -#. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "Ausgewählten Eintrag wirklich löschen?" -#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "'%1' wirklich löschen?" -#. button text -#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" -#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "A&nwenden" -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Initialisierung ..." -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5803,98 +5983,98 @@ "YaST\n" "Initialisierung ...\n" -#. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hilfe" -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1138 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1192 +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1138 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1192 msgid "Module" msgstr "Modul" -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "Taiwan" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, -#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgstr "%1 ist keine gültige IPv4-Adresse." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 msgid "The zone name must be defined." msgstr "Der Zonenname muss angegeben werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." msgstr "Die DNS-Zone %1 ist nicht vorhanden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type -#. only 'master' zone records can be managed -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." msgstr "Die DNS-Zone %1 ist nicht vom Typ 'Master'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 msgid "The zone type must be defined." msgstr "Der Zonentyp muss definiert werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, -#. %1 is the zone type -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." msgstr "Der Zonentyp %1 wird nicht unterstützt." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 msgid "The ACL name must be defined." msgstr "Der ACL-Name muss angegeben werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, -#. %1 is the ACL's name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." msgstr "Es ist keine ACL mit dem Namen %1 vorhanden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgstr "Der Hostname muss angegeben werden." -#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgstr "Der Hostname muss im vollständigen Domänenname-Format vorliegen." -#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." msgstr "Der voll qualifizierte Hostname muss mit einem Punkt enden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described -#. two lines below using a pre-defined text -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "Der Hostname ist ungültig." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." msgstr "Die Priorität zum Mailaustausch muss angegeben werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 msgid "" "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -5902,9 +6082,9 @@ "Die Priorität für den Mailaustausch ist ungültig.\n" "Es muss eine Ziffer von 0 bis 65535 sein.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, -#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" @@ -5918,36 +6098,40 @@ "Zonennamen, gefolgt von einem Punkt, enden, zum Beispiel\n" "'dhcp1' oder 'dhcp1.example.org.' für die Zone 'dhcp.org'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, -#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 msgid "" "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " +"'192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Die umgekehrte IPv4-Adresse '%1' ist ungültig.\n" "\n" -"Eine gültige umgekehrte IPv4 besteht aus vier Ganzzahlen im Bereich 0 - 255,\n" +"Eine gültige umgekehrte IPv4 besteht aus vier Ganzzahlen im Bereich 0 - " +"255,\n" "getrennt durch einen Punkt und gefolgt von dem String '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"Zum Beispiel '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' für die IPv4-Adresse '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"Zum Beispiel '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' für die IPv4-Adresse " +"'192.168.32.1'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make -#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 msgid "" "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" msgstr "" "Der relative Hostname %1 darf nicht mit Zone %2 verwendet werden.\n" -"Verwenden Sie stattdessen einen vollständigen Hostnamen, der mit einem Punkt endet,\n" +"Verwenden Sie stattdessen einen vollständigen Hostnamen, der mit einem Punkt " +"endet,\n" "wie 'host.example.org.'.\n" -#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 msgid "" "Invalid MX record.\n" "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" @@ -5955,10 +6139,10 @@ "Ungültiger MX-Eintrag.\n" "Verwenden Sie das Format 'Priorität Servername'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), -#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" @@ -5966,10 +6150,10 @@ "Ungültiger SOA-Eintrag.\n" "%1 muss im Bereich %2 bis %3 Sekunden liegen.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers -#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name -#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" @@ -5980,12 +6164,13 @@ "Ungültiger SOA-Eintrag.\n" "%1 muss ein BIND-Zeittyp sein.\n" "Ein BIND-Zeittyp besteht aus Zahlen und den Suffixen\n" -"W, D, H, M und S, bei denen die Groß- und Kleinschreibung nicht unterschieden wird. Zeitangaben in Sekunden sind ohne Suffix zulässig.\n" +"W, D, H, M und S, bei denen die Groß- und Kleinschreibung nicht " +"unterschieden wird. Zeitangaben in Sekunden sind ohne Suffix zulässig.\n" "Geben Sie Werte, wie 12H15m, 86400 oder 1W30M ein.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, -#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" @@ -5993,13 +6178,13 @@ "Ungültiger SOA-Eintrag.\n" "%1 muss eine Zahl zwischen %2 und %3 sein.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." msgstr "Beim Protokollieren in eine Datei muss der Dateiname angegeben werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 msgid "" "Invalid file size.\n" "\n" @@ -6013,18 +6198,18 @@ "\n" "Mögliche Endungen sind 'k', 'K', 'm', 'M', 'g' und 'G'.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." msgstr "Die Zählung der Dateiversionen muss eine Zahl ergeben." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 msgid "" "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" "Zone %1 is type %2.\n" @@ -6032,28 +6217,29 @@ "Nur für Slave-Zonen muss ein Masterserver definiert sein.\n" "Zone %1 ist vom Typ %2.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgstr "Der Zonenname %1 ist bereits vorhanden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." msgstr "Die Option 'masterserver' wird für Slave-Zonen benötigt." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." msgstr "Die IP des Hosts muss eingetragen werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, -#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 msgid "" "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." msgstr "" -"Für %1 ist keine Reverse Zone vorhanden, die von Ihrem DNS-Server verwaltet wird.\n" +"Für %1 ist keine Reverse Zone vorhanden, die von Ihrem DNS-Server verwaltet " +"wird.\n" "Hostname %2 kann nicht hinzugefügt werden." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cio.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/cio.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: cio\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,83 +14,88 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" msgstr "Verfügbare Eingabe-/Ausgabekanäle" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" msgstr "Gerät" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" msgstr "Belegt" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "Nein" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "Channels filtern" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "Alle &auswählen" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" msgstr "Auswahl &leeren" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" msgstr "Ausgewählte Kanäle auf &Blacklist setzen" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" msgstr "Sperrung der Kanäle aufheben" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Beenden" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" -msgstr "Der angegebene Bereich ist ungültig. Das Snippet '%s' enthält einen falschen Wert." +msgstr "" +"Der angegebene Bereich ist ungültig. Das Snippet '%s' enthält einen falschen " +"Wert." -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" msgstr "Sperre der Eingabe-/Ausgabekanäle aufheben" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " +"specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" -"Die Liste mit den Bereichen der Kanäle, deren Sperren aufgehoben werden sollen, durch Komma getrennt.\n" -"Der Bereich kann den Kanal, einen Teil des Kanals, der mit 0 aufgefüllt wird, angeben oder mit Bindestrich angegeben werden.\n" +"Die Liste mit den Bereichen der Kanäle, deren Sperren aufgehoben werden " +"sollen, durch Komma getrennt.\n" +"Der Bereich kann den Kanal, einen Teil des Kanals, der mit 0 aufgefüllt " +"wird, angeben oder mit Bindestrich angegeben werden.\n" "Beispiele: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "Bereiche, deren Sperre aufgehoben werden soll." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/control.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/control.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-21 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -38,187 +38,187 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "CIM-Server" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installationseinstellungen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Überblick" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Experten" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Update-Einstellungen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Vorbereitung" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Automatische Netzwerkeinrichtung" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "Installer-Aktualisierung" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Willkommen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Netzwerkaktivierung" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Systemanalyse" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Add-On-Produkte" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zeitzone" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installationsübersicht" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Installation durchführen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Installer-Bereinigung" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "System für Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Update" msgstr "Update" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Update-Zusammenfassung" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Update ausführen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-Einstellungen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Systemkonfiguration" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -242,13 +242,13 @@ "</p>\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 msgid "System Role" msgstr "Systemrolle" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "" "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ "Systemrollen sind vordefinierte Anwendungsfälle, die das System\n" "dem ausgewählten Szenario anpassen." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n" "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is\n" @@ -265,16 +265,18 @@ "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Die Anpassungen der Systemrollen reichen von der Paketauswahl bis\n" -"zur Festplattenpartitionierung. Durch Auswahl einer Systemrolle wird das System\n" +"zur Festplattenpartitionierung. Durch Auswahl einer Systemrolle wird das " +"System\n" "gemäß dem Anwendungsfall der Rolle konfiguriert. Die durch eine Rolle\n" -"definierten Einstellungen können bei Bedarf in den nachfolgenden Schritten außer Kraft gesetzt werden.</p>" +"definierten Einstellungen können bei Bedarf in den nachfolgenden Schritten " +"außer Kraft gesetzt werden.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "Standardsystem" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" @@ -282,12 +284,12 @@ "• GNOME-Umgebung mit Btrfs-Root (/)-Partition\n" "• Separate /home-Partition (XFS) für Festplatten mit mehr als 20 GB" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "KVM-Virtualisierungshost" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -295,12 +297,12 @@ "• Kernel-basierter Hypervisor und Tools\n" "• Keine separate /home-Partition" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "Xen-Virtualisierungshost" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -308,32 +310,32 @@ "• Bare-Metal-Hypervisor und Tools\n" "• Keine separate /home-Partition" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration von Netzwerk-Services" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Linuxrc-Netzwerkkonfiguration laden" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installation" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installationsüberblick" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Installation des Add-on-Produkts" -#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Language Installation" msgstr "Installation der Sprache" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" @@ -346,12 +348,13 @@ "\n" "<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>\n" "<p>Die Installation von openSUSE auf Ihrem Computer ist abgeschlossen.\n" -"Nach einem Klick auf <b>Beenden</b> können Sie sich beim System anmelden.</p>\n" +"Nach einem Klick auf <b>Beenden</b> können Sie sich beim System anmelden.\n" "<p>Besuchen Sie uns unter %1.</p>\n" "<p>Viel Spaß!<br>Ihr openSUSE-Entwicklungsteam</p>\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -366,55 +369,61 @@ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgstr "" "Die Desktop-Umgebung auf dem Computer bildet die grafische\n" -"Benutzeroberfläche für den Computer und bietet eine Reihe von Anwendungen für\n" -"E-Mail, Surfen im Internet, Produktivität bei der Arbeit, Spiele und Dienstprogramme zum\n" +"Benutzeroberfläche für den Computer und bietet eine Reihe von Anwendungen " +"für\n" +"E-Mail, Surfen im Internet, Produktivität bei der Arbeit, Spiele und " +"Dienstprogramme zum\n" "Verwalten des Computers.\n" "\n" -"Bei openSUSE stehen mehrere Desktop-Umgebungen zur Auswahl. Am häufigsten werden\n" +"Bei openSUSE stehen mehrere Desktop-Umgebungen zur Auswahl. Am häufigsten " +"werden\n" "die Desktop-Umgebungen GNOME und KDE Plasma genutzt, die gleichberechtigt\n" -"unter openSUSE unterstützt werden. Beide Desktop-Umgebungen sind benutzerfreundlich\n" -"und hochintegriert, und sie weisen ein ansprechendes Erscheinungsbild auf. Die Desktop-\n" -"Umgebungen unterscheiden sich in ihrem Stil, sodass Sie ganz nach persönlichem Geschmack\n" +"unter openSUSE unterstützt werden. Beide Desktop-Umgebungen sind " +"benutzerfreundlich\n" +"und hochintegriert, und sie weisen ein ansprechendes Erscheinungsbild auf. " +"Die Desktop-\n" +"Umgebungen unterscheiden sich in ihrem Stil, sodass Sie ganz nach " +"persönlichem Geschmack\n" "den richtigen Desktop auswählen können." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "GNOME-Desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "KDE Plasma-Desktop" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "Server (Textmodus)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "Xfce-Desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" msgstr "LXDE-Desktop" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Minimal X Window" msgstr "Minimales X Window" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Enlightenment-Desktop" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "Computer Role" msgstr "Computerrolle" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "Computer Role is a predefined use case which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -422,66 +431,83 @@ "Computerrollen sind vordefinierte Anwendungsfälle, die das System\n" "dem ausgewählten Szenario anpassen." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "" "<p>The computer role adjustments are in the range from package selection up\n" "to running additional services. By choosing a computer role, the system is\n" -"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the <em>Custom</em> role\n" -"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern selection. </p>" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. For the " +"<em>Custom</em> role\n" +"an additional dialog is displayed which allows manual software pattern " +"selection. </p>" msgstr "" "<p>Die Anpassungen der Computerrollen reichen von der Paketauswahl bis\n" -"zur Festplattenpartitionierung. Durch Auswahl einer Computerrolle wird das System\n" +"zur Festplattenpartitionierung. Durch Auswahl einer Computerrolle wird das " +"System\n" "gemäß dem Anwendungsfall der Rolle konfiguriert. Die durch eine Rolle\n" -"definierten Einstellungen können bei Bedarf in den nachfolgenden Schritten außer Kraft gesetzt werden.</p>" +"definierten Einstellungen können bei Bedarf in den nachfolgenden Schritten " +"außer Kraft gesetzt werden.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 msgid "Workstation with KDE Plasma" msgstr "Arbeitsstation mit KDE Plasma" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "" -"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" -"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n" +"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Kontact as " +"mailer,\n" +"Dolphin as file manager, and offers both Firefox and Konqueror as Web " +"browsers.\n" " " msgstr "" -"Die leistungsfähige, intuitive Desktop-Umgebung KDE umfasst Kontact als Mailer,\n" +"Die leistungsfähige, intuitive Desktop-Umgebung KDE umfasst Kontact als " +"Mailer,\n" "Dolphin als Dateimanager sowie Firefox und Konqueror als Webbrowser.\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 msgid "Workstation with GNOME" msgstr "Arbeitsstation mit GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 msgid "" -"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" +"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop environment that uses Evolution as " +"mailer,\n" "Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" " " msgstr "" -"Die leistungsfähige, intuitive Desktop-Umgebung GNOME umfasst Evolution als Mailer,\n" +"Die leistungsfähige, intuitive Desktop-Umgebung GNOME umfasst Evolution als " +"Mailer,\n" "Firefox als Browser und Nautilus als Dateimanager.\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -msgid "Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user and have only command line." -msgstr "Der Server ist von Nutzen, wenn der Computer keine Interaktion mit dem Benutzer zulassen und lediglich eine Befehlszeile anbieten soll." +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +msgid "" +"Server is usefull when computer should not have interaction with user and " +"have only command line." +msgstr "" +"Der Server ist von Nutzen, wenn der Computer keine Interaktion mit dem " +"Benutzer zulassen und lediglich eine Befehlszeile anbieten soll." -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -msgid "Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that fits his requirements." -msgstr "Für eine benutzerdefinierte Rolle wird ein zusätzliches Dialogfeld geöffnet, in dem der Benutzer die Software gemäß den jeweiligen Anforderungen auswählt." +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +msgid "" +"Custom role runs additional dialog where user can select software that fits " +"his requirements." +msgstr "" +"Für eine benutzerdefinierte Rolle wird ein zusätzliches Dialogfeld geöffnet, " +"in dem der Benutzer die Software gemäß den jeweiligen Anforderungen auswählt." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Custom Pattern Selection" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Schemaauswahl" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Online-Repositorys" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/firstboot.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 msgid "Firstboot Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des ersten Systemstarts" -#. text label, describing the check box meaning -#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" @@ -29,99 +29,104 @@ "Markieren Sie \"Sequenz für ersten Systemstart aktivieren\", um das YaST-\n" "Modul für den ersten Systemstart nach der Konfiguration zu starten.\n" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" msgstr "Sequenz für ersten Systemstart aktivieren" -#. help text -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on " +"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Markieren Sie <b>Sequenz für ersten Systemstart aktivieren</b>, um das YaST-Modul für den ersten Systemstart nach der Konfiguration zu starten.</p>\n" -"<p>In der Dokumentation des YaST2-Firstboot-Moduls erhalten Sie weitere Informationen.</p>\n" +"<p>Markieren Sie <b>Sequenz für ersten Systemstart aktivieren</b>, um das " +"YaST-Modul für den ersten Systemstart nach der Konfiguration zu starten.\n" +"<p>In der Dokumentation des YaST2-Firstboot-Moduls erhalten Sie weitere " +"Informationen.</p>\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. -#. ** -#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 msgid "Empty" msgstr "Leer" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiviert" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktiviert" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 msgid "Help" msgstr "Hilfe" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 msgid "First Boot Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration des ersten Systemstarts" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 msgid "&Up" msgstr "A&uf" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 msgid "D&own" msgstr "A&b" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 msgid "Enab&le or Disable" msgstr "Akti&vieren oder Deaktivieren" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Step" msgstr "Schritt" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "Modulname" -#. translators: dialog text -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" "Select the desktop environment \n" "to use from the list below.\n" @@ -129,8 +134,8 @@ "Wählen Sie aus der Liste unten die gewünschte\n" "Desktop-Umgebung aus.\n" -#. help text fro desktop dialog -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" "<p><h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" @@ -140,57 +145,58 @@ "Auf diesem System ist mehr als eine Desktop-Umgebung installiert. Wählen\n" "Sie den gewünschten Standard-Desktop.</p>" -#. translators: dialog title -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihren Standard-Desktop aus" -#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically -#. be started after this part of the installation is done? -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST-Kontrollzentrum &starten" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuration Completed" msgstr "Konfiguration abgeschlossen" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Die Installation von &product; auf Ihrem Rechner ist abgeschlossen.\n" -"Nach einem Klick auf <b>Beenden</b> können Sie sich beim System anmelden.</p>\n" +"Nach einem Klick auf <b>Beenden</b> können Sie sich beim System anmelden.\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language -#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 msgid "<p>Visit us at www.suse.com.</p>" msgstr "<p>Besuchen Sie uns auf www.suse.de.</p>" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SuSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>Viel Spaß!<br>Ihr SuSE Entwicklungsteam</p>" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ihr System ist einsatzbereit.</p>" -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and continue\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -198,8 +204,8 @@ "<p><b>Beenden</b> schließt die YaST-Installation und führt\n" "Sie weiter zum Anmeldebildschirm.</p>\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -209,21 +215,26 @@ "einige KDE-Einstellungen an Ihre Hardware anpassen. Beachten Sie auch\n" "unseren SuSE-Willkommensdialog.</p>\n" -#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n" -"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " +"start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " +"to\n" "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Falls gewünscht, können Experten nun die gesamte Bandbreite der Konfigurationsmodule\n" -"von SuSE nutzen. Markieren Sie <b>YaST-Kontrollzentrum starten</b> und gehen Sie auf\n" -"<b>Beenden</b>. Hinweis: das Kontrollzentrum besitzt keinen Button 'Zurück', mit dem Sie\n" +"<p>Falls gewünscht, können Experten nun die gesamte Bandbreite der " +"Konfigurationsmodule\n" +"von SuSE nutzen. Markieren Sie <b>YaST-Kontrollzentrum starten</b> und gehen " +"Sie auf\n" +"<b>Beenden</b>. Hinweis: das Kontrollzentrum besitzt keinen Button 'Zurück', " +"mit dem Sie\n" "zu diesem Installationsdialog zurückkehren könnten.</p>\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -233,28 +244,29 @@ "Ihre Spracheinstellung wurden geändert.\n" "\n" "Möglicherweise wollen Sie Ihre Tastatureinstellung an die neue Sprache\n" -"anpassen. Benutzen Sie nach dem Anmelden das Werkzeug zum einrichten des Tastaturlayout." +"anpassen. Benutzen Sie nach dem Anmelden das Werkzeug zum einrichten des " +"Tastaturlayout." -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Sprache und Tastaturbelegung" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Sprache" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung" -#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -262,12 +274,13 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Wählen Sie die <b>Sprache</b> und die <b>Tastaturbelegung</b>, die bei der Installation und für\n" +"Wählen Sie die <b>Sprache</b> und die <b>Tastaturbelegung</b>, die bei der " +"Installation und für\n" "das installierte System verwendet werden sollen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -277,8 +290,8 @@ "Klicken Sie auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit dem nächsten Dialogfeld fortzufahren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -290,33 +303,35 @@ "Installationsvorgang jederzeit abzubrechen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." -msgstr "Es ist nicht genügend Speicherplatz zur Installation aller zusätzlichen Pakete vorhanden." +msgstr "" +"Es ist nicht genügend Speicherplatz zur Installation aller zusätzlichen " +"Pakete vorhanden." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Update der Konfiguration" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "System für den ersten Anmeldevorgang vorbereiten" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguration wird aktualisiert..." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "System wird für den ersten Anmeldevorgang vorbereitet..." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -326,49 +341,49 @@ "Bitte warten Sie, während das System konfiguriert wird.\n" "</p>" -#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "Systemkonfiguration abschließen" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of firstboot -#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: Anas Nashif -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 msgid "No Text Available" msgstr "Kein Text verfügbar" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" msgstr "Konfiguration des ersten Systemstarts deaktiviert" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "Konfiguration des ersten Systemstarts aktiviert" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/installation.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/installation.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-23 02:28+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,32 +14,32 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:52 msgid "<p>Initializing the installation...</p>" msgstr "<p>Installation wird initialisiert...</p>" -#. dialog content - busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 +#. dialog content - busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:57 msgid "Preparing the 1st system configuration..." msgstr "Erste Systemkonfiguration wird vorbereitet..." -#. help for the dialog - busy message -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 +#. help for the dialog - busy message +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:59 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 msgid "<p>Please wait...</p>" msgstr "<p>Bitte warten...</p>" -#. dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +#. dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:77 msgid "" "No installation control file has been found,\n" "the installer cannot continue." @@ -47,23 +47,23 @@ "Es wurde keine Steuerdatei für die Installation gefunden.\n" "Das Installationsprogramm kann nicht fortgesetzt werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. progress step title -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. progress step title +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:73 msgid "Writing YaST configuration..." msgstr "YaST-Konfiguration wird geschrieben ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. Dialog busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. Dialog busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:267 msgid "Finishing the installation..." msgstr "Installation wird abgeschlossen..." -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:174 msgid "" "Your computer does not fulfill all requirements for\n" "a graphical installation. There is either less than %1 MB\n" @@ -80,15 +80,16 @@ "\n" "Ersatzweise wird Sie die textbasierende Oberfläche von YaST durch\n" "die Installation führen. Diese Textoberfläche bietet zwar die gleiche\n" -"Funktionalität wie das grafische Frontend, jedoch werden die Bildschirmmasken\n" +"Funktionalität wie das grafische Frontend, jedoch werden die " +"Bildschirmmasken\n" "anders aussehen als im Handbuch abgebildet.\n" -#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the -#. option no_x11 but it's broken. -#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) -#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in -#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 +#. The script YaST2 wants to inform about a problem with the +#. option no_x11 but it's broken. +#. else if (Installation::no_x11 ()) +#. Somehow the graphical frontend failed and we're running in +#. text mode. Inform the user about this fact. +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:193 msgid "" "The graphical interface could not be started.\n" "\n" @@ -112,30 +113,30 @@ "Frontend bietet, jedoch werden die Bildschirmmasken anders aussehen\n" "als im Handbuch abgebildet.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:275 msgid "Start service %1" msgstr "Dienst %1 starten" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress stage, %1 stands for service name +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:280 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_restore_settings.rb:47 msgid "Starting service %1..." msgstr "Dienst %1 wird gestartet..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:295 msgid "Adjusting Network Settings" msgstr "Netzwerkeinstellungen werden angepasst" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:301 msgid "Network settings are being adjusted." msgstr "Die Netzwerkeinstellungen werden angepasst." -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:354 msgid "" "The previous installation has failed.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -147,8 +148,8 @@ " \n" "Hinweis: Einige Informationen müssen u.U. erneut eingegeben werden." -#. popup question (#x1) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 +#. popup question (#x1) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:362 msgid "" "The previous installation has been aborted.\n" "Would you like it to continue?\n" @@ -160,26 +161,28 @@ "\n" "Hinweis: Eventuell müssen Sie einige Informationen erneut eingeben." -#. popup headline (#x1) -#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process -#. dialog cotent (progress information) -#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 +#. popup headline (#x1) +#. TRANSLATORS: starting the installation process +#. dialog cotent (progress information) +#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_second.rb:376 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:60 msgid "Starting Installation..." msgstr "Installation wird gestartet..." -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the installation really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:167 msgid "Confirm Installation" msgstr "Installation bestätigen" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "<p>Information required for the base installation is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Alle für die Basisinstallation erforderlichen Informationen sind nun vollständig.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Alle für die Basisinstallation erforderlichen Informationen sind nun " +"vollständig.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 msgid "" "<p>If you continue now, <b>existing\n" "partitions</b> on your hard disk will be <b>deleted</b> or <b>formatted</b>\n" @@ -188,45 +191,51 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Wenn Sie jetzt fortfahren, werden <b>vorhandene\n" "Partitionen</b>auf Ihrer Festplatte\n" -"gemäß den Installationseinstellungen in den vorangegangenen Dialogfeldern <b>gelöscht</b> oder <b>formatiert</b>\n" +"gemäß den Installationseinstellungen in den vorangegangenen Dialogfeldern " +"<b>gelöscht</b> oder <b>formatiert</b>\n" "(dabei werden alle bestehenden Daten in diesen Partitionen gelöscht).</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>If you continue now, partitions on your\n" "hard disk will be modified according to the installation settings in the\n" "previous dialogs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Wenn Sie nun fortfahren, werden die\n" -"Partitionen auf Ihrer Festplatte entsprechend den Installationseinstellungen in den vorherigen Dialogfeldern überschrieben.</p>" +"Partitionen auf Ihrer Festplatte entsprechend den Installationseinstellungen " +"in den vorherigen Dialogfeldern überschrieben.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141 msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Falls Sie sich unsicher sind, gehen Sie zurück und überprüfen Sie die Einstellungen.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Falls Sie sich unsicher sind, gehen Sie zurück und überprüfen Sie die " +"Einstellungen.</p>" -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129 +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "Update bestätigen" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Alle für eine Aktualisierung erforderlichen Informationen sind nun vollständig.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Alle für eine Aktualisierung erforderlichen Informationen sind nun " +"vollständig.</p>" -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -234,176 +243,213 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Wenn Sie nun fortfahren, werden die Daten auf Ihrer Festplatte\n" -"entsprechend den Einstellungen in den vorherigen Dialogfeldern überschrieben.</p>" +"entsprechend den Einstellungen in den vorherigen Dialogfeldern überschrieben." +"</p>" -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation -#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144 +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation +#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "&Update starten" -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:66 msgid "Blacklist Devices" msgstr "Blacklist-Geräte" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:68 msgid "B&lacklist Devices" msgstr "B&lacklist-Geräte" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (disable</a>)." msgstr "Blacklist-Geräte aktiviert (deaktivieren</a>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (enable</a>)." msgstr "Blacklist-Geräte deaktiviert (aktivieren</a>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Mit <b>Blacklist-Geräte</b> werden Blacklist-Kanäle zu diesen Geräten erstellt, mit denen der Kernel-Speicherbedarf vermindert wird.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 +msgid "" +"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Mit <b>Blacklist-Geräte</b> werden Blacklist-Kanäle zu diesen Geräten " +"erstellt, mit denen der Kernel-Speicherbedarf vermindert wird.</p>" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 msgid "Blacklisting Devices..." msgstr "Blacklist-Geräte werden eingetragen..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:83 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Dateien werden in das installierte System kopiert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_systemfiles_finish.rb:60 msgid "Copying system files to the installed system..." msgstr "Systemdateien werden in das installierte System kopiert..." -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:90 msgid "Installation from images is: <b>enabled</b>" msgstr "Installation aus Images ist: <b>aktiviert</b>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:92 msgid "Installation from images is: <b>disabled</b>" msgstr "Installation aus Images ist: <b>deaktiviert</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Installation from Images" msgstr "Installation aus Images" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Hier können Sie von Novell vordefinierte Abbilder wählen, um die RPM-Installation zu beschleunigen." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Hier können Sie von Novell vordefinierte Abbilder wählen, um die RPM-" +"Installation zu beschleunigen." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" msgstr "Aus Images &installieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:144 msgid "&Do not Install from Images" msgstr "&Nicht von Abbildern installieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Bereitstellung angepasster Abbilder - dies benötigt eine konfigurierte URL als Installationsquelle" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Bereitstellung angepasster Abbilder - dies benötigt eine konfigurierte URL " +"als Installationsquelle" -#. Image name, Image location -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 +#. Image name, Image location +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "Hier können Sie angepasste Abbilder erstellen.\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" -msgstr "Sie müssen zuerst die Software-Auswahl konfigurieren, bevor Sie hier ein Abbild erstellen können" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen zuerst die Software-Auswahl konfigurieren, bevor Sie hier ein " +"Abbild erstellen können" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Erstellen Sie eine Abbilddatei (AutoYaST wird sie während der Installation von der angegebenen Adresse abrufen)" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Erstellen Sie eine Abbilddatei (AutoYaST wird sie während der Installation " +"von der angegebenen Adresse abrufen)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" msgstr "Abbild erstellen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:188 msgid "Where will AutoYaST find the image? (e.g. http://host/)" msgstr "Wo findet AutoYaST das Abbild? (z. B. http://host/)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:200 msgid "What is the name of the image? (e.g. my_image)" msgstr "Wie lautet der Name der Abbilddatei? (z. B. my_image)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" msgstr "ISO erstellen (Abbild und autoinst.xml finden sich auf dem Medium)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:229 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Installation von Abbildern</b> wird benutzt, um die Installation zu beschleunigen. \n" -"Abbilder enthalten komprimierte Schnappschüsse installierter Systeme, passend zu Ihrer \n" -"Schemataauswahl. Die restlichen Pakete, welche nicht in den Abbildern enthalten sind, \n" +"<p><b>Installation von Abbildern</b> wird benutzt, um die Installation zu " +"beschleunigen. \n" +"Abbilder enthalten komprimierte Schnappschüsse installierter Systeme, " +"passend zu Ihrer \n" +"Schemataauswahl. Die restlichen Pakete, welche nicht in den Abbildern " +"enthalten sind, \n" "werden regulär installiert.</p>\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation.</p>" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" +"installation.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Erstellen eigener Abbilder</b> wird benutzt, wenn Sie den kompletten\n" -"Schritt der RPM-Installation überspringen möchten. Stattdessen erstellt AutoYaST ein\n" -"Abbild auf der Festplatte, was sehr viel schneller ist und bereits vorkonfiguriert sein kann.\n" -"Alles außer der RPM-Installation wird wie bei einer normalen Auto-Installation durchgeführt.</p>" +"Schritt der RPM-Installation überspringen möchten. Stattdessen erstellt " +"AutoYaST ein\n" +"Abbild auf der Festplatte, was sehr viel schneller ist und bereits " +"vorkonfiguriert sein kann.\n" +"Alles außer der RPM-Installation wird wie bei einer normalen Auto-" +"Installation durchgeführt.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 msgid "you need to do the software selection before creating an image" -msgstr "Sie müssen vor dem Erstellen eines Abbildes zuerst die Software-Auswahl erledigen" +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen vor dem Erstellen eines Abbildes zuerst die Software-Auswahl " +"erledigen" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" +"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." msgstr "" -"<p>Beachten Sie, dass die Zeitstempel von allen Paketen nicht dem Datum der eigentlichen Installation\n" +"<p>Beachten Sie, dass die Zeitstempel von allen Paketen nicht dem Datum der " +"eigentlichen Installation\n" " entsprechen, sondern dem Zeitpunkt, zu dem das Abbild erstellt wurde.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 msgid "" "<p>Installation from images is disabled by default if the current\n" "pattern selection does not fit any set of images.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>'Installation aus Images' ist standardmäßig deaktiviert, wenn die aktuelle\n" +"<p>'Installation aus Images' ist standardmäßig deaktiviert, wenn die " +"aktuelle\n" "Schemaauswahl keinem vorhandenen Imagesatz entspricht.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Error: Images should not be used for mode: %1." msgstr "Fehler: Im Modus %1 sollten keine Abbilder benutzt werden." -#. changed to true -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 +#. changed to true +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" "Cannot enable installation from images.\n" "\n" @@ -415,46 +461,48 @@ "Momentan ausgewählte Schemata passen nicht zu den \n" "Abbildern, die sich auf den Installationsmedien befinden.\n" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:135 msgid "Installation from &Images" msgstr "Installation aus &Images" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:155 msgid "No installation images are available" msgstr "Es sind keine Installationsabbilder verfügbar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (disable</a>)." -msgstr "Installation von Abbildern ist aktiviert (deaktivieren</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installation von Abbildern ist aktiviert (deaktivieren</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (enable</a>)." -msgstr "Installation von Abbildern ist deaktiviert (aktivieren</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Installation von Abbildern ist deaktiviert (aktivieren</a>)" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Standard-Fenstermanager wird initialisiert..." -#. feedback heading -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 +#. feedback heading +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:51 msgid "Add-on Product Installation" msgstr "Zusatzproduktinstallation" -#. feedback message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 +#. feedback message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:53 msgid "Reading packages available in the repositories..." msgstr "Verfügbare Pakete aus den Repositorys werden gelesen..." -#. popup error message -#. %1 represents the the error message details -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 +#. popup error message +#. %1 represents the the error message details +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:109 msgid "" "An error occurred while connecting to the server.\n" "Details: %1\n" @@ -466,60 +514,61 @@ "\n" "Erneut versuchen?" -#. bnc #542792 -#. Repository name must be generated from product details -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 +#. bnc #542792 +#. Repository name must be generated from product details +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:165 msgid "Updates for %1 %2" msgstr "Aktualisierungen für %1 %2" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" -#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 +#. strings for "ask for online update"-popup +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:70 msgid "Run Update" msgstr "Update ausführen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:71 msgid "Skip Update" msgstr "Update überspringen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:73 msgid "Online Update" msgstr "Online-Aktualisierung" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:74 msgid "Run Online Update now?" msgstr "Online-Aktualisierung jetzt ausführen?" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_ask_online_update.rb:76 msgid "" "Select whether to run an online update now.\n" "You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n" msgstr "" "Geben Sie an, ob Sie das Online-Aktualisierung jetzt ausführen wollen.\n" -"Sie können diesen Schritt auch überspringen und das Update später ausführen.\n" +"Sie können diesen Schritt auch überspringen und das Update später " +"ausführen.\n" -#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, -#. keyboard and accepting the license. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 +#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language, +#. keyboard and accepting the license. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33 msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement" msgstr "Sprache, Tastatur und Lizenzvereinbarung" -#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) -#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294 +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. download release notes now +#. push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Versionshinweise..." -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" @@ -527,26 +576,30 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Wählen Sie die <b>Sprache</b> und das <b>Tastaturbelegung</b> für die Installation \n" +"Wählen Sie die <b>Sprache</b> und das <b>Tastaturbelegung</b> für die " +"Installation \n" "und das installierte System aus.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 +#. help text, continued +#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Die Lizenz muss akzeptiert werden, um mit der Installation fortfahren zu können.\n" -"Drücken Sie <b>Übersetzungen der Lizenz ...</b>, um die Lizenz in allen verfügbaren Übersetzungen anzuzeigen.\n" +"Die Lizenz muss akzeptiert werden, um mit der Installation fortfahren zu " +"können.\n" +"Drücken Sie <b>Übersetzungen der Lizenz ...</b>, um die Lizenz in allen " +"verfügbaren Übersetzungen anzuzeigen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -556,8 +609,8 @@ "Klicken Sie auf <b>Weiter</b>, um mit dem nächsten Dialogfeld fortzufahren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -566,11 +619,12 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "An Ihrem Computer werden keine Änderungen vorgenommen, solange Sie\n" -"die im letzten Installationsdialogfeld vorgenommenen Einstellungen nicht bestätigen.\n" +"die im letzten Installationsdialogfeld vorgenommenen Einstellungen nicht " +"bestätigen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n" @@ -582,60 +636,62 @@ "Installationsvorgang jederzeit abbrechen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung" -#. combo box label -#. combobox -#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 +#. combo box label +#. combobox +#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Sprache" -#. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 +#. combo box label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "&Tastaturbelegung" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: check-box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ich &akzeptiere die Lizenzvereinbarung." -#. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 +#. Report error about missing license acceptance +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" -msgstr "Sie müssen den Lizenzbedingungen zustimmen, um dieses Produkt zu installieren." +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen den Lizenzbedingungen zustimmen, um dieses Produkt zu " +"installieren." -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep -#. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep +#. the translation VERY short. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "Speicherort der EULA auf dem installierten System: %s" -#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 +#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "&Tastaturtest" -#. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 +#. TRANSLATORS: button label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Ü&bersetzung der Lizenz..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" msgstr "ZMD-Dienst &deaktivieren" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, see #ZMD +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Disable ZMD Service</b> to stop and disable\n" "the ZMD service during system start.</p>\n" @@ -643,48 +699,49 @@ "<p>Wählen Sie <b>ZMD-Dienst deaktivieren</b> aus, um den\n" "ZMD-Dienst während des Systemstarts zu stoppen und zu deaktivieren.</p>\n" -#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST -#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 +#. Check box: start the clone process and store the AutoYaST +#. profile in /root/autoinst.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:149 msgid "&Clone This System for AutoYaST" msgstr "Dieses System für Autoyast &klonen" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:155 msgid "Installation Completed" msgstr "Installation abgeschlossen" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:163 msgid "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Glückwunsch!</b></p>" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Die Installation von &product; auf Ihrem Rechner ist abgeschlossen.\n" -"Nach einem Klick auf <b>Beenden</b> können Sie sich beim System anmelden.</p>\n" +"Nach einem Klick auf <b>Beenden</b> können Sie sich beim System anmelden.\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 msgid "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>" msgstr "<p>Besuchen Sie uns unter %1.</p>" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:172 msgid "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your SUSE Development Team</p>" msgstr "<p>Viel Spaß!<br>Ihr SUSE Entwicklungsteam</p>" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:196 msgid "<p>Your system is ready for use.</p>" msgstr "<p>Ihr System ist einsatzbereit.</p>" -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:198 msgid "" "<p><b>Finish</b> will close the YaST installation and take you\n" "to the login screen.</p>\n" @@ -692,8 +749,8 @@ "<p><b>Beenden</b> schließt die YaST-Installation und führt\n" "Sie weiter zum Anmeldebildschirm.</p>\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -703,53 +760,62 @@ "einige KDE-Einstellungen an Ihre Hardware anpassen. Beachten Sie auch\n" "unseren SUSE-Willkommensdialog.</p>\n" -#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 +#. Show this help only in case of KDE as the default windowmanager +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Mit <b>Klon</b> können Sie ein AutoYaST-Profil erstellen.\n" -"Mit AutoYaST lässt sich eine vollständige SUSE Linux-Installation ohne Eingreifen des Benutzers durchführen. Für AutoYaST\n" -"ist ein Profil erforderlich, das festlegt, wie das installierte System aussehen soll. Wenn diese Option\n" -"ausgewählt ist, wird ein Profil des aktuellen Systems in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt> gespeichert.</p>" +"Mit AutoYaST lässt sich eine vollständige SUSE Linux-Installation ohne " +"Eingreifen des Benutzers durchführen. Für AutoYaST\n" +"ist ein Profil erforderlich, das festlegt, wie das installierte System " +"aussehen soll. Wenn diese Option\n" +"ausgewählt ist, wird ein Profil des aktuellen Systems in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt> gespeichert.</p>" -#. #187558 -#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Um das aktuelle System zu kopieren, muss das Paket <b>%1</b> installiert sein.</p>" +#. #187558 +#. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 +msgid "" +"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Um das aktuelle System zu kopieren, muss das Paket <b>%1</b> installiert " +"sein.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Möchten Sie es nun installieren?</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:315 msgid "autoyast2 package not installed. Cloning disabled." msgstr "Das Paket autoyast2 ist nicht installiert. Kopieren ist deaktiviert." -#. OEM image if target disk is defined -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 +#. OEM image if target disk is defined +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "Das System wird nun neu gestartet..." -#. bnc #395030 -#. Use less memory -#. twice more steps -#. FIXME: 2 minutes -#. own workflow for OEM image deployment -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 +#. bnc #395030 +#. Use less memory +#. twice more steps +#. FIXME: 2 minutes +#. own workflow for OEM image deployment +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:352 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:150 msgid "Deploying Images..." msgstr "Images werden implementiert..." -#. BNC #444209 -#. false == error -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 +#. BNC #444209 +#. false == error +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:168 msgid "" "Deploying images has failed.\n" "Aborting the installation...\n" @@ -757,220 +823,230 @@ "Fehler beim Anwenden der Abbilder.\n" "Installation wird abgebrochen ...\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "Debug-Modus wurde aktiviert.\n" -"YaST öffnet einen Paketverwalter, damit Sie den aktuellen Status der Pakete prüfen können." +"YaST öffnet einen Paketverwalter, damit Sie den aktuellen Status der Pakete " +"prüfen können." -#. unknown image -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 +#. unknown image +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s" msgstr "Image wird mit einer Geschwindigkeit von %1/s heruntergeladen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:381 msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s" msgstr "Image %1 wird mit einer Geschwindigkeit von %2/s heruntergeladen" -#. reset the label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 +#. reset the label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:441 msgid "Deploying image..." msgstr "Image wird implementiert..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:444 msgid "Deploying image %1..." msgstr "Image %1 wird implementiert..." -#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 +#. FIXME: move blacklist to Storage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:84 msgid "Select the disk to deploy the image to." -msgstr "Wählen Sie die Festplatte aus, auf der das Image bereitgestellt werden soll." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die Festplatte aus, auf der das Image bereitgestellt werden soll." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:85 msgid "All data on the disk will be lost!!!" msgstr "Alle Daten auf der Festplatte gehen verloren!!!" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:87 msgid "&Disk to Use" msgstr "Zu verwendende &Festplatte" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "Wählen Sie die Festplatte aus, auf der das Image bereitgestellt werden soll. Alle Daten auf der Festplatte gehen verloren, und die Festplatte wird wie im Image definiert partitioniert." +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie die Festplatte aus, auf der das Image bereitgestellt werden soll. " +"Alle Daten auf der Festplatte gehen verloren, und die Festplatte wird wie im " +"Image definiert partitioniert." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Festplatte für Image-Bereitstellung" -#. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 +#. popup label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Erkennung der verfügbaren Controller" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Datenträgeraktivierung" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD-Platten konfigurieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP-Platten konfigurieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "&FCoE-Schnittstellen konfigurieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI-Datenträger konfigurieren" -#. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 +#. Finish +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Netz&werkkonfiguration..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:56 msgid "Installation - Warming Up" msgstr "Installation - Aufwärmen" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_doit.rb:63 msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>" msgstr "<p>Installation wird in Kürze gestartet!</p>" -#. Set the UI content to show some progress. -#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Initialisierung" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:214 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "Installation wird initialisiert..." -#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 +#. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "Die Paketänderungen wurden in diesen zusätzlichen Software-Verzeichnissen gefunden:" +msgstr "" +"Die Paketänderungen wurden in diesen zusätzlichen Software-Verzeichnissen " +"gefunden:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "Paketverwalter starten um die Updates zu prüfen und installieren?" -#. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497 +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "&Paketänderungen anzeigen" -#. a fallback busy message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 +#. a fallback busy message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:98 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Rufe Schritt %1 auf ..." -#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 +#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:112 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" -#. get the latest errors -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 +#. get the latest errors +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:253 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installationsfehler" -#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured -#. kilobytes -#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 +#. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured +#. kilobytes +#. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:156 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Abschluss der Installation" -#. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 +#. Might be left from the previous stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:299 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Erstelle Liste mit Scripten die zum Abschluss aufgerufen werden ..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:307 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Fertig" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:460 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:460 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopieren der Dateien in das installierte System" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:467 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:467 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration speichern" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:474 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:474 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Installationseinstellungen speichern" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:483 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:483 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Installation des Bootmanagers" -#. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:490 +#. progress stage +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:490 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "System für den ersten Bootvorgang vorbereiten" -#. some steps are called in live installer only -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:553 +#. some steps are called in live installer only +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:553 msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." msgstr "Client %1 gab ungültige Daten zurück." -#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:585 +#. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:585 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Überprüfe Phase: %1 ..." -#. Button to accept a license agreement -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 +#. Button to accept a license agreement +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:63 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Akzeptieren" -#. Button to reject a license agreement -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 +#. Button to reject a license agreement +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_info.rb:67 msgid "I Do &Not Agree" msgstr "&Nicht akzeptieren" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:42 msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Die Installation wird initialisiert." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:50 msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Erste Systemkonfiguration wird vorbereitet..." -#. Shows a dialog allowing the user to modify the invalid URL, modifying the -#. /etc/install.inf file with the new value. In case of cancelled or empty, -#. the URL will be completely removed. -#. -#. @param regurl [String] -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_install_inf.rb:52 +#. Shows a dialog allowing the user to modify the invalid URL, modifying the +#. /etc/install.inf file with the new value. In case of cancelled or empty, +#. the URL will be completely removed. +#. +#. @param regurl [String] +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_install_inf.rb:52 msgid "" "If you decide to cancel, the custom URL\n" "will be completelly ignored.\n" @@ -982,101 +1058,112 @@ "\n" "Die URL-Bearbeitung wirklich abbrechen?" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80 msgid "Installation Options" msgstr "Installationsoptionen" -#. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177 msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation" msgstr "Vor Installation Online-Repositorys &hinzufügen" -#. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 +#. check box +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189 msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media" msgstr "&Zusatzprodukte aus separaten Medien einbinden" -#. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 +#. help text for installation method +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200 msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>" msgstr "<p><big><b>Installationsoptionen</b></big></p>" -#. help text for installation option -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 +#. help text for installation option +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n" "<b>Add Online Repositories Before Installation</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Wenn während der Installation oder der Aktualisierung die empfohlenen entfernten\n" -"Repositorys verwendet werden sollen, wählen Sie <b>Vor Installation Online-Repositorys hinzufügen</b> aus.</p>" +"Wenn während der Installation oder der Aktualisierung die empfohlenen " +"entfernten\n" +"Repositorys verwendet werden sollen, wählen Sie <b>Vor Installation Online-" +"Repositorys hinzufügen</b> aus.</p>" -#. help text for installation method -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 +#. help text for installation method +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Wenn Sie ein Zusatzprodukt von einem separaten Medium gemeinsam mit &product; \n" -" installieren möchten, wählen Sie <b>Zusatzprodukte aus separaten Medien einbinden</b> aus.</p>\n" +"Wenn Sie ein Zusatzprodukt von einem separaten Medium gemeinsam mit " +"&product; \n" +" installieren möchten, wählen Sie <b>Zusatzprodukte aus separaten Medien " +"einbinden</b> aus.</p>\n" -#. help text: additional help for installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 -msgid "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Wenn Sie spezielle Hardware-Treiber für die Installation brauchen, besuchen Sie <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" +#. help text: additional help for installation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 +msgid "" +"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://" +"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Wenn Sie spezielle Hardware-Treiber für die Installation brauchen, " +"besuchen Sie <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>.</p>" -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55 +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55 msgid "Keyboard Layout and Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "Tastaturbelegung und Passwort für den Systemadministrator \"root\"" -#. Error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 +#. Error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" msgstr "Interner Fehler: Keine Lizenz zur Anzeige vorhanden" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:82 msgid "Network Setup" msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:95 msgid "" "No network setup has been found.\n" "It is important if using remote repositories,\n" "otherwise you can safely skip it.\n" msgstr "" "Es wurde keine Netzwerkkonfiguration gefunden.\n" -"Ein konfiguriertes Netzwerk wird für den Zugriff auf entfernte Repositorys benötigt.\n" -"Wenn Sie keine entfernten Repositorys verwenden, können Sie die Netzwerkkonfiguration auslassen.\n" +"Ein konfiguriertes Netzwerk wird für den Zugriff auf entfernte Repositorys " +"benötigt.\n" +"Wenn Sie keine entfernten Repositorys verwenden, können Sie die " +"Netzwerkkonfiguration auslassen.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:105 msgid "Configure your network card now?" msgstr "Netzwerkkarte jetzt konfigurieren?" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:109 msgid "Select" msgstr "Auswählen" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:118 msgid "&Yes, Run the Network Setup" msgstr "&Ja, Netzwerk konfigurieren" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:126 msgid "No, &Skip the Network Setup" msgstr "&Nein, kein Netzwerk konfigurieren" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1/2 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>The current installation system does not\n" "have a configured network.</p>\n" @@ -1084,17 +1171,20 @@ "<p>Das aktuelle Installationssystem verfügt\n" "über kein konfiguriertes Netzwerk.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 2/2 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.</p>\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Ein konfiguriertes Netzwerk wird für den Zugriff auf entfernte Repositorys und zur Verwendung von Add-on-Produkten benötigt.\n" -"Wenn Sie keine entfernten Repositorys verwenden, können Sie die Netzwerkkonfiguration auslassen.</p>\n" +"<p>Ein konfiguriertes Netzwerk wird für den Zugriff auf entfernte " +"Repositorys und zur Verwendung von Add-on-Produkten benötigt.\n" +"Wenn Sie keine entfernten Repositorys verwenden, können Sie die " +"Netzwerkkonfiguration auslassen.</p>\n" -#. error popup -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 +#. error popup +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:185 msgid "" "Network configuration has failed.\n" "Check the log file %1 for details." @@ -1102,168 +1192,175 @@ "Netzwerkkonfiguration ist fehlgeschlagen.\n" "Weitere Details finden Sie in der Logdatei %1." -#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 +#. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "Basisprodukt nicht gefunden. Die Versionshinweise werden nicht angezeigt." +msgstr "" +"Basisprodukt nicht gefunden. Die Versionshinweise werden nicht angezeigt." -#. 1 GB is a good approximation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 +#. 1 GB is a good approximation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:104 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Festplatten werden vorbereitet..." -#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used -#. BNC #439104 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 +#. Use 'zero' if image installation is not used +#. BNC #439104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:124 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Pakete werden installiert..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:59 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "Für dieses Modul steht keine Benutzeroberfläche zur Verfügung." -#. combobox item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 +#. combobox item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:159 msgid "Language: %1" msgstr "Sprache: %1" -#. caption for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 +#. caption for dialog "Release Notes" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:206 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Hinweise zur Version" -#. +2 thingies on the right -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 +#. +2 thingies on the right +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:248 msgid "&Product" msgstr "&Produkt" -#. help text for dialog "Release Notes" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 +#. help text for dialog "Release Notes" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>The <b>release notes</b> for the installed Linux system provide a brief\n" "summary of new features and changes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Die <b>Versionshinweise</b> für das installierte\n" -"Linux-System beinhalten eine kurze Zusammenfassung der neuen Funktionen und Änderungen.</p>\n" +"Linux-System beinhalten eine kurze Zusammenfassung der neuen Funktionen und " +"Änderungen.</p>\n" -#. informative message in RichText widget -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 +#. informative message in RichText widget +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:455 msgid "<p>No release notes have been installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Es wurden keine Versionshinweise installiert.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:108 msgid "" "<p>Select the scenario that meets your needs best.\n" "Additional software can be selected later in software proposal.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie ein Szenario, welches Ihren Bedürfnissen am besten gerecht wird.\n" -"Zusätzliche Software kann später im Softwarevorschlag ausgewählt werden.</p>\n" +"<p>Wählen Sie ein Szenario, welches Ihren Bedürfnissen am besten gerecht " +"wird.\n" +"Zusätzliche Software kann später im Softwarevorschlag ausgewählt werden.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:138 msgid "Choose one scenario, please." msgstr "Wählen Sie ein Szenario aus." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_scenarios.rb:300 msgid "Choose Scenario" msgstr "Szenario auswählen" -#. This dialog in not interactive -#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70 +#. This dialog in not interactive +#. always return `back when came from the previous dialog +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analysieren des Computers" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB-Geräte überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB-Geräte werden überprüft..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire-Geräte überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Erkennung der FireWire-Geräte..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Diskettenlaufwerke überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Diskettenlaufwerke überprüfen..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Festplatten-Controller überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Festplatten-Controller werden überprüft..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Kernelmodule für Festplatten-Controller laden" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Kernelmodule für Festplatten-Controller werden geladen..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Festplatten überprüfen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Festplatten werden überprüft..." -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Systemdateien suchen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Systemdateien werden gesucht..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Paketverwaltung initialisieren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Paketverwaltung wird initialisiert..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Systemüberprüfung" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "YaST überprüft jetzt die Computerhardware und die installierten Systeme." +msgstr "" +"YaST überprüft jetzt die Computerhardware und die installierten Systeme." -#. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232 +#. additonal error when HW was not found +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Besuchen Sie 'drivers.suse.com', wenn Sie spezielle Hardwaretreiber für die Installation brauchen." +"Besuchen Sie 'drivers.suse.com', wenn Sie spezielle Hardwaretreiber für die " +"Installation brauchen." -#. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246 +#. pop-up error report +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1273,18 +1370,19 @@ "Bitte überprüfen Sie Ihre Hardware.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" "(especially on S/390 or iSCSI systems)\n" msgstr "" "Für die Installation wurden keine Festplatten gefunden.\n" -"Während einer automatischen Installation, könnten sie evtl. später entdeckt werden.\n" +"Während einer automatischen Installation, könnten sie evtl. später entdeckt " +"werden.\n" "(besonders auf S/390- oder iSCSI-Systemen)\n" -#. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267 +#. pop-up error report +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1296,8 +1394,8 @@ "Bitte überprüfen Sie Ihre Hardware.\n" "%1\n" -#. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312 +#. popup message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1305,13 +1403,13 @@ "Fehler beim Initialisieren der Software-Repositorys.\n" "Installation wird abgebrochen." -#. Return the self-update URLs -#. -#. @return [Array<URI>] self-update URLs -#. -#. @see #default_self_update_url -#. @see #custom_self_update_url -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:181 +#. Return the self-update URLs +#. +#. @return [Array<URI>] self-update URLs +#. +#. @see #default_self_update_url +#. @see #custom_self_update_url +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:181 msgid "" "The registration URL provided is not valid.\n" "Skipping installer update.\n" @@ -1319,8 +1417,8 @@ "Die angegebene Registrierungs-URL ist ungültig.\n" "Aktualisierung des Installationsprogramms wird übersprungen.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:233 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:233 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1330,8 +1428,8 @@ "%s.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:240 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:240 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1341,15 +1439,15 @@ "%s.\n" "\n" -#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand -#. -#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, -#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. -#. -#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration -#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; -#. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:264 +#. Launch the network configuration client on users' demand +#. +#. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, +#. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. +#. +#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration +#. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; +#. false if the network is not configured. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1359,10 +1457,10 @@ "Möchten Sie Ihre Netzwerkkonfiguration überprüfen\n" "und die Installation der Aktualisierungen anschließend erneut versuchen?" -#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, -#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:302 +#. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, +#. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:302 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1381,39 +1479,40 @@ "Sie können die Installation auch ohne diese Aktualisierungen fortsetzen.\n" "Möglicherweise fehlen dann aber einige wichtige Fehlerkorrekturen.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie für den Zugriff auf das Aktualisierungs-Repository einen Proxyserver benötigen,\n" +"Wenn Sie für den Zugriff auf das Aktualisierungs-Repository einen " +"Proxyserver benötigen,\n" "verwenden Sie den Bootparameter \"proxy\".\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:388 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:388 msgid "Add Update Repository" msgstr "Aktualisierungs-Repository hinzufügen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "Download the Packages" msgstr "Pakete herunterladen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:390 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:390 msgid "Apply the Packages" msgstr "Pakete anwenden" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:391 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:391 msgid "Restart" msgstr "Neustart" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#. TRANSLATORS: progress title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:404 msgid "Updating the Installer..." msgstr "Installationsprogramm wird aktualisiert..." -#. Fetch the profile from the given URI -#. -#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise -#. -#. @see Yast::Profile.current -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:475 +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:475 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "\n" @@ -1421,33 +1520,33 @@ "Fehler bei der Analyse der Kontrolldatei.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Entfernt" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:113 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiviert" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:117 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktiviert" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:220 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:617 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:676 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Zuvor verwendete Repositorys" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, -#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, +#. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1455,135 +1554,141 @@ "Auf dem zu aktualisierenden System wurden\n" "die folgenden Repositorys gefunden:" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Aktueller Status" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:238 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repository" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table header item +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:240 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "Ä&ndern..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:250 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Status &wechseln" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Nachfolgend finden Sie eine Liste aller Software-Repositorys,\n" -"die auf dem zu aktualisierenden System gefunden wurden. Aktivieren Sie diejenigen, die im Aktualisierungsvorgang eingeschlossen sein sollen.</p>" +"die auf dem zu aktualisierenden System gefunden wurden. Aktivieren Sie " +"diejenigen, die im Aktualisierungsvorgang eingeschlossen sein sollen.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 msgid "" "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Zum Aktivieren, Entfernen bzw. Deaktivieren einer URL klicken Sie auf die\n" -"Schaltfläche <b>Status wechseln</b> oder doppelklicken Sie auf den jeweiligen Tabelleneintrag.</p>" +"<p>Zum Aktivieren, Entfernen bzw. Deaktivieren einer URL klicken Sie auf " +"die\n" +"Schaltfläche <b>Status wechseln</b> oder doppelklicken Sie auf den " +"jeweiligen Tabelleneintrag.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Zum Ändern einer URL klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche <b>Ändern</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Zum Ändern einer URL klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche <b>Ändern</b>.</p>" -#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted -#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key -#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 +#. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted +#. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key +#. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:286 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:293 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:299 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Unbekannt" -#. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#. TRANSLATORS: textentry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "&Repository-URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:587 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Netzwerk ist nicht konfiguriert" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:589 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" msgstr "" -"Für den Zugriff auf entfernte Repositorys ist eine Internetverbindung erforderlich.\n" +"Für den Zugriff auf entfernte Repositorys ist eine Internetverbindung " +"erforderlich.\n" "Möchten Sie diese konfigurieren?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:620 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Repositorys werden hinzugefügt bzw. entfernt..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:623 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:682 msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Repositorys werden hinzugefügt bzw. entfernt.</p>" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:642 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Nicht verwendete Repositorys entfernen" -#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:646 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:803 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Nicht verwendete Repositorys werden entfernt..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:653 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Aktivierte Repositorys hinzufügen" -#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 +#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:656 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:869 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Aktivierte Repositorys werden hinzugefügt..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:665 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Deaktivierte Repositorys hinzufügen" -#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 +#. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:669 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1026 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Deaktivierte Repositorys werden hinzugefügt..." -#. true - OK, continue -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#. true - OK, continue +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Korrekter Datenträger angefordert" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:845 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1595,9 +1700,9 @@ "\n" "Wenn Sie dies überspringen, wird das Repository nicht hinzugefügt.\n" -#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them -#. for the system upgrade -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 +#. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them +#. for the system upgrade +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:908 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1611,8 +1716,8 @@ "\n" "Repository wird in deaktiviertem Zustand hinzugefügt." -#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 +#. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:945 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1622,9 +1727,9 @@ "Name: %1\n" "URL: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:965 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1634,9 +1739,9 @@ "Name: %1\n" "URL: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:985 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1646,8 +1751,8 @@ "Name: %1\n" "URL: %2\n" -#. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 +#. do not probe! adding as disabled! +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1066 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1657,18 +1762,18 @@ "Name: %1\n" "URL: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Willkommen" -#. welcome text 1/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 +#. welcome text 1/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:71 msgid "<p><b>Welcome!</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Willkommen!</b></p>" -#. welcome text 2/4 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 +#. welcome text 2/4 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>There are a few more steps to take before your system is ready to\n" "use. YaST will now guide you through some basic configuration. Click\n" @@ -1681,8 +1786,8 @@ "<b>Weiter</b>, um fortzufahren. </p>\n" " \n" -#. help ttext -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 +#. help ttext +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_welcome.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>Click <b>Next</b> to perform the\n" "basic configuration of the system.</p>\n" @@ -1690,135 +1795,136 @@ "<p>Drücken Sie <b>Weiter</b>, um die Grundkonfiguration\n" "des Systems durchzuführen.</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation.rb:87 msgid "No workflow defined for this kind of installation." msgstr "Für diese Art der Installation ist kein Workflow definiert." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/installation_settings_finish.rb:60 msgid "Writing automatic configuration..." msgstr "Automatische Konfiguration wird geschrieben..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/kernel_finish.rb:63 msgid "Updating kernel module dependencies..." msgstr "Abhängigkeiten der Kernel-Module werden aktualisiert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ldconfig_finish.rb:60 msgid "Setting up linker cache..." msgstr "Linker-Cache wird eingerichtet ..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60 msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration wird gespeichert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/pre_umount_finish.rb:65 msgid "Checking the installed system..." msgstr "Installiertes System wird überprüft..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/proxy_finish.rb:62 msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "Proxy-Konfiguration wird gespeichert..." -#. This is a step of base installation finish and is responsible of write the -#. specific configuration for the current system role. -#. -#. It has been added for CaaSP Roles (FATE#321754) and currently only -#. the 'worker_role' has an special behavior. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/roles_finish.rb:35 +#. This is a step of base installation finish and is responsible of write the +#. specific configuration for the current system role. +#. +#. It has been added for CaaSP Roles (FATE#321754) and currently only +#. the 'worker_role' has an special behavior. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/roles_finish.rb:35 msgid "Writing specific role configuration ..." msgstr "Rollenkonfiguration wird geschrieben..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Zeitzone wird gespeichert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Sprache wird gespeichert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Konsolenkonfiguration wird gespeichert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Tastaturkonfiguration wird gespeichert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Produktinformationen werden gespeichert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Einstellungen für automatische Installation werden gespeichert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Sicherheitseinstellungen werden gespeichert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:66 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Hardware-Konfiguration wird gespeichert..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9 msgid "Adapting system services ..." msgstr "Systemdienste werden angepasst..." -#. normal=configuration in an installed system -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 +#. normal=configuration in an installed system +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." -msgstr "Es ist nicht sinnvoll, diese Einstellungen auf das System zu schreiben." +msgstr "" +"Es ist nicht sinnvoll, diese Einstellungen auf das System zu schreiben." -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size -#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length -#. is used to avoid this issue. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel und Konfiguration importieren" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:23 msgid "&Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel und Konfiguration &importieren" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_settings_finish.rb:64 msgid "Copying SSH settings to installed system..." msgstr "SSH-Einstellungen werden in das installierte System kopiert..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/switch_scr_finish.rb:65 msgid "Moving to installed system..." msgstr "Wechseln zum installierten System..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "Aushängen aller eingehängten Geräte..." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." msgstr "Konfiguration des X Window System wird in das System kopiert..." -#. call command -#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 +#. call command +#: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1836,75 +1942,91 @@ "\n" "Der installierte Kernel wird mittels kexec geladen.\n" "\n" -"Es wird versucht, den installierten Kernel mit kexec zu laden (statt einen Neustart auszuführen).\n" +"Es wird versucht, den installierten Kernel mit kexec zu laden (statt einen " +"Neustart auszuführen).\n" "Bitte warten.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" "\t\t" -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2015 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/installation/copy_logs_finish.rb:42 msgid "Copying log files to installed system..." msgstr "Protokolldateien werden in das installierte System kopiert..." -#. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's -#. helpful when testing all manually on a running system -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25 +#. We do not need to create a wizard dialog in installation, but it's +#. helpful when testing all manually on a running system +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/desktop_roles.rb:25 msgid "Computer Role" msgstr "Computerrolle" -#. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 +#. Event callback for the 'ok' button +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" -msgstr "Ich möchte die SSH-Schlüssel aus einer früheren Installation importieren" +msgstr "" +"Ich möchte die SSH-Schlüssel aus einer früheren Installation importieren" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 -msgid "<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Jeder SSH-Server wird durch einen oder mehrere öffentliche Hostschlüssel identifiziert. Wenn Sie eine vorhandene Linux-Installation auswählen, können Sie die Hostschlüssel - und damit die Identität - des SSH-Servers weiter verwenden. In diesem Fall werden die Schlüsseldateien (ein Dateienpaar pro Hostschlüssel) aus dem Verzeichnis /etc/ssh auf das neu installierte System kopiert.</p><p>Aktivieren Sie <b>SSH-Konfiguration importieren</b>, wenn neben den Schlüsseln auch die anderen Dateien aus dem Verzeichnis /etc/ssh kopiert werden sollen.</p>" +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 +msgid "" +"<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose " +"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the " +"identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of " +"files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.<p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found " +"in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Jeder SSH-Server wird durch einen oder mehrere öffentliche Hostschlüssel " +"identifiziert. Wenn Sie eine vorhandene Linux-Installation auswählen, können " +"Sie die Hostschlüssel - und damit die Identität - des SSH-Servers weiter " +"verwenden. In diesem Fall werden die Schlüsseldateien (ein Dateienpaar pro " +"Hostschlüssel) aus dem Verzeichnis /etc/ssh auf das neu installierte System " +"kopiert.</p><p>Aktivieren Sie <b>SSH-Konfiguration importieren</b>, wenn " +"neben den Schlüsseln auch die anderen Dateien aus dem Verzeichnis /etc/ssh " +"kopiert werden sollen.</p>" -#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 +#. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Gerät" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} -#. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} +#. is a string like /dev/sda1 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} auf %{device}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "SSH-Konfiguration importieren" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "PREP-Partition wird verkleinert..." -#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34 +#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34 msgid "Error Found in Installation Settings" msgstr "Fehler in den Installationseinstellungen gefunden" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35 msgid "" "The following errors were found in the configuration proposal.\n" "If you continue with the installation it may not be successful.\n" @@ -1914,23 +2036,23 @@ "Wenn Sie die Installation fortsetzen, kann sie fehlschlagen.\n" "Fehler:\n" -#. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212 +#. question in a popup box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "Wirklich alles auf Standardwerte zurücksetzen?" -#. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214 +#. explain consequences of a decision +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "Alle Änderungen werden verloren gehen." -#. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260 +#. message show when user has disabled the configuration +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Konfiguration überspringen, wie gewünscht" -#. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282 +#. error message is a popup +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1939,26 +2061,26 @@ "erst behoben werden muss, bevor es weitergehen\n" "kann.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404 +#. busy message +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Vorschlag wird nach den aktuellen Einstellungen angepasst ..." -#. busy message; -#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695 +#. busy message; +#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Systemanalyse..." -#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513 +#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "FEHLER: Kein Vorschlag" -#. Submodules handle their own error reporting -#. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554 +#. Submodules handle their own error reporting +#. text for a message box +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1966,51 +2088,53 @@ "Konfiguration gespeichert.\n" "Es sind Fehler aufgetreten." -#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - -#. do this later manually or not at all -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649 +#. Check box: Skip all the configurations in this dialog - +#. do this later manually or not at all +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration übersprin&gen" -#. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658 +#. radio button +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "Folgende Konfiguration &verwenden" -#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. -#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721 +#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. +#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Für Änderungen eine Überschrift anklicken oder das \"Ändern ...\"-Menu unten benutzen." +msgstr "" +"Für Änderungen eine Überschrift anklicken oder das \"Ändern ...\"-Menu unten " +"benutzen." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Klicken Sie auf eine Überschrift, um Änderungen vorzunehmen." -#. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788 +#. menu button item +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "Auf Standardwerte &zurücksetzen" -#. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 +#. FATE #120373 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Aktualisierung" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installieren" -#. @return [String] translated headline -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58 +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installationsübersicht" -#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78 +#. General part of the help text for all types of proposals +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -2022,19 +2146,20 @@ "oder das Menü <b>Ändern...</b> verwenden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86 +#. Help text for installation proposal, continued +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ihre Festplatte wurde nicht verändert, Sie können immer noch ohne Risiko abbrechen.\n" +"Ihre Festplatte wurde nicht verändert, Sie können immer noch ohne Risiko " +"abbrechen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297 msgid "" "This proposed setting is marked as read-only\n" "and cannot be changed." @@ -2042,34 +2167,37 @@ "Diese vorgeschlagene Einstellung ist als schreibgeschützt gekennzeichnet\n" "und kann nicht geändert werden." -#. Help text for installation proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518 +#. Help text for installation proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Wählen Sie <b>Installieren</b> aus, um eine Neuinstallation mit den angezeigten Werten auszuführen.\n" +"Wählen Sie <b>Installieren</b> aus, um eine Neuinstallation mit den " +"angezeigten Werten auszuführen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. so update -#. Help text for update proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526 +#. so update +#. Help text for update proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Wählen Sie <b>Aktualisieren</b> aus, um eine Aktualisierung mit den angezeigten Werten auszuführen.\n" +"Wählen Sie <b>Aktualisieren</b> aus, um eine Aktualisierung mit den " +"angezeigten Werten auszuführen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for network configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535 +#. Help text for network configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2079,9 +2207,9 @@ "Übernehmen Sie die Netzwerkeinstellungen mit <b>Weiter</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for service configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543 +#. Help text for service configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2091,9 +2219,9 @@ "Übernehmen Sie die Diensteinstellungen mit <b>Weiter</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551 +#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2103,13 +2231,13 @@ "Übernehmen Sie die Hardware-Einstellungen mit <b>Weiter</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558 +#. Proposal in uml module +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>UML-Installationsvorschlag</B></P>" -#. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560 +#. help text +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -2117,10 +2245,10 @@ "<P>Die UML (User Mode Linux)-Installation erlaubt das Starten unabhängiger\n" "virtueller Linux-Rechner im Host-System.</P>" -#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or -#. hardhware configuration. -#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574 +#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or +#. hardhware configuration. +#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -2130,74 +2258,76 @@ "Zum Übernehmen der angezeigten Einstellungen wählen Sie <b>Übernehmen</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Text to display -#. -#. @return String -#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:67 msgid "Enabling remote administration..." msgstr "Remote-Verwaltung wird aktiviert..." -#. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:92 +#. A Continue-Cancel popup +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:92 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." -msgstr "Wenn Sie die Systemrolle ändern, werden die vorgenommenen Anpassungen ggf. rückgängig gemacht." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie die Systemrolle ändern, werden die vorgenommenen Anpassungen ggf. " +"rückgängig gemacht." -#. Writes configuration -#. -#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and -#. Snapper is configured. -#. -#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; -#. otherwise it returns false. -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 +#. Writes configuration +#. +#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and +#. Snapper is configured. +#. +#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created; +#. otherwise it returns false. +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41 msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..." msgstr "Root-Dateisystem-Snapshot wird erstellt..." -#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system update -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system update +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:49 msgid "after update" msgstr "nach der Aktualisierung" -#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system installation -#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: label for filesystem snapshot taken after system installation +#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:56 msgid "after installation" msgstr "nach der Installation" -#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if -#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: default name for a found Linux system (we don't know if +#. it's an openSUSE, Ubuntu...) +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_config.rb:64 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer -#. -#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 +#. Build a formatted summary based on the status of the importer +#. +#. @return [String] HTML formatted summary. +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:45 msgid "No previous Linux installation found" msgstr "Keine frühere Linux-Installation gefunden." -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:47 msgid "No existing SSH host keys will be copied" msgstr "Es werden keine vorhandenen SSH-Hostschlüssel kopiert." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard -#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:54 msgid "SSH host keys and configuration will be copied from %s" msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel und Konfiguration werden von %s kopiert." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard -#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' -#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of a Linux system found in the hard +#. disk, like 'openSUSE 13.2' +#: src/lib/installation/ssh_importer_presenter.rb:58 msgid "SSH host keys will be copied from %s" msgstr "SSH-Hostschlüssel werden von %s kopiert." -#. Ask the user to chose a registration server -#. -#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers -#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; -#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. -#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:250 +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/update_repositories_finder.rb:250 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "to search for installer updates." @@ -2205,120 +2335,126 @@ "Wählen Sie einen erkannten Registrierungsserver in der Liste aus,\n" "um nach Installationsprogramm-Aktualisierungen zu suchen." -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label -#: src/lib/installation/widgets/online_repos.rb:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Configure On-line Repositories" +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label +#: src/lib/installation/widgets/online_repos.rb:14 msgid "Configure Online Repositories" -msgstr "Online-Repositorys konfigurieren" +msgstr "Online-Repositories konfigurieren" -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll HTTP(S) gefunden werden. Der Server hat Code %2 zurückgegeben." +msgstr "" +"URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll HTTP(S) gefunden werden. Der Server hat " +"Code %2 zurückgegeben." -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll FTP gefunden werden. Der Server hat Code %2 zurückgegeben." +msgstr "" +"URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll FTP gefunden werden. Der Server hat Code " +"%2 zurückgegeben." -#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 +#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen von Datei %1/%2.\n" -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen der Datei auf %1.\n" -#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 +#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371 msgid "Mounting %1 failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Einhängen von %1." -#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 +#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302 msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2." msgstr "Fehler beim Lesen einer Datei auf CD. Pfad: %1/%2." -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394 msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved" msgstr "Entfernte Datei %1 kann nicht abgerufen werden" -#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 -#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now -#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) -#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 +#. this is workaround for bnc#849767 +#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now +#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized) +#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519 msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed" msgstr "%1 ist nicht eingehängt und beim Einhängen trat ein Fehler auf" -#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 +#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539 msgid "File %1 cannot be found" msgstr "Datei %1 kann nicht gefunden werden" -#. Device -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 +#. Device +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP." msgstr "URL '%1' kann nicht über Protokoll TFTP gefunden werden." -#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol -#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 +#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol +#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568 msgid "Unknown protocol %1." msgstr "Unbekanntes Protokoll '%1'." -#. checking whether images are supported -#. BNC #409927 -#. Checking files for signatures -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:841 msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -msgstr "Die Informationen zu den Installationsimages konnten nicht gelesen werden" +msgstr "" +"Die Informationen zu den Installationsimages konnten nicht gelesen werden" -#. count megabytes -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 +#. count megabytes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1192 msgid "Deploying..." msgstr "Implementierung..." -#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. -#. -#. @see #all_supported_types -#. @see #objects_state -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1215 msgid "Storing user preferences..." msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen werden gespeichert..." -#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1347 msgid "Restoring user preferences..." msgstr "Benutzereinstellungen werden wiederhergestellt..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1444 msgid "" "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"Bei der Installation konnten die Paketabhängigkeiten nicht automatisch aufgelöst werden.\n" +"Bei der Installation konnten die Paketabhängigkeiten nicht automatisch " +"aufgelöst werden.\n" "Der Software-Manager wird geöffnet, damit Sie sie manuell auflösen können." -#. Proposal client for Network configuration -#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19 -#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20 +#. Proposal client for Network configuration +#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:19 +#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:20 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netzwerkkonfiguration" -#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25 +#: src/lib/network/clients/network_proposal.rb:25 msgid "preformatted_proposal" msgstr "preformatted_proposal" -#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11 +#: src/lib/services-manager/clients/services-manager_finish.rb:11 msgid "Setting default target and system services ..." msgstr "Standardmäßige Ziel- und Systemdienste werden festgelegt..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/registration.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/registration.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -15,211 +15,216 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:53 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Kontakt zum Registrierungsserver wird hergestellt" -#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#. dialog title -#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after -#. pressing "Next" -#. dialog title -#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration -#. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:183 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:317 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registrierung" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "Verwenden Sie '%s' statt dieses YaST-Moduls." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp -#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79 -msgid "<p>The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending service or repository in the repository manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>" -msgstr "<p>Die Initialisierung des Repositorys ist fehlgeschlagen. Deaktivieren (oder entfernen) Sie den störenden Dienst oder das Repository im Repository-Manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp +#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79 +msgid "" +"<p>The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending " +"service or repository in the repository manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Die Initialisierung des Repositorys ist fehlgeschlagen. Deaktivieren " +"(oder entfernen) Sie den störenden Dienst oder das Repository im Repository-" +"Manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>" -#. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Die Registrierung war erfolgreich." -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "Fehler bei der SLP-Erkennung, kein Server gefunden" -#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system -#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat herunterladen" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat importieren" -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:317 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:350 +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:317 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:350 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registrierung läuft: %s ..." -#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click -#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Produktregistrierung" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "Registrierung bei der automatischen Installation ausführen" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "Registrierung bei der automatischen Installation überspringen" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "Registrierungseinstellungen" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "Email-Adresse: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Der Registrierungscode ist konfiguriert." -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "Verfügbare Aktualisierungen installieren" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Registrierungsserver:" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "Server-URL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "SLP-Erkennung verwenden" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "URL für SSL-Server-Zertifikat: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat-Fingerabdruck: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Erweiterungen und Module" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "Fehler bei der sicheren Verbindung" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "Fehler bei den Zertifikatdetails" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Ausgegeben an" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "Allgemeiner Name (CN): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "Organisation (O): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "Organisationseinheit (OU): " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Ausgegeben von" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "Gültigkeit" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "Ausgestellt am: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "WARNUNG: Das Zertifikat ist noch nicht gültig." -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "Läuft ab am: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "WARNUNG: Das Zertifikat ist abgelaufen." -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "Seriennummer: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA1-Fingerabdruck: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256-Fingerabdruck: " -#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed -#. later after SP2: time -> timed -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Zeitüberschreitung der Verbindung." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 msgid "" "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." @@ -227,13 +232,13 @@ "Prüfen Sie, ob der Registrierungsserver erreichbar und\n" "die Verbindung zuverlässig ist." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Überprüfen Sie, ob dieses System dem Registrierungsserver bekannt ist." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -253,24 +258,24 @@ "Warten Sie nur einige Minuten nach der Anmeldung und versuchen Sie die\n" "Aktualisierung dann erneut." -#. add the hint to the error details -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#. Error popup -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "Fehler bei der Verbindung mit dem Registrierungsserver." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Fehler beim Registrierungsclient." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -278,20 +283,22 @@ "Fehler beim Registrierungsserver.\n" "Wiederholen Sie den Vorgang später." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." -msgstr "Das empfangene SSL-Zertifikat stimmt nicht mit dem erwarteten Zertifikat überein." +msgstr "" +"Das empfangene SSL-Zertifikat stimmt nicht mit dem erwarteten Zertifikat " +"überein." -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Details: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been -#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, -#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -302,26 +309,28 @@ "Es wurde bereits ein Zertifikat importiert;\n" "die Serververbindung ist dennoch weiterhin nicht vertrauenswürdig.\n" "\n" -"Beheben Sie das Zertifikatsproblem manuell, sorgen Sie dafür, dass der Server\n" -"auf sichere Weise verbunden werden kann, und starten Sie das YaST-Modul erneut." +"Beheben Sie das Zertifikatsproblem manuell, sorgen Sie dafür, dass der " +"Server\n" +"auf sichere Weise verbunden werden kann, und starten Sie das YaST-Modul " +"erneut." -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat wird importiert" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "'%s'-Zertifikat wird importiert..." -#. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fehler bei sicherer Verbindung: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, -#. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -333,33 +342,34 @@ "Stellen Sie sicher, dass das neueste Produkt, das das neue\n" "Registrierungsprotokoll unterstützt, auf dem Server installiert ist." -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537 +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:537 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Ungültige URL." -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"Das Netzwerk ist nicht konfiguriert, der Registrierungsserver ist nicht erreichbar.\n" +"Das Netzwerk ist nicht konfiguriert, der Registrierungsserver ist nicht " +"erreichbar.\n" "Soll das Netzwerk jetzt konfiguriert werden?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Netzwerkfehler. Prüfen Sie die Netzwerkkonfiguration." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Registrierungskonfiguration wird gespeichert..." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -367,73 +377,75 @@ "Das Basisprodukt wurde nicht gefunden.\n" "Prüfen Sie das System." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -"Das Installationsmedium oder das Installationsprogramm ist schwer beschädigt.\n" +"Das Installationsmedium oder das Installationsprogramm ist schwer " +"beschädigt.\n" "Melden Sie diesen Fehler unter %s." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Ein Produkt muss installiert sein, und der Symlink '/etc/products.d/baseproduct'\n" +"Ein Produkt muss installiert sein, und der Symlink '/etc/products.d/" +"baseproduct'\n" "muss auf die .prod-Datei des Basisprodukts verweisen." -#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze -#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:303 +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:303 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "System wird registriert..." -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating product registration, %s is a product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:388 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:334 +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:388 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:334 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Aktualisierung auf %s ..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "Produkte werden synchronisiert..." -#. load available addons from SCC server -#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the -#. installation workflow -#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons -#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install -#. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [ArrayRegistration::Addon] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module werden geladen..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Migrationsprodukte werden geladen..." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Erweiterungen und Module registrieren" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Erweiterungen und Module werden registriert.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -441,8 +453,8 @@ "Der Registrierungsserver enthält Aktualisierungs-Repositorys.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -450,9 +462,9 @@ "Möchten Sie diese Repositorys während der Installation\n" "aktivieren, damit Sie die neuesten Aktualisierungen erhalten?" -#. Yast::Mode.update -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -460,11 +472,11 @@ "Möchten Sie diese Repositorys während der Aufrüstung\n" "aktivieren, damit Sie die neuesten Aktualisierungen erhalten?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, add registered but not installed addons to -#. the list of products that will be downgraded. -#. %s are all the product names splited by '\n' e.g -#. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12\nSUSE Enterprise Storage 1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, add registered but not installed addons to +#. the list of products that will be downgraded. +#. %s are all the product names splited by '\n' e.g +#. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12\nSUSE Enterprise Storage 1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:284 msgid "" "The addons listed below are registered but not installed: \n" "\n" @@ -477,18 +489,19 @@ "\n" "%s\n" "\n" -"Diese Add-ons auch im Registrierungsserver auf die ältere Version herunterstufen? \n" +"Diese Add-ons auch im Registrierungsserver auf die ältere Version " +"herunterstufen? \n" "Falls nicht, werden sie deaktiviert. " -#. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Zertifikat:" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed -#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] -#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -500,42 +513,42 @@ "\n" "Repository überspringen oder Vorgang abbrechen?" -#. create UI label for a base product -#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) -#. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Unbekanntes Produkt" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern der Repository-Konfiguration." -#. # error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Aktualisieren des Dienstes '%s'." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen des Dienstes '%s'." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Speichern des Dienstes '%s'." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Fehler beim Aktualisieren des Dienstes '%s'." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -543,30 +556,30 @@ "Fernprodukt %s nicht gefunden.\n" "Das Produkt kann nicht registriert werden." -#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control -#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior -#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "Wirklich abbrechen?" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Lizenzen werden heruntergeladen..." -#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [Addon] addon the addon -#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung wird heruntergeladen..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -575,233 +588,271 @@ "Fehler beim Herunterladen der Lizenz für \n" "%s." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Lizenzvereinbarung zu %s" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "Registrierungscodes für Erweiterungen und Module" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" -"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Geben Sie die Registrierungscodes für die angeforderten Erweiterungen oder Module ein.</p>\n" -"<p>Die Registrierungscodes sind für die ordnungsgemäße Registrierung erforderlich. Wenn Sie keinen Registrierungscode besitzen, gehen Sie zurück, und heben Sie die Auswahl der entsprechenden Erweiterung bzw. des Moduls wieder auf.</p>" +"<p>Geben Sie die Registrierungscodes für die angeforderten Erweiterungen " +"oder Module ein.</p>\n" +"<p>Die Registrierungscodes sind für die ordnungsgemäße Registrierung " +"erforderlich. Wenn Sie keinen Registrierungscode besitzen, gehen Sie zurück, " +"und heben Sie die Auswahl der entsprechenden Erweiterung bzw. des Moduls " +"wieder auf.</p>" -#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog -#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [ArrayYast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "Für die ausgewählte Erweiterung ist ein separater Registrierungscode erforderlich." -msgstr[1] "Für die ausgewählten Erweiterungen sind separate Registrierungscodes erforderlich." +msgstr[0] "" +"Für die ausgewählte Erweiterung ist ein separater Registrierungscode " +"erforderlich." +msgstr[1] "" +"Für die ausgewählten Erweiterungen sind separate Registrierungscodes " +"erforderlich." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "Geben Sie den Registrierungscode in das nachfolgende Feld ein." msgstr[1] "Geben Sie die Registrierungscodes in die nachfolgenden Felder ein." -#. create the main dialog definition -#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:105 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:105 msgid "&Hide Beta Versions" msgstr "&Betaversionen ausblenden" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Details (English only)" msgstr "Details (nur in englischer Sprache)" -#. addon description widget -#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:117 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "Eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul auswählen, zu der/dem hier Details angezeigt werden sollen" +msgstr "" +"Eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul auswählen, zu der/dem hier Details angezeigt " +"werden sollen" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:130 +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:130 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (nicht verfügbar)" -#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:269 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:269 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "Bei YaST können Sie maximal %s Erweiterungen oder Module auswählen." -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:280 -msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Für bestimmte Erweiterungen oder Module benötigen Sie dabei einen besonderen Registrierungscode.</p>" +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:280 +msgid "" +"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Für bestimmte Erweiterungen oder Module benötigen Sie dabei einen " +"besonderen Registrierungscode.</p>" -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:283 -msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Soll eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul entfernt werden, melden Sie sich beim SUSE Customer Center an, und entfernen Sie den zugehörigen Eintrag dort manuell.</p>" +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:283 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Soll eine Erweiterung oder ein Modul entfernt werden, melden Sie sich " +"beim SUSE Customer Center an, und entfernen Sie den zugehörigen Eintrag dort " +"manuell.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "Auswahl der Erweiterungen und Module" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module für das System auswählen.</p>" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Hier können Sie verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module für das System " +"auswählen.</p>" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen und Module" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie angeben, welche Erweiterungen oder Module zusammen mit dem Basisprodukt registriert werden sollen.</p>" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Hier können Sie angeben, welche Erweiterungen oder Module zusammen mit " +"dem Basisprodukt registriert werden sollen.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Optionale Erweiterungen oder Module registrieren" -#. create the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Kennung" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "Version" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Architektur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "Versionstyp" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Registrierungscode" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "Verfügbare Erweiterungen herunterladen..." -#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "'%s' wirklich löschen?" -#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon -#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "Erweiterungs- oder Modul&kennung" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Version" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Architektur" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Versionstyp" -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:269 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:269 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registrierungs&code" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product " +"Registration</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Durch die Produktregistrierung wird Ihr Produkt in die SUSE Customer Center-Datenbank aufgenommen,\n" -"so dass Sie Online-Aktualisierungen erhalten und den technischen Support in Anspruch nehmen können.\n" -"Zum Registrieren während der automatischen Installation wählen Sie <b>Produktregistrierung ausführen</b>.</p>" +"<p>Durch die Produktregistrierung wird Ihr Produkt in die SUSE Customer " +"Center-Datenbank aufgenommen,\n" +"so dass Sie Online-Aktualisierungen erhalten und den technischen Support in " +"Anspruch nehmen können.\n" +"Zum Registrieren während der automatischen Installation wählen Sie " +"<b>Produktregistrierung ausführen</b>.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Wenn in Ihrem Netzwerk ein benutzerdefinierter Registrierungsserver bereitgestellt ist, geben Sie die entsprechende URL des Servers\n" -"und den Speicherort des SMT-Zertifikats unter <b>SMT-Servereinstellungen</b> ein. Weitere\n" +"<p>Wenn in Ihrem Netzwerk ein benutzerdefinierter Registrierungsserver " +"bereitgestellt ist, geben Sie die entsprechende URL des Servers\n" +"und den Speicherort des SMT-Zertifikats unter <b>SMT-Servereinstellungen</b> " +"ein. Weitere\n" "Anweisungen finden Sie im SMT-Handbuch#.</p>" -#. the UI defition for the global registration status -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Produkt registrieren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "&Email-Adresse" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "Verfügbare Aktualisierungen aus Aktualisierungs-Repositorys installieren" +msgstr "" +"Verfügbare Aktualisierungen aus Aktualisierungs-Repositorys installieren" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Servereinstellungen" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Registrierungsserver mit SLP-Erkennung suchen" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Bestimmte Server-URL statt des Standards verwenden" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "URL für optionales SSL-Server-Zertifikat" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Fingerabdruck des optionalen SSL-Serverzertifikats" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "Keine" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SSL-Zertifikat-Fingerabdruck" -#. the UI defition for the main dialog -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Erweiterungen oder Module registrieren..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Wrong url for registration provided, %s is an URL. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:232 +#. TRANSLATORS: Wrong url for registration provided, %s is an URL. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:232 msgid "" "The registration URL provided by the command line is not valid.\n" "\n" @@ -815,44 +866,48 @@ "\n" "Die Standard-URL wird verwendet." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:257 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:257 msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "System über %s registrieren" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:300 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "System über lokalen SMT-Server registrieren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:311 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:311 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "URL des &lokalen Registrierungsservers" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:325 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registrierung ü&berspringen" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#. the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:335 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "Das System ist bereits registriert." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:337 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:337 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." msgstr "Wählen Sie die von Ihnen bevorzugte Registrierungsmethode aus." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:353 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Zum Registrieren des Systems geben Sie hier Ihre Anmeldedaten für das SUSE Customer Center ein, so dass Sie Aktualisierungen und Erweiterungen erhalten." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:353 +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Zum Registrieren des Systems geben Sie hier Ihre Anmeldedaten für das SUSE " +"Customer Center ein, so dass Sie Aktualisierungen und Erweiterungen erhalten." -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:362 +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:362 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -863,110 +918,141 @@ "Wenn Sie Ihr System nicht registrieren, können wir Ihnen leider\n" "keinen Zugriff auf die Aktualisierungs-Repositorys gewähren.\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Registrierung im Anschluss an die Installation vornehmen oder\n" +"Sie können die Registrierung im Anschluss an die Installation vornehmen " +"oder\n" "die Online-Registrierung im Customer Center ausführen." -#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:374 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:374 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Netz&werkkonfiguration..." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "Das Zertifikat ist abgelaufen" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Selbst signiertes Zertifikat" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "Selbst signiertes Zertifikat in Zertifikatkette" -#. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "&Vertrauen und importieren" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Bei sicheren Verbindungen (etwa HTTPS) erfolgen die Echtheitsprüfung des Servers und die Verschlüsselung der übertragenen Daten mithilfe von SSL-Zertifikaten.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "" +"<p>Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Bei sicheren Verbindungen (etwa HTTPS) erfolgen die Echtheitsprüfung des " +"Servers und die Verschlüsselung der übertragenen Daten mithilfe von SSL-" +"Zertifikaten.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Sie können das Zertifikat in die Liste der bekannten Zertifizierungsstellen (CA) importieren und so angeben, dass Sie dem Inhalt und dem Aussteller des unbekannten Zertifikats vertrauen.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "" +"<p>You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " +"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Sie können das Zertifikat in die Liste der bekannten " +"Zertifizierungsstellen (CA) importieren und so angeben, dass Sie dem Inhalt " +"und dem Aussteller des unbekannten Zertifikats vertrauen.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Wenn Sie ein Zertifikat importieren, kann beispielsweise ein selbst signiertes Zertifikat verwendet werden.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "" +"<p>Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " +"certificate.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Wenn Sie ein Zertifikat importieren, kann beispielsweise ein selbst " +"signiertes Zertifikat verwendet werden.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Wichtig:</b> Prüfen Sie die zu importierenden Zertifikate stets anhand der Fingerabdrücke auf ihre Echtheit.</p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Important:</b> You should always verify the fingerprints of " +"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Wichtig:</b> Prüfen Sie die zu importierenden Zertifikate stets anhand " +"der Fingerabdrücke auf ihre Echtheit.</p>" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Das Importieren eines unbekannten Zertifikats ohne entsprechende Überprüfung ist ein großes Sicherheitsrisiko.</b></p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk.</b></p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Das Importieren eines unbekannten Zertifikats ohne entsprechende " +"Überprüfung ist ein großes Sicherheitsrisiko.</b></p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "Interner Fehler: %s" -#. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"Das Basissystem muss registriert werden, damit das Add-on '%s' registriert werden kann.\n" +"Das Basissystem muss registriert werden, damit das Add-on '%s' registriert " +"werden kann.\n" "Registrierung des Basissystems und des Add-ons überspringen?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "Repositorys für die Migration" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>" -msgstr "<p>In diesem Dialogfeld wählen Sie die Repositorys für die Online-Migration manuell aus. Die Pakete werden auf die jeweils höchste in den Repositorys gefundene Version aufgerüstet.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "" +"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>In diesem Dialogfeld wählen Sie die Repositorys für die Online-Migration " +"manuell aus. Die Pakete werden auf die jeweils höchste in den Repositorys " +"gefundene Version aufgerüstet.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "Repositorys für die Migration auswählen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Repositorys verwalten..." -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Priorität: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, -#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts -#. the online migration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:154 msgid "" "The system is not registered,\n" "to run the online migration you need\n" @@ -976,124 +1062,148 @@ "Zum Ausführen der Online-Migration müssen Sie\n" "das System zunächst registrieren." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:198 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "Kein installiertes Produkt gefunden." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, merge this addon that are registered but not -#. installed to the current migration products list. -#. %s is an addon friendly name, e.g 'SUSE Enterprise Storage 2 x86_64' -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question, merge this addon that are registered but not +#. installed to the current migration products list. +#. %s is an addon friendly name, e.g 'SUSE Enterprise Storage 2 x86_64' +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:219 msgid "" "The '%s' extension is registered but not installed.\n" -"If you accept it will be added for be installed, in other case it will be unregistered at the end of the migration.\n" +"If you accept it will be added for be installed, in other case it will be " +"unregistered at the end of the migration.\n" "\n" "Do you want to add it?" msgstr "" "Die Erweiterung '%s' ist registriert, jedoch nicht installiert.\n" -"Wenn Sie sie akzeptieren, wird sie für die Installation hinzugefügt, ansonsten wird ihre Registrierung am Ende der Migration aufgehoben.\n" +"Wenn Sie sie akzeptieren, wird sie für die Installation hinzugefügt, " +"ansonsten wird ihre Registrierung am Ende der Migration aufgehoben.\n" "\n" "Erweiterung hinzufügen?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:242 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "Kein Migrationsprodukt gefunden." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:319 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Migrations-Repositorys werden vorbereitet..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "Migrationsziel auswählen" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Hier legen Sie die Zielprodukte für die Migration fest. Auf dem Registrierungsserver werden ggf. mehrere Möglichkeiten zur Migration auf neue Produkte angeboten.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "" +"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Hier legen Sie die Zielprodukte für die Migration fest. Auf dem " +"Registrierungsserver werden ggf. mehrere Möglichkeiten zur Migration auf " +"neue Produkte angeboten.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>" msgstr "<p>Nur ein Migrationsziel in der Liste kann ausgewählt werden.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Mit dem Kontrollkästchen <b>%s</b> geben Sie an, dass Sie die Migrations-Repositorys später manuell auswählen.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "" +"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Mit dem Kontrollkästchen <b>%s</b> geben Sie an, dass Sie die Migrations-" +"Repositorys später manuell auswählen.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "Migrations-Repositorys manuell auswählen" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "Wählen Sie die Zielmigration aus." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "Repositorys für die Migration manuell anpassen" -#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Mögliche Migrationsziele" -#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:199 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Migrationszusammenfassung" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message in rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:211 -msgid "The registration server does not offer migrations for Product <b>%s</b> so it will <b>stay unchanged</b>. We recommend you to check if it's correct and to configure the repositories manually in case of needed." -msgstr "Der Registrierungsserver bietet keine Migrationen für Produkt <b>%s</b>. Das Produkt <b>bleibt unverändert</b>. Überprüfen Sie, ob dies korrekt ist, und konfigurieren Sie die Repositorys ggf. manuell." +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message in rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:211 +msgid "" +"The registration server does not offer migrations for Product <b>%s</b> so " +"it will <b>stay unchanged</b>. We recommend you to check if it's correct and " +"to configure the repositories manually in case of needed." +msgstr "" +"Der Registrierungsserver bietet keine Migrationen für Produkt <b>%s</b>. Das " +"Produkt <b>bleibt unverändert</b>. Überprüfen Sie, ob dies korrekt ist, und " +"konfigurieren Sie die Repositorys ggf. manuell." -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. -#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used -#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow -#. using the selected migration. -#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) -#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:234 -msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "FEHLER: Produkt <b>%{product}</b> ist nicht auf dem Registrierungsserver (%{url}) verfügbar. Stellen Sie das Produkt zur Verfügung, damit diese Migration verwendet werden kann." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:234 +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"FEHLER: Produkt <b>%{product}</b> ist nicht auf dem Registrierungsserver " +"(%{url}) verfügbar. Stellen Sie das Produkt zur Verfügung, damit diese " +"Migration verwendet werden kann." -#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:246 +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:246 msgid "%s <b>will be installed.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>wird installiert.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:263 msgid "%s <b>stays unchanged.</b>" msgstr "%s <b>bleibt unverändert.</b>" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:273 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} <b>wird aufgerüstet auf</b> %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:278 msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}." -msgstr "%{old_product} <b>wird ersetzt durch die ältere Version von </b> %{new_product}." +msgstr "" +"%{old_product} <b>wird ersetzt durch die ältere Version von </b> " +"%{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:311 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:311 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1104,32 +1214,33 @@ "Die ausgewählte Migration enthält ein Produkt,\n" "das auf dem Registrierungsserver nicht verfügbar ist.\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie ein anderes Migrationsziel aus, oder stellen Sie die fehlenden Produkte\n" +"Wählen Sie ein anderes Migrationsziel aus, oder stellen Sie die fehlenden " +"Produkte\n" "auf dem Registrierungsserver zur Verfügung." -#. this class displays and runs the dialog which check all the installed -#. but not registered products warning the user about it and allowing him -#. to take some actions over them. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:45 +#. this class displays and runs the dialog which check all the installed +#. but not registered products warning the user about it and allowing him +#. to take some actions over them. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:45 msgid "Checking registration status" msgstr "Registrierungsstatus wird überprüft" -#. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85 +#. FIXME: Maybe we could remove this option and just warn the user +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Ins&tall products" msgstr "Produkte ins&tallieren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:86 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "&Deaktivieren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:87 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Fortsetzen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't -#. installed, %s is the addons identifiers. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error showing all the addons that weren't +#. installed, %s is the addons identifiers. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:102 msgid "" "These addons were not installed:\n" "\n" @@ -1139,51 +1250,65 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but -#. not installed. (1/2) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but +#. not installed. (1/2) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:153 msgid "<p>The addons listed below are registered but not installed: </p>" -msgstr "<p>Die folgenden Add-Ons wurden registriert, jedoch nicht installiert: </p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Die folgenden Add-Ons wurden registriert, jedoch nicht installiert: </p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but -#. not installed. (2/2) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159 -msgid "<p>It's preferable to <b>deactivate</b> your products at your registration server if you don't plan to use them anymore.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Nach Möglichkeit sollten Sie Ihre Produkte auf dem Registrierungsserver <b>deaktivieren,</b> wenn Sie sie nicht mehr nutzen.</p>" +#. TRANSLATORS: A RichText warning about all the products registered but +#. not installed. (2/2) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/not_installed_products_dialog.rb:159 +msgid "" +"<p>It's preferable to <b>deactivate</b> your products at your registration " +"server if you don't plan to use them anymore.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Nach Möglichkeit sollten Sie Ihre Produkte auf dem Registrierungsserver " +"<b>deaktivieren,</b> wenn Sie sie nicht mehr nutzen.</p>" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" msgstr "<p>Das System ist bereits registriert.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Sie können das System erneut registrieren oder auch zusätzliche Erweiterungen oder Module registrieren und damit den Funktionsumfang des Systems vergrößern.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Sie können das System erneut registrieren oder auch zusätzliche " +"Erweiterungen oder Module registrieren und damit den Funktionsumfang des " +"Systems vergrößern.</p>" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Soll die Registrierung des Systems aufgehoben werden, melden Sie sich beim SUSE Customer Center an, und entfernen Sie das System dort manuell.</p>" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "" +"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Soll die Registrierung des Systems aufgehoben werden, melden Sie sich " +"beim SUSE Customer Center an, und entfernen Sie das System dort manuell.</p>" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "Erweiterungen auswählen" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Erneut registrieren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "Die Registrierung wird aktualisiert..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "Die bisherige Registrierung wurde aktualisiert." -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -1191,18 +1316,18 @@ "Fehler beim automatischen Aktualisieren der Registrierung.\n" "Sie können das System manuell neu registrieren." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#. @return [ArrayYast::SlpServiceClass::Service] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Suchvorgang ..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Lokale Registrierungsserver werden gesucht..." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact SUSE. -#. -#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.suse.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact SUSE. +#. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.suse.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:38 msgid "Registration Code or SMT Server URL" msgstr "Registrierungscode oder SMT-Server-URL" -#. Error reports and logs about the registration are mostly handled -#. by ConnectHelpers.catch_registration_errors and used by instances -#. of RegistrationUI. -#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:92 +#. Error reports and logs about the registration are mostly handled +#. by ConnectHelpers.catch_registration_errors and used by instances +#. of RegistrationUI. +#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:92 msgid "Not valid url." msgstr "URL ist ungültig." -#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:96 +#: src/lib/registration/widgets/registration_code.rb:96 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not supported.</p>\n" +"The SMT Server URL must use http or https protocol, other schemes are not " +"supported.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Die SMT-Server-URL muss mit dem HTTP- oder dem HTTPS-Protokoll arbeiten. Andere Schemata werden nicht unterstützt.</p>\n" +"Die SMT-Server-URL muss mit dem HTTP- oder dem HTTPS-Protokoll arbeiten. " +"Andere Schemata werden nicht unterstützt.</p>\n" -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "ISDN Service Selection" +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [ArraySlpServiceClass::Service] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" -msgstr "ISDN-Service-Auswahl" +msgstr "Dienstauswahl" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Select a file from the table first." +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." -msgstr "Wählen Sie zuerst eine Datei aus der Tabelle." +msgstr "Wählen Sie einen erkannten Dienst in der Liste aus." -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No server is selected." +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." -msgstr "Es wurde kein Server ausgewählt" +msgstr "Kein Dienst ausgewählt." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2017-06-15 10:02:05 UTC (rev 97391) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/de/po/storage.de.po 2017-06-15 10:24:02 UTC (rev 97392) @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2017-05-19 02:29+0000\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-05-24 11:34\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-15 10:04\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language \n" "Language-Team: Novell language \n" "Language: \n" @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -37,60 +37,60 @@ "\n" "Wenn Sie trotz dieser Warnung fortfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf 'Ja'.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Festplatte vorbereiten: Expertenmodus" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialisierung..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "<p>Volumes are being detected.</p>" msgstr "<p>Volumes werden gesucht.</p>" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Speichergeräte-Konfiguration" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Anzeige der Festplatten und Partitionen" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Anzeige der Festplatten" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Anzeige der Partition" -#. Title for dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Vorschlag für Partitionierung" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Experten-Partitionierer..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "Partitions-Setup &erstellen..." -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -99,17 +99,17 @@ "Geben Sie die Einhängepunkte von Hand im\n" "Dialog des \"Partitionierers\" an." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. this is the resize case -#. -#. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Vorschlag bearbeiten" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -119,9 +119,9 @@ "Die Festplatten wurden überprüft. Für Ihre Festplatte wird das angezeigte\n" "Partitions-Setup vorgeschlagen.</p>" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -135,8 +135,8 @@ "wählen Sie <b>%1</b> und ändern sie die Einstellungen im\n" "Expertenmodus.</p>\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -154,27 +154,31 @@ "Dies ist auch die richtige Wahl, falls Sie erweiterte Optionen\n" "wie RAID oder Verschlüsselung nutzen möchten.</p>\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Der angeforderte Vorschlag kann nicht erstellt werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "Nicht genug Speicherplatz verfügbar, um Snapshots für das root-Volume vorzuschlagen." +msgstr "" +"Nicht genug Speicherplatz verfügbar, um Snapshots für das root-Volume " +"vorzuschlagen." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "Da nicht ausreichend Speicherplatz zur Verfügung steht, wird von einem separaten /home-Verzeichnis abgeraten." +msgstr "" +"Da nicht ausreichend Speicherplatz zur Verfügung steht, wird von einem " +"separaten /home-Verzeichnis abgeraten." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen. Fortfahren nicht möglich." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -182,22 +186,22 @@ "Das Verarbeiten dieses Vorschlags überschreibt bisherige manuelle \n" "Änderungen. Die Verarbeitung des Vorschlags fortsetzen?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Platten werden vorbereitet..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -207,9 +211,9 @@ "belegt\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -219,9 +223,9 @@ "frei\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -229,25 +233,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows frei (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -257,9 +261,9 @@ "Wählen Sie die neue Größe für Ihre Windows-Partition.\n" "</p>" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -270,14 +274,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann vorgenommen,\n" -"wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation bestätigt\n" +"Das tatsächliche Anpassen der Größe der Partition wird erst dann " +"vorgenommen,\n" +"wenn Sie all Ihre Einstellungen im letzten Dialog der Installation " +"bestätigt\n" "haben. Bis dahin wird Ihre Windows-Partition nicht angerührt werden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -291,23 +297,23 @@ "<b>Zurück</b>.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Aktuell" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Nach der Installation" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -323,9 +329,9 @@ "Änderung der Partitionsgröße) an.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -339,9 +345,9 @@ "in das Eingabefeld ein, um die empfohlenen Werte anzupassen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -355,29 +361,29 @@ "automatisch nach Bedarf angelegt.\n" "</p>" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows belegt" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "frei" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "<p>Enter a value for the size of your <b>Linux</b> installation.\n" @@ -386,14 +392,15 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer <b>Linux</b>-Installation ein.\n" +"<p>Geben Sie einen Wert für den Speicherplatz Ihrer <b>Linux</b>-" +"Installation ein.\n" "Innerhalb dieses Speicherplatzes werden benötigte Partitionen\n" "für &product; automatisch angelegt.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -402,12 +409,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"<b>Windows belegt</b> ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes, den Ihre Windows-Partition verwendet.\n" +"<b>Windows belegt</b> ist die Größe des Speicherplatzes, den Ihre Windows-" +"Partition verwendet.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Free</b> indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -419,13 +427,13 @@ "Installation) auf der Partition an.\n" "</p>" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Größe der Windows-Partition wird geändert" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -444,16 +452,17 @@ "Auf der Windows-Partition stand nicht genügend Speicherplatz für die\n" "Minimalinstallation von Linux zur Verfügung.\n" " \n" -"Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und deinstallieren Sie einige\n" +"Wenn Sie Linux dennoch installieren möchten, booten Sie Windows und " +"deinstallieren Sie einige\n" "Anwendungen oder löschen Sie Daten um Speicherplatz freizugeben.\n" " \n" "Auf dem Windows-Gerät ist mindestens %1 MB freier Speicher, einschließlich\n" "des Windows-Bereichs und des Bereichs für\n" " %2, erforderlich.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -469,8 +478,8 @@ "und der Größe des belegten Speicherplatzes einige Zeit in Anspruch nehmen.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -489,17 +498,18 @@ "Booten Sie Windows und beheben Sie die Fehler durch Ausführen von\n" "scandisk und defrag.\n" "\n" -"Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die Größe der\n" +"Falls das Problem beim nächsten Versuch erneut auftritt, ändern Sie die " +"Größe der\n" "Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "Es ist nicht genügend Speicherplatz für eine Installation vorhanden." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -519,15 +529,17 @@ "\t Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "Das System kann nur mit der benutzerdefinierten Partitionierungsoption konfiguriert werden." +msgstr "" +"Das System kann nur mit der benutzerdefinierten Partitionierungsoption " +"konfiguriert werden." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -544,13 +556,14 @@ "nicht mit dem Werkzeug zur Größenänderung kompatibel.\n" "Eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition ist nicht möglich.\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" +"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab " +"und\n" "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -563,13 +576,14 @@ "\n" "Daher ist eine Verkleinerung der Windows-Partition nicht möglich.\n" "\n" -"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab und\n" +"Wählen Sie eine andere Festplatte aus oder brechen Sie die Installation ab " +"und\n" "verkleinern Sie die Windows-Partition auf andere Weise.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -597,14 +611,14 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie die Windows-Partition wirklich verkleinern?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Window&s verkleinern" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -618,13 +632,13 @@ "\n" "Soll die Windows-Partition wirklich gelöscht werden?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "Windows &löschen" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -636,38 +650,41 @@ "Wählen Sie zur Installation von Linux mehr zu\n" " entfernende Partitionen oder eine größere Platte aus." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "Verfügbare &Platten" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "&Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung (für Experten)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Festplatte" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "Keine Festplatten gefunden. Falls verfügbar, verwenden Sie für die Installation die Aktualisierungs-CD." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"Keine Festplatten gefunden. Falls verfügbar, verwenden Sie für die " +"Installation die Aktualisierungs-CD." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -675,12 +692,13 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten auf Ihrem System werden hier angezeigt.\n" +"Alle automatisch erkannten Festplatten auf Ihrem System werden hier " +"angezeigt.\n" "Wählen Sie die Festplatte, auf der &product; installiert werden soll.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -691,8 +709,8 @@ "werden soll. \n" "</p>\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -703,112 +721,115 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Mit der Option <b>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</b> für Experten kann die\n" +"Mit der Option <b>Benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung</b> für Experten kann " +"die\n" "Partitionierung der Festplatten und das Zuweisen von\n" -"Partitionen zu Einhängepunkten bei der Installation von &product; vollständig gesteuert werden.\n" +"Partitionen zu Einhängepunkten bei der Installation von &product; " +"vollständig gesteuert werden.\n" "</p>\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Vorbereiten der Festplatte" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Treffen Sie eine Auswahl, um fortzufahren." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "Platte %1 wird von %2 verwendet" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "Multipath aktivieren?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" -"Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der Installation,\n" +"Die /home-Partition wird nicht formatiert. Prüfen Sie nach der " +"Installation,\n" "ob die Eigentümer der Stammverzeichnisse richtig gesetzt sind." -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Partitionierung" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Partitionierung" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguration des Dateisystems wird gespeichert..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -816,30 +837,30 @@ "Die aktuelle Auswahl ist ungültig:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, nicht zugewiesen" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" msgstr "Für Installation von %1 zu verwendende Datenträgerbereiche\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "G&esamte Festplatte verwenden" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -847,8 +868,8 @@ "Keine bestehende Aufteilung gefunden.\n" "Die Festplatte wird vollständig für %1 verwendet." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -857,18 +878,18 @@ "Es gibt nicht genügend Platz, um SuSE Linux zu\n" "installieren." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Win&dows komplett löschen" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "Window&s-Partition verkleinern" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -879,8 +900,8 @@ "soll. \n" "</p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Use either the <b>entire hard disk</b> or one or more of the\n" @@ -892,8 +913,8 @@ "der angezeigten Partitionen oder freien Bereiche.\n" " </p>\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as <i>free</i>, you\n" @@ -902,12 +923,14 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als <i>frei</i> gekennzeichnet\n" -"ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme betreffen.\n" +"Achtung: Wenn Sie eine Partition auswählen, die nicht als <i>frei</i> " +"gekennzeichnet\n" +"ist, können Sie Daten verlieren. Das kann auch andere Betriebssysteme " +"betreffen.\n" "</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b><i>The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -915,21 +938,22 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b><i>Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen Daten\n" +"<b><i>Die markierten Bereiche werden gelöscht. Alle darin befindlichen " +"Daten\n" "gehen somit verloren. </i></b> Einmal gelöscht, gibt es keine Möglichkeit,\n" "die Daten wiederherzustellen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Installieren auf:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -944,8 +968,8 @@ "verkleinern</b>, um genügend freien Platz zu bekommen.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be <b>irreversibly\n" @@ -962,28 +986,28 @@ "organisiert werden müssen. In seltenen Fällen kann dies fehlschlagen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Separate &Home-Partition vorschlagen" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-basierten Vorschlag erstellen" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe verschlüsseln" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Vorschlagstyp" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -997,8 +1021,8 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie dieses Setup wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1007,13 +1031,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition unter einem der folgenden\n" -"Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich\n" -"Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" +"Einhängepunkte einzuhängen: /, /usr, /home, /opt oder /var. Dies wird sehr " +"wahrscheinlich\n" +"Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diese Einhängepunkte ein Linux-" +"Dateisystem, wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1022,13 +1048,14 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben versucht, eine FAT-Partition am Einhängepunkt /boot einzuhängen.\n" -"Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diesen Einhängepunkt ein\n" +"Dies wird sehr wahrscheinlich Probleme verursachen. Verwenden Sie für diesen " +"Einhängepunkt ein\n" "Linux-Dateisystem wie ext3 oder ext4.\n" "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1042,9 +1069,9 @@ "\n" "Diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1060,8 +1087,8 @@ "\n" "Diese Einrichtung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1081,8 +1108,8 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1091,13 +1118,13 @@ "Really keep this size of boot partition?\n" msgstr "" "Warnung:\n" -"Ihre Boot-Partition ist kleiner als %1.\n" -"Es empfiehlt sich, sie zu vergrößern.\n" +"Ihre Bootpartition ist kleiner als %1.\n" +"Es wird empfohlen, die Größe von /boot zu erhöhen.\n" "\n" -"Soll diese Größe der Boot-Partition wirklich beibehalten werden?\n" +"Diese Größe der Bootpartition wirklich beibehalten?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1107,14 +1134,15 @@ msgstr "" "Warnung: Keine Partition mit dem Typ 'bios_grub' vorhanden.\n" "Diese Partition wird empfohlen, wenn Grub2 im MBR einer GPT-Festplatte\n" -"installiert ist. (Bei Btrfs ist diese Partition erforderlich.) Die Partition muss unformatiert und\n" +"installiert ist. (Bei Btrfs ist diese Partition erforderlich.) Die Partition " +"muss unformatiert und\n" "etwa 1 MB Speicherplatz groß sein.\n" "Diese Konfiguration wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1132,8 +1160,8 @@ "\n" "Diese Einrichtung ohne /boot-Partition wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1153,7 +1181,7 @@ "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1166,8 +1194,8 @@ "Diese Einrichtung wirklich verwenden?\n" "\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1179,12 +1207,13 @@ "Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration lässt sich Ihre\n" "Installation von %1 vermutlich nicht direkt booten, da\n" "sich die Dateien unter \"/boot\" auf einem Software-RAID-Gerät befinden.\n" -"Bei einer solchen Konfiguration schlägt die Bootloader-Konfiguration gelegentlich fehl.\n" +"Bei einer solchen Konfiguration schlägt die Bootloader-Konfiguration " +"gelegentlich fehl.\n" "\n" "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1208,8 +1237,8 @@ "\n" "Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1222,45 +1251,52 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" -"beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition hat.\n" +"Warnung: Mit Ihrer derzeitigen Konfiguration wird Ihre %2-Installation " +"voraussichtlich auf Probleme \n" +"beim Systemstart treffen, da Ihre RAID-Platte keine separate %1-Partition " +"hat.\n" "\n" "Dies führt mit der üblichen Boot-Konfiguration zu erheblichen Problemen.\n" "\n" -"Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die Dateien\n" +"Wenn Sie sich Ihrer Sache nicht absolut sicher sind, sollten Sie für die " +"Dateien\n" "in %1 eine normale Partition verwenden.\n" "\n" "Soll diese Konfiguration wirklich verwendet werden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Möchten Sie diese Einstellung wirklich verwenden?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber sehr\n" +"Sie haben keine Auslagerungspartition aktiviert. In der Regel ist es aber " +"sehr\n" "empfehlenswert, eine Auslagerungspartition anzulegen und zu aktivieren.\n" "Auslagerungspartitionen werden im Hauptfenster mit dem Typ \"Linux Swap\"\n" -"angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als Einhängepunkt.\n" +"angezeigt. Eine aktivierte Auslagerungspartition hat \"swap\" als " +"Einhängepunkt.\n" "Wenn gewünscht, können Sie auch mehr als eine Auslagerungspartition\n" "aktivieren.\n" "\n" -"Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition verwenden?\n" +"Wollen Sie wirklich diese Konfiguration ohne Auslagerungspartition " +"verwenden?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1272,8 +1308,8 @@ "sie zu formatieren. YaST kann den Erfolg dieser Installation nicht\n" "garantieren, vor allem in den folgenden Fällen:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1285,19 +1321,20 @@ " werden würde.\n" "- die Partition noch kein Dateisystem enthält.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "Im Zweifel sollten Sie zurückgehen und die Partition zur Formatierung\n" "auswählen, vor allem wenn es sich um einen Standard-Einhängepunkt wie\n" "/, /boot, /opt oder /var handelt.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1307,8 +1344,8 @@ "\n" "Soll die Partition wirklich unformatiert bleiben?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1316,8 +1353,8 @@ "Das ausgewählte Gerät gehört RAID (%1) an.\n" "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus dem RAID.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1325,8 +1362,8 @@ "Das ausgewählte Gerät gehört einer Volume-Gruppe (%1) an.\n" "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Bearbeiten aus der Volume-Gruppe.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1334,8 +1371,8 @@ "Das ausgewählte Gerät wird von Volume (%1) verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie das Volume vor dem Bearbeiten.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1343,8 +1380,8 @@ "Das Gerät (%2) gehört RAID (%1) an.\n" "Entfernen Sie es vor dem Löschen aus dem RAID.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1352,12 +1389,12 @@ "Das Gerät (%2) wird von %1 verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie %1 vor dem Löschen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Sie kann nicht gelöscht werden während sie eingehängt ist." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1366,22 +1403,25 @@ "Es handelt sich um eine logische Partition, und eine andere logische \n" "Partition mit einer höheren Nummer wird zurzeit verwendet.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" +"Die gewählte erweiterte Partition enthält Partitionen, die derzeit " +"eingehängt sind:\n" "%1\n" "Es wird *dringend* empfohlen, vor dem Löschen der erweiterten Partition\n" "diese Partitionen auszuhängen.\n" "Wenn Sie nicht gute Gründe für Ihr Vorgehen haben, wählen Sie 'Abbrechen'.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1395,8 +1435,8 @@ "Partitionen von der(n) jeweiligen Volume-Gruppe(n), bevor Sie die\n" "erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1410,8 +1450,8 @@ "der Partitionen zu den entsprechenden RAID-Systemen auf,\n" "bevor Sie die erweiterte Partition löschen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1423,31 +1463,31 @@ "die gerade verwendet wird. Entfernen Sie das verwendete Volume\n" "vor dem Löschen der erweiterten Partition.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für das verschlüsselte Dateisystem ein." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Vergessen Sie keinesfalls, was Sie hier eingeben!" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Leeres Passwort erlaubt." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Passwort für verschlüsseltes Dateisystem auf %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1455,38 +1495,38 @@ "Geben Sie Ihr Verschlüsselungspasswort für\n" "Gerät %1 ein, das unter %2 eingehängt ist.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für das verschlüsselte Dateisystem ein" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "G&eben Sie ein Passwort für Ihr Dateisystem ein:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "&Bestätigen Sie das Passwort:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "Ü&berspringen" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1496,10 +1536,10 @@ "das Passwort sind nicht identisch!\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1507,10 +1547,10 @@ "Sie haben kein Passwort eingegeben.\n" "Bitte erneut versuchen.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1518,32 +1558,34 @@ "Das Passwort muss mindestens %1 Zeichen enthalten.\n" "Bitte erneut versuchen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "Keine Gleitkommazahl." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Optionen für das Dateisystem:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" msgstr "" "Das Zeichen '/' ist in Volume-Bezeichnungen nicht mehr zulässig.\n" -"Ändern Sie Ihre Volume-Bezeichnung so, dass dieses Zeichen nicht mehr vorkommt.\n" +"Ändern Sie Ihre Volume-Bezeichnung so, dass dieses Zeichen nicht mehr " +"vorkommt.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab by:</b>\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Einhängen in /etc/fstab:</b>\n" @@ -1554,58 +1596,61 @@ "UUID oder ein Volume-Label eingehängt werden. Dies ist nicht möglich, \n" "wenn eine Option deaktiviert ist.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Volume-Bezeichnung:</b>\n" -"Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volume-Bezeichnung verwendet. Dies ist normalerweise\n" -" nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen nach Volume-Bezeichnung aktivieren.\n" +"Der in diesem Feld eingegebene Name wird als Volume-Bezeichnung verwendet. " +"Dies ist normalerweise\n" +" nur dann sinnvoll, wenn Sie die Option für das Einhängen nach Volume-" +"Bezeichnung aktivieren.\n" "Volume-Bezeichnungen dürfen keine Leerzeichen oder das Zeichen / enthalten.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Einhängen in /etc/fstab durch" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "&Gerätename" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Label des Volumes" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "Geräte-&ID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "Geräte&pfad" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab-Optionen" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1615,63 +1660,66 @@ "Die maximale Länge der Volume-Kennung beim gewählten Dateisystem\n" "beträgt %1. Die Kennung wurde entsprechend gekürzt.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." -msgstr "Sie müssen ein Volume-Label angeben, wenn Sie durch ein Label einhängen wollen." +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen ein Volume-Label angeben, wenn Sie durch ein Label einhängen " +"wollen." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." -msgstr "Das Volume-Label ist schon in Gebrauch. Bitte geben Sie ein anderes an." +msgstr "" +"Das Volume-Label ist schon in Gebrauch. Bitte geben Sie ein anderes an." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "Datei&system" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "O&ptionen..." -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "Gerät &verschlüsseln" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "Dateisystem-&ID:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Format" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do ¬ format" msgstr "&Nicht formatieren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatieren" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fs&tab-Optionen" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Einhängepunkt" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1697,8 +1745,8 @@ "\n" "Fortfahren?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1708,67 +1756,77 @@ "Das Dateisystem auf der Partition kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert werden.\n" "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert werden.\n" +"Das Dateisystem auf dem Logical-Volumen kann von YaST2 nicht verkleinert " +"werden.\n" "Nur fat, ext2, ext3 und ReiserFS erlauben das Verkleinern eines Dateisystems." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie diese Partition verkleinern." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie dieses logische Volume verkleinern." +msgstr "" +"Sie riskieren Datenverlust, wenn Sie dieses logische Volume verkleinern." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "Fortfahren?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" -"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." +"Das Dateisystem auf der ausgewählten Partition kann nicht von YaST2 " +"vergrößert werden.\n" +"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und ReiserFS erlauben das Vergrößern eines " +"Dateisystems." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 vergrößert werden.\n" -"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines Dateisystems." +"Das Dateisystem auf dem ausgewählten Logical-Volumen kann nicht von YaST2 " +"vergrößert werden.\n" +"Nur fat, ext2, ext3, xfs und reiser erlauben das Vergrößern eines " +"Dateisystems." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "Mit Größenänderung fortfahren?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "Sie haben eine Partition mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert." +msgstr "" +"Sie haben eine Partition mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem " +"verkleinert." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "Sie haben ein logisches Volume mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-Dateisystem verkleinert." +msgstr "" +"Sie haben ein logisches Volume mit einem darauf enthaltenen Reiser-" +"Dateisystem verkleinert." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1778,16 +1836,18 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Es ist möglich, Ein Reiser-Dateisysteme zu verkleinern, aber diese Funktion\n" -"ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige Datensicherung.\n" +"ist noch nicht ausreichend getestet. Wir empfehlen eine vorherige " +"Datensicherung.\n" "\n" "Wollen Sie das Dateisystem jetzt verkleinern?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Das gewählte Gerät enthält Partitionen, die derzeit eingehängt sind:\n" @@ -1796,8 +1856,8 @@ "diese Partitionen auszuhängen.\n" "Wenn Sie sich unsicher sind, wählen Sie besser 'Abbrechen'.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1811,8 +1871,8 @@ "Partitionen von ihren jeweiligen Volume-Gruppen,\n" "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1826,8 +1886,8 @@ "Partitionen von ihren jeweiligen RAID-Systemen auf, bevor\n" "Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1836,59 +1896,64 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Das ausgewählte Gerät weist mindestens eine Partition\n" -"auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, das die Partition verwendet,\n" +"auf, die von einem anderen Volume verwendet wird. Löschen Sie das Volume, " +"das die Partition verwendet,\n" "bevor Sie das Gerät löschen.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" -msgstr "<p>Erstellt Subvolumes in einem Btrfs-Dateisystem und entfernt diese daraus.</p>\n" +msgstr "" +"<p>Erstellt Subvolumes in einem Btrfs-Dateisystem und entfernt diese daraus." +"</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Aktiviert automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit Snapper.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Aktiviert automatische Snapshots für ein Btrfs-Dateisystem mit Snapper." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Vorhandene Subvolumes:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Neues Subvolume" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Neu hinzufügen" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Entfernen" -#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Snapshots aktivieren" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Behandlung des Subvolume" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Leere Subvolume-Namen sind nicht erlaubt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1896,16 +1961,16 @@ "Momentan sind nur Subvolumen zulässig deren Name mit \"%1\" beginnt!\n" "\"%1\" wird dem Namen des Subvolumens automatisch vorangestellt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Der Subvolume-Name %1 ist bereits vorhanden." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Die bisher in diesem Dialog vorgenommen Änderungen gehen verloren." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1915,8 +1980,8 @@ "Erstellen Sie ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1926,8 +1991,8 @@ "Greifen Sie auf ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem zu.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1937,35 +2002,41 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Denken Sie daran, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, wenn es nicht\n" -" eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie ein beliebiges anderes\n" +" eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie " +"ein beliebiges anderes\n" "Linux-Dateisystem.\n" " </p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /var/tmp.\n" -"Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei jedem Systemstart \n" -"ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim Herunterfahren \n" +"Dieser Einhängepunkt gehört zu einem temporären Dateisystem wie /tmp oder /" +"var/tmp.\n" +"Sie können das Verschlüsselungspasswort leer lassen. In diesem Fall wird bei " +"jedem Systemstart \n" +"ein Zufallspasswort für Sie erzeugt. Dies hat zur Folge, dass Sie beim " +"Herunterfahren \n" "sämtliche Daten auf diesen Dateisystemen verlieren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -1975,17 +2046,19 @@ "Wenn Sie Ihr Passwort vergessen, werden Sie keinen Zugriff auf die Dateien\n" "Ihres Dateisystems haben. Wählen Sie Ihr Passwort mit Sorgfalt. Eine\n" "Mischung aus Buchstaben und Zahlen ist empfehlenswert. Um sicherzustellen,\n" -"dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, werden Sie aufgefordert, das Passwort\n" +"dass das Passwort korrekt eingegeben wurde, werden Sie aufgefordert, das " +"Passwort\n" "in einem zweiten Feld zu wiederholen.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1996,8 +2069,8 @@ "speziellen Zeichen (z. B. Umlaute oder akzentuierte Buchstaben) beinhalten.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2011,10 +2084,10 @@ "Kleinbuchstaben (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) und Ziffern <tt>0</tt> bis <tt>9</tt>.\n" " </p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2024,8 +2097,8 @@ "Vergessen Sie dieses Passwort nicht!\n" "</p>" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "<p>\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2035,22 +2108,24 @@ "Sie müssen das Verschlüsselungs-Passwort eingeben.\n" "</p>\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Wenn das verschlüsselte Dateisystem keine Systemdatei enthält und daher\n" -"nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie <b>Überspringen</b> auswählen. In diesem Fall erfolgt während der Aktualisierung\n" +"nicht für die Aktualisierung erforderlich ist, können Sie <b>Überspringen auswählen. In diesem Fall erfolgt während der Aktualisierung\n" "kein Zugriff auf die Datei.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2061,16 +2136,18 @@ "If you need to use this disk for installation, you should destroy \n" "the disk label in the expert partitioner.\n" msgstr "" -"Warnung: Bei der aktuellen Konfiguration treten beim Booten Probleme mit der Installation auf,\n" +"Warnung: Bei der aktuellen Konfiguration treten beim Booten Probleme mit der " +"Installation auf,\n" "da der Datenträger, auf dem sich die \n" " /boot-Partition befindet, keine GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält.\n" " \n" " Eine solche Konfiguration lässt sich höchstwahrscheinlich nicht booten.\n" " \n" -" Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, sollten Sie die \n" +" Wenn Sie diesen Datenträger für die Installation verwenden müssen, sollten " +"Sie die \n" " Datenträgerkennung im Expertenmodus löschen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2080,22 +2157,23 @@ msgstr "" "Warnung: Laut Angabe des Systems ist eine EFI-\n" "Boot-Konfiguration erforderlich. Da der ausgewählte Datenträger keine \n" -"GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält, erstellt YaST eine GPT-Festplattenkennung auf diesem Datenträger.\n" +"GPT-Festplattenkennung enthält, erstellt YaST eine GPT-Festplattenkennung " +"auf diesem Datenträger.\n" "\n" "Sie müssen alle Partitionen auf diesem Datenträger zum Entfernen markieren.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt \"%1\" kann nicht für LVM verwendet werden.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt %1 kann nicht für RAID verwendet werden." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2104,7 +2182,8 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht automatisch\n" +"Sie haben festgelegt, dass ein Dateisystem beim Systemstart nicht " +"automatisch\n" "eingehängt wird, das möglicherweise Dateien enthält, die das System zum\n" "einwandfreien Funktionieren benötigt.\n" "\n" @@ -2112,21 +2191,23 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie das wirklich?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" "/var\". This is not possible. Change the mount point or use a\n" "nonloopbacked file system.\n" msgstr "" -"Sie haben einer Partition ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem \n" -"mit einem der folgenden Einhängepunkte zugewiesen: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" -" /var\". Dies ist nicht möglich. Ändern Sie den Einhängepunkt oder verwenden Sie ein\n" -"Dateisystem ohne Loopback.\n" +"Sie haben einer Partition ein verschlüsseltes Dateisystem\n" +"mit einem der folgenden Einhängepunkte zugewiesen: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot" +"\",\n" +"/var\". Dies ist nicht möglich. Ändern Sie den Einhängepunkt oder verwenden " +"Sie das Dateisystem a\n" +"nonloopbacked.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2143,46 +2224,50 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie das wirklich?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "Einhängepunkt muss angegeben werden." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "Swap-Geräte müssen Swap als Einhängepunkt verwenden." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "Nur Swap-Geräte können Swap als Einhängepunkt verwenden." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Der Einhängepunkt wird bereits verwendet. Geben Sie einen anderen an." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"FAT-Dateisystem für System-Einhängepunkt verwendet (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" +"FAT-Dateisystem für System-Einhängepunkt verwendet (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /" +"home).\n" "Dies ist nicht möglich." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Ungültiges Zeichen in Einhängepunkt. \"`'!\"%#\" dürfen in einem Einhängepunkt nicht verwendet werden." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Ungültiges Zeichen in Einhängepunkt. \"`'!\"%#\" dürfen in einem " +"Einhängepunkt nicht verwendet werden." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2192,13 +2277,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "Ihr Einhängepunkt muss mit einem \"/\" beginnen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2206,9 +2291,9 @@ "Der Einhängepunkt-Swap darf keinem Gerät\n" "zugewiesen werden, das kein Swap-Dateisystem enthält." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2216,8 +2301,8 @@ "Die Partition ist für die Verwendung von %1 zu klein.\n" "Die Mindestgröße für dieses Dateisystem beträgt %2.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2225,8 +2310,8 @@ "Einem Gerät ohne bekanntes Dateisystem\n" "kann kein Einhängepunkt zugewiesen werden." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2248,29 +2333,30 @@ "\n" "Wollen Sie dieses Dateisystem wirklich verwenden?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Das Dateisystem ist gerade unter %1 eingehängt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es auszuhängen\n" +"Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen (unmount), weitermachen ohne es " +"auszuhängen\n" "oder abbrechen. Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Aushängen" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2278,75 +2364,79 @@ "Sie können versuchen, es auszuhängen, oder abbrechen.\n" "Klicken Sie auf 'Abbrechen' falls Sie sich nicht sicher sind." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." +msgstr "" +"Das Dateisystems kann nicht verkleinert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." +msgstr "" +"Das Dateisystem kann nicht vergrößert werden während es eingehängt ist." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt ist." +msgstr "" +"Die Größe des Dateisystems kann nicht verändert werden während es eingehängt " +"ist." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Geräte erneut absuchen" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Einhängepunkte importieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Verschlüsselungs&passwörter bereitstellen..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "&iSCSI konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "&FCoE wird konfiguriert..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "&Multipath konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "&DASD konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "&zFCP konfigurieren..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "&XPRAM konfigurieren..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Konfigurieren..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Verfügbarer Speicher auf %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2354,8 +2444,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle verfügbaren\n" "Speichergeräte angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2364,17 +2454,18 @@ "<p>Mit einem Doppelklick auf einen Tabelleneintrag wechseln\n" "Sie zu einer Ansicht mit detaillierten Informationen über das Gerät.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Durch Auswahl eines Tabelleneintrags\n" -"öffnen Sie eine Ansicht mit ausführlichen Informationen zum betreffenden Gerät.</p>" +"öffnen Sie eine Ansicht mit ausführlichen Informationen zum betreffenden " +"Gerät.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2382,8 +2473,8 @@ "Ein erneutes Abtasten der Festplatten hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Sollen die Festplatten wirklich erneut abgetastet werden?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2391,28 +2482,30 @@ "Ein Aufruf der iSCSI-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die iSCSI-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Beim Aufrufen der FCoE-Konfiguration werden alle aktuelle Änderungen verworfen.\n" +"Beim Aufrufen der FCoE-Konfiguration werden alle aktuelle Änderungen " +"verworfen.\n" "Soll die FCoE-Konfiguration wirklich aufgerufen werden?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen Änderungen.\n" +"Ein Aufrufen der Multipath-Konfiguration verwirft alle aktuellen " +"Änderungen.\n" "Möchten Sie die Multipath-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2420,8 +2513,8 @@ "Ein Aufruf der DASD-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die DASD-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2429,8 +2522,8 @@ "Ein Aufruf der zFCP-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die zFCP-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2438,225 +2531,228 @@ "Ein Aufruf der XPRAM-Konfiguration hebt alle aktuellen Änderungen auf.\n" "Wollen Sie die XPRAM-Konfiguration wirklich aufrufen?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "BTRFS %1 bearbeiten" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Wählen Sie mindestens ein Gerät aus." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geräte ändern, die vom Btrfs-Volume verwendet werden.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Ungenutzte Geräte:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Ausgewählte Geräte:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Größe des BTRFS-Volume %1 ändern" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "Kein Btrfs-Gerät ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "BTRFS %1 ist in Gebrauch. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es nicht verwendet wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es " +"nicht verwendet wird." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Einige physische Geräte konnten nicht entfernt werden." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bearbeiten" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Löschen" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Btrfs-Volumes" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Bearbeiten..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Löschen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "<p>This view shows all Btrfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Btrfs-Volumes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2664,8 +2760,8 @@ "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" "ausgewählte Btrfs-Volume.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -2673,72 +2769,74 @@ "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle vom ausgewählten\n" "Btrfs-Volume verwendeten Geräte an.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "BTRFS-Gerät: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "Üb&erblick" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "&Verwendete Geräte" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die Rolle des Geräts aus.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI-Boot-Partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Betriebssystem" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Daten- und ISV-Anwendungen" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Swap" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Roh-Volume (unformatiert)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rolle" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2746,68 +2844,72 @@ "<p>Geben Sie zunächst an, ob die Partition formatiert\n" "werden soll, und wählen Sie den gewünschten Dateisystemtyp aus.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Wenn Sie alle Daten auf dem Gerät verschlüsseln wollen, \n" -"wählen Sie <b>Gerät verschlüsseln</b>. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines bestehenden\n" +"wählen Sie <b>Gerät verschlüsseln</b>. Ändern der Verschlüsselung eines " +"bestehenden\n" "Gerätes löscht sämtliche darauf enthaltenen Daten.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Geben Sie danach an, ob die Partition eingehängt\n" -"werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var usw.).</p>" +"werden soll, und geben Sie den Einhängepunkt ein (/, /boot, /home, /var " +"usw.).</p>" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Formatierungsoptionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Partition formatieren" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Partition nicht formatieren" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Partition nicht einhängen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Einhängeoptionen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Partition einhängen" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Einhängepunkt" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-Optionen..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Crypt-Dateien müssen verschlüsselt sein." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2815,22 +2917,23 @@ "Also check the format option.\n" msgstr "" "Sie haben sich entschieden, die Crypt-Datei anzulegen, haben\n" -"jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt keinen Sinn.\n" +"jedoch nicht angegeben, dass diese formatiert werden soll. Dies ergibt " +"keinen Sinn.\n" "\n" "Aktivieren Sie auch die Formatierungsoption.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Für Crypt-Dateien ist ein Einhängepunkt erforderlich." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Für TMPFS ist ein Einhängepunkt erforderlich." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2839,13 +2942,15 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Denken Sie daran, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, solange es nicht\n" -"eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie jedes andere\n" +"Denken Sie daran, dass dieses Dateisystem nur geschützt ist, solange es " +"nicht\n" +"eingehängt ist. Nach dem Einhängen weist es die gleiche Sicherheit auf wie " +"jedes andere\n" "Linux-Dateisystem.\n" "</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2860,31 +2965,32 @@ "(Suspend to Disk) verwendet werden.\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Alle auf dem Volume vorhandenen Daten gehen verloren!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "Passwort" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Skalierung wird vom zugrunde liegenden Gerät nicht unterstützt." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das Dateisystem auf der\n" +"Eine Größenänderung der ausgewählten Partitionen ist nicht möglich, da das " +"Dateisystem auf der\n" "Partition keine Größenänderungen unterstützt.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2892,8 +2998,8 @@ "Es ist nicht möglich, zu prüfen, ob die Größe eines NTFS-Dateisystems\n" "geändert werden kann, während es eingehängt ist." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2901,79 +3007,81 @@ "Die Größe von Partition %1 kann nicht geändert werden,\n" "da das Dateisystem inkonsistent zu sein scheint.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Größe der Partition %1 ändern" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Größe des logischen Volume %1 ändern" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Aktuelle Größe: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Aktuell genutzt: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Größe" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maximale Größe (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minimale Größe (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierte Größe" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die neue Größe.</p>" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe zwischen %1 und %2 ein." +msgstr "" +"Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe zwischen %1 und %2 " +"ein." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2985,42 +3093,43 @@ "das Dateisystem auszuhängen, was die Geschwindigkeit des Vorgangs\n" "enorm erhöhen würde." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Ausgabe von %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Platten erneut absuchen..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "DM %1 bearbeiten" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "Kein DM-Gerät ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "DM %1 ist in Gebrauch. Er kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht benutzt wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass er nicht " +"benutzt wird." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Device-Mapper (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3030,8 +3139,8 @@ "in einer anderen Ansicht angezeigt werden. Deshalb werden Multipath-\n" "Festplatten, BIOS RAIDs und LVM Logical-Volumes hier nicht angezeigt.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3039,8 +3148,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zum\n" "ausgewählten Device Mapper-Gerät angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device.</p>" @@ -3048,185 +3157,185 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle Geräte angezeigt, die vom\n" "ausgewählten Device Mapper-Gerät verwendet werden.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM-Gerät: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "RAID hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe hinzufügen" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Gerätegraph" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Gerätegraph speichern ..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of devices.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt einen Graphen der Geräte.</p>" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Speicherung des Graphen ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Einhängegraph" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Einhängegraph speichern ..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "<p>This view shows a graph of mount points.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt einen Graphen der Einhängepunkte.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "<p>Choose the partition type for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie den Partitionstyp der neuen Partition aus.</p>" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Primäre Partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "&Erweiterte Partition" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "&Logische Partition" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Neuer Partitionstyp" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die Größe der neuen Partition aus.</p>" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Neue Partitionsgröße" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Benutzerdefinierter Bereich" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Startzylinder" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Endzylinder" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "Der eingegebene Bereich ist falsch." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Partition auf %1 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Partition %1 bearbeiten" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Kein Platz für die verschobene Partition %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Partition %1 vorverschieben?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Partition %1 zurückverschieben?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Partition %1 verschieben?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Vorwärts" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Rückwärts" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Löschen aller Partitionen bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3234,96 +3343,99 @@ "Die Platte \"%1\"' enthält mindestens eine Partition.\n" "Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Partitionen gelöscht:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Sollen wirklich alle Partitionen auf \"%1\" gelöscht werden?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "Keine Festplatte ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." -msgstr "Partitionstabelle auf LDL-formatierter DASD kann nicht erstellt werden." +msgstr "" +"Partitionstabelle auf LDL-formatierter DASD kann nicht erstellt werden." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Die Festplatte wird verwendet und kann nicht geändert werden." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Neuen Partitionstabellentyp für %1 auswählen." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" -"Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen wollen? Dies löscht alle Daten\n" +"Sind Sie sicher, dass Sie eine neue Partitionstabelle auf %1 erstellen " +"wollen? Dies löscht alle Daten\n" "auf %1 und alle RAIDs und Volume-Gruppen, die Partitionen auf %1 benutzen." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "Keine Platte ausgewählt." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "BIOS-RAID %1 wirklich löschen?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "Soll der partitionierte RAID %1 wirklich gelöscht werden?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "Auf dieser Festplatte finden sich keine zu löschenden Partitionen." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "Sie können auf %1 keine Partition anlegen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "Keine Partition ausgewählt." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Partition %1 ist in Gebrauch. Sie kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht " +"in Benutzung ist." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nicht bearbeitet werden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3331,27 +3443,28 @@ "Die Partition %1 ist bereits auf der Platte angelegt\n" "und kann nicht verschoben werden." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "Eine erweiterte Partition kann nicht verschoben werden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Partition %1 ist in Gebrauch. Ihre Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Benutzung ist." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass sie " +"nicht in Benutzung ist." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "Die Größe einer erweiterten Partition kann nicht geändert werden." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3366,7 +3479,7 @@ "<p>Mit '*' markierte Platten enthalten bereits Partitionen.\n" "Diese werden durch das Klonen gelöscht.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3374,11 +3487,11 @@ "Die folgenden Partitionen werden gelöscht\n" "und alle Daten darauf gehen verloren:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "Diese Partitionen wirklich löschen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3388,7 +3501,7 @@ "muss eine Platte wenigstens eine Partition haben.\n" "Legen Sie Partitionen an, bevor Sie die Platte klonen.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3396,29 +3509,30 @@ "Diese Platte kann nicht geklont werden. Es gibt keine passenden\n" "Platten, die dieselbe Partitionierung aufnehmen können." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Partitions-Layout von %1 klonen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Verfügbare Zieldatenträger:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Eine Zielplatte zum Klonen auswählen" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" -"Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte gelöscht.\n" +"Durch das Ausführen von dasdfmt werden alle Daten auf der Festplatte " +"gelöscht.\n" "Möchten Sie dasdfmt wirklich auf Festplatte %1 ausführen?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3430,58 +3544,58 @@ " Die auf dieser Festplatte vorhandenen Partitionen werden erneut\n" "angezeigt.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Partition hinzufügen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Verschieben" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Größe ändern" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Verschieben..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Größe ändern..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3489,8 +3603,8 @@ "Festplatten, BIOS-RAIDs und Multipath-\n" "Geräte können nicht verschoben werden." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3498,19 +3612,19 @@ "Die Größe von Festplatten, BIOS-RAIDs und\n" "Multipath-Geräten kann nicht geändert werden." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Festplatten" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Partition hinzufügen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.</p>\n" @@ -3518,18 +3632,18 @@ "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle Festplatten einschließlich iSCSI-Festplatten\n" "BIOS RAIDs und Multipath-Festplatten sowie deren Partitionen.</p>\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Statustest (SMART) ..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Eigenschaften (hdparm) ..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk.</p>" @@ -3537,45 +3651,45 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Festplatte angezeigt.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART ist für diese Festplatte nicht verfügbar." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm ist für diese Festplatte nicht verfügbar." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Neue Partitionstabelle erstellen" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Diese Platte klonen" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "dasd&fmt auf dem DASD-Gerät ausführen" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Hinzufügen..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Experte..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3585,8 +3699,8 @@ "Wenn die Festplatte z.B. von einem BIOS-RAID oder einer Multipath-\n" "Festplatte verwendet wird, werden hier keine Partitionen angezeigt.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3596,23 +3710,23 @@ "Festplatte verwendet werden. Diese Ansicht ist nur für BIOS-RAIDs,\n" "partitionierte Software-RAIDs und Multipath-Festplatten verfügbar.</p>\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Partitionen" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Festplatte: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partition: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition.</p>" @@ -3620,8 +3734,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Partition angezeigt.</p>" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "<p>YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3631,8 +3745,8 @@ "vorhandene Linux-Systeme mit Einhängepunkten gefunden. Diese \n" "Einhängepunkte werden in der Tabelle angezeigt.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "<p>You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3642,67 +3756,68 @@ "z. B. / und /usr, während der Installation formatiert werden\n" "sollen. Nicht-System-Volumes, z. B. /home, werden nicht formatiert.</p>" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "Kein Vorgängersystem mit Einhängepunkten erkannt." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "&Vorheriges anzeigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "&Nächstes anzeigen" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Einhängepunkte aus vorhandenem System importieren:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "System-Volumes formatieren" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importieren" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "Auf %1 gefundene /etc/fstab enthält:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Falsches Passwort eingegeben." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Löschen der von LVM verwendeten Partition bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "Die ausgewählte Partition wird von der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" verwendet.\n" -"Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden Volume-Gruppe\n" +"Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten, werden die folgenden " +"Volume-Gruppe\n" "und deren logische Einheiten gelöscht:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Partition \"%1\" und Volume-Gruppe \"%2\" jetzt löschen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Löschen der von RAID verwendeten Partition bestätigen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3712,24 +3827,24 @@ "Um das System in einem konsistenten Zustand zu halten,\n" "wird das folgende RAID-Gerät gelöscht:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "Partition \"%1\" und RAID \"%2\" jetzt löschen?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "Sollen wirklich alle Partitionen auf %1 gelöscht werden?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "%1 wirklich löschen?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3737,58 +3852,61 @@ "\n" "Soll die Loop-Datei %1 auch entfernt werden?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "Nicht partitioniert" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "Nicht zugewiesen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>" msgstr "<p>Keine Änderungen an der Partitionierung.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>" msgstr "<p>Änderungen an der Partitionierung:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>" msgstr "<p>Keine Änderungen an den Speichereinstellungen.</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>" msgstr "<p>Speichereinstellungen:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>" msgstr "<p>Zu installierende Pakete:</p>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Es müssen keine Pakete installiert werden.</p>" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Pfadname der Loop-Datei:</b><br>Hierbei muss es sich um einen absoluten Pfad zu der Datei handeln,\n" -"die die Daten für das verschlüsselte Loop-Gerät enthält, das eingerichtet werden soll.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Pfadname der Loop-Datei:</b><br>Hierbei muss es sich um einen " +"absoluten Pfad zu der Datei handeln,\n" +"die die Daten für das verschlüsselte Loop-Gerät enthält, das eingerichtet " +"werden soll.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Create Loop File:</b><br>If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3796,12 +3914,15 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Loop-Datei erstellen:</b><br>Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, wird die Datei\n" -"mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erstellt. <b>HINWEIS:</b> Wenn die\n" -"Datei bereits vorhanden ist, gehen alle darin enthaltenen Daten verloren.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Loop-Datei erstellen:</b><br>Wenn diese Option aktiviert ist, wird die " +"Datei\n" +"mit der im nächsten Feld angegebenen Größe erstellt. <b>HINWEIS:</b> Wenn " +"die\n" +"Datei bereits vorhanden ist, gehen alle darin enthaltenen Daten verloren.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>Size:</b><br>This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3809,10 +3930,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p><b>Größe:</b><br>Dies ist die Größe der Loop-Datei. Das Dateisystem,\n" -"das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.</p>\n" +"das im verschlüsselten Loop-Gerät erstellt werden soll, hat diese Größe.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b>NOTE:</b> During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3821,28 +3943,30 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>HINWEIS:</b> Während der Installation kann YaST keine Konsistenzprüfung\n" +"<p><b>HINWEIS:</b> Während der Installation kann YaST keine " +"Konsistenzprüfung\n" "der Dateigröße und Pfadnamen vornehmen, da auf das Dateisystem nicht\n" -"zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs angelegt.\n" +"zugegriffen werden kann. Es wird am Ende des Installationsvorgangs " +"angelegt.\n" "Gehen Sie bei der Angabe der Größe und des Pfadnamens sorgfältig vor.</p>\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Pfadname der Loop-Datei" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Durchsuchen ..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Loop-Datei anlegen" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3850,94 +3974,98 @@ "Der Dateiname \"%1\" ist ungültig.\n" "Verwenden Sie einen absoluten Pfadnamen.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe von wenigstens %1 ein." +msgstr "" +"Die eingegebene Größe ist ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe von wenigstens %1 " +"ein." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" "the create flag." msgstr "" "Der Dateiname \"%1\" existiert nicht,\n" -"und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine vorhandene Datei\n" +"und das Erstellungs-Flag ist ausgeschaltet. Verwenden Sie entweder eine " +"vorhandene Datei\n" "oder aktivieren Sie das Erstellungs-Flag." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei %1 bearbeiten" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "Keine verschlüsselte Datei ausgewählt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Die verschlüsselte Datei %1 ist in Benutzung. Sie kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten , stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht in Gebrauch ist." +"bearbeitet werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten , stellen Sie sicher, dass sie nicht " +"in Gebrauch ist." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Dateien" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei hinzufügen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all crypt files.</p>" msgstr "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle Crypt-Dateien angezeigt.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Verschlüsselte Datei: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file.</p>" @@ -3945,23 +4073,23 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Crypt-Datei angezeigt.</p>" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für die Volume-Gruppe ein." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe ist länger als 128 Zeichen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe darf nicht mit einem \"-\" beginnen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -3969,13 +4097,13 @@ "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe enthält unerlaubte Zeichen. Erlaubt\n" "sind alphanumerische Zeichen, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" und \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "Die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" existiert bereits." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -3983,48 +4111,52 @@ "Der Name der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" steht im Konflikt\n" "mit einem anderen Eintrag im Verzeichnis /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Löschen der Volume-Gruppe bestätigen" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" "and deleted:" msgstr "" "Die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" enthält mindestens ein logisches Volume.\n" -"Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls eingehängt)\n" +"Wenn Sie fortfahren, werden die folgenden Volumes ausgehängt (falls " +"eingehängt)\n" "und gelöscht:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Möchten Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" und alle zugehörigen logischen Volumes wirklich löschen?" +msgstr "" +"Möchten Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" und alle zugehörigen logischen Volumes " +"wirklich löschen?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical Extent Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" +"Die eingegebenen Daten sind ungültig. Geben Sie eine Größe (Physical Extent " +"Size) ein, die größer als %1\n" "potenziert mit 2 ist, zum Beispiel \"%2\" oder \"%3\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen für das logische Volume ein." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "Der Name für das logische Volume ist länger als 128 Zeichen." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4032,8 +4164,8 @@ "Der Name für das logische Volume enthält ungültige Zeichen. Erlaubt\n" "sind alphanumerische Zeichen, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" und \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4041,56 +4173,62 @@ "Ein logisches Volume mit dem Namen \"%1\" existiert bereits\n" "in Volume-Gruppe \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Geben Sie Name und Größe (Physical Extent Size) der neuen Volume-Gruppe ein.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Geben Sie Name und Größe (Physical Extent Size) der neuen Volume-Gruppe " +"ein.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie die physischen Volumes aus, die die Volume-Gruppe enthalten soll.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Wählen Sie die physischen Volumes aus, die die Volume-Gruppe enthalten " +"soll.</p>" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Name der Volume-Gruppe" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Größe (&Physical Extent Size)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Verfügbare physische Volumes:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Ausgewählte physische Volumes:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the volume group.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geräte ändern, die für die Volume-Gruppe verwendet werden.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Geben Sie sowohl die Größe als auch die Anzahl und Größe\n" -"der Stripes für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes darf nicht höher sein\n" +"der Stripes für das neue logische Volume an. Die Anzahl der Stripes darf " +"nicht höher sein\n" "als die Anzahl physischer Volumes der Volume-Gruppe.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "<p>So called <b>Thin Volumes</b> can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4100,162 +4238,176 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "<p>Sogenannte <b>Thin Volumes</b> können mit einer\n" -"beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz wird bei Bedarf dem \n" -"zugeordneten <b>Thin Pool</b> entnommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume anlegen, das größer ist\n" -"als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume geschrieben werden,\n" -"der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz bereitzustellen.\n" +"beliebigen Volume-Größe angelegt werden. Der erforderliche Speicherplatz " +"wird bei Bedarf dem \n" +"zugeordneten <b>Thin Pool</b> entnommen. So kann man ein Thin Volume " +"anlegen, das größer ist\n" +"als der Thin Pool. Natürlich muss, wenn wirklich Daten in ein Thin Volume " +"geschrieben werden,\n" +"der zugeordnete Thin Pool in der Lage sein, diesen Speicherplatz " +"bereitzustellen.\n" "Thin Volumes können keine Stripes-Anzahl haben." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Stripes" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Nummer" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Logisches Volume %1 auf %2 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Größe der Volume-Gruppe %1 ändern" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the new logical volume.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geben Sie einen Namen für das neue logische Volume ein.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein <b>Normal Volume</b> deklarieren.\n" -"Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der Einführung von <b>Thin Provisioning</b>.\n" +"Das ist die Vorgabe und bedeutet normale LVM-Volumes, wie vor der Einführung " +"von <b>Thin Provisioning</b>.\n" "Im Zweifel ist das wahrscheinlich die richtige Wahl</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Sie können ein Logical-Volume als einen <b>Thin Pool</b> deklarieren.\n" -"Das bedeutet, <b>Thin Volumes</b> beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool.</p>" +"Das bedeutet, <b>Thin Volumes</b> beziehen bei Bedarf ihren benötigten " +"Speicherplatz aus solch einem Pool.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Sie können ein Logical-Volume als ein <b>Thin Volume</b> deklarieren.\n" -"Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" +"Das bedeutet, das Volume bezieht bei Bedarf Speicherplatz aus einem <b>Thin " +"Pool</b>.</p>" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Logisches Volume" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Normal-Volume" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Thin Pool" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "&Thin Volume" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Verwendeter Pool" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Logisches Volume auf %1 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Logisches Volume %1 auf %2 bearbeiten" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu erstellen.\n" +"Es gibt nicht genug passende unbenutzte Geräte, um eine Volume-Gruppe zu " +"erstellen.\n" "\n" -"Um LVM zu benutzen, ist mindestens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ 0x8e (oder 0x83) oder\n" -"ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät erforderlich. Ändern Sie Ihre Partitionstabelle entsprechend." +"Um LVM zu benutzen, ist mindestens eine unbenutzte Partition vom Typ 0x8e " +"(oder 0x83) oder\n" +"ein unbenutztes RAID-Gerät erforderlich. Ändern Sie Ihre Partitionstabelle " +"entsprechend." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "Keine Volume-Gruppe ausgewählt." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "Wollen Sie die Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" wirklich entfernen?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Löschen der Volume-Gruppe \"%1\" ist fehlgeschlagen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "Kein logisches Volume ausgewählt." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "Kein freier Speicher in der Volume Gruppe \"%1\" übrig." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4263,55 +4415,56 @@ "Das Volume '%1' ist ein Thin Pool.\n" "Es kann nicht bearbeitet werden." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "Volume %1 ist in Gebrauch. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es nicht verwendet wird." +"bearbeitet werden. Zur Bearbeitung von %1 müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass es " +"nicht verwendet wird." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Logisches Volume hinzufügen" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Volume-Verwaltung" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes.</p>" @@ -4319,8 +4472,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle LVM-Volume-Gruppen und\n" "deren logischen Volumes angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4328,8 +4481,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4337,8 +4490,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle logischen Volumes der\n" "ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group.</p>" @@ -4346,28 +4499,28 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle physischen Volumes angezeigt,\n" "die von der ausgewählten Volume-Gruppe verwendet werden.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Volume-Gruppe: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "&Logische Volumes" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "&Physische Volumes" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Logisches Volume: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume.</p>" @@ -4375,56 +4528,56 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zum\n" "ausgewählten logischen Volume angezeigt.</p>" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Device-Mapper" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Unbenutzte Geräte" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Installationszusammenfassung" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4434,34 +4587,38 @@ "Diese Änderungen gehen verloren, wenn Sie den Dialog mit %1 verlassen.\n" "Sind Sie sich sicher?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hier können Sie die Partitionierungszusammenfassung sehen.</p>" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Zusammenfassung" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "Systemansicht" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "Die NFS-Konfiguration ist nicht verfügbar. Überprüfen Sie die Installation des Pakets yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Die NFS-Konfiguration ist nicht verfügbar. Überprüfen Sie die Installation " +"des Pakets yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Network File System (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4469,47 +4626,55 @@ "Fehler beim Probeeinhängen der NFS-Freigabe '%1'.\n" "Trotzdem speichern?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Wählen Sie für %1 mindestens %2 Gerät." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "<p>Select the RAID type for the new RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>Wählen Sie den RAID-Typ der neuen RAID-Festplatte aus.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Mit dieser Ebene wird die Plattenleistung erhöht.\n" -"In diesem Modus gibt es <b>KEINE</b> Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der Laufwerke ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr möglich.</p>\n" +"In diesem Modus gibt es <b>KEINE</b> Redundanz. Wenn auf einem der Laufwerke " +"ein Fehler auftritt, ist eine Datenwiederherstellung nicht mehr möglich.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b><br> Dieser Modus weist die beste Redundanz auf. \n" "Er kann bei zwei oder mehr Festplatten zum Einsatz kommen. \n" "Dieser Modus sorgt dafür, dass sich eine exakte Kopie aller Daten \n" "auf jeder Platte befindet.\n" -"Solange mindestens eine Platte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten verloren.\n" +"Solange mindestens eine Platte funktioniert, sind noch keine Daten " +"verloren.\n" "Die für diesen RAID-Typ verwendeten Partitionen sollten in etwa die gleiche\n" "Größe aufweisen.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Bei diesem Modus wird die Verwaltung einer größeren \n" "Anzahl an Platten mit einer gewissen Redundanz kombiniert. \n" @@ -4519,112 +4684,125 @@ "gehen alle Daten verloren.\n" "</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "<p><b>Raid Name</b> gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Unter <b>RAID-Name</b> können Sie einen aussagekräftigen\n" -"Namen für das RAID angeben. Dies ist optional. Wenn Sie einen Namen angeben, ist das Gerät\n" +"Namen für das RAID angeben. Dies ist optional. Wenn Sie einen Namen angeben, " +"ist das Gerät\n" "als <tt>/dev/md/<Name></tt> verfügbar.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "<p>Fügen Sie Ihrer RAID-Festplatte Partitionen hinzu. Je nach\n" -"RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen (RAID 0), die Größe\n" -"der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.</p>\n" +"RAID-Typ ist der verwendbare Plattenspeicher die Summe dieser Partitionen " +"(RAID 0), die Größe\n" +"der kleinsten Partition (RAID 1) oder die Anzahl der Partitionen minus 1, " +"multipliziert mit der kleinsten Partition (RAID 5) -- in einer Formel " +"ausgedrückt: (N-1) * kleinste Partition.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "<p>Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen Festplatten\n" +"<p>Im Allgemeinen sollten sich die Partitionen auf verschiedenen " +"Festplatten\n" "befinden, um wirklich die gewünschte Redundanz bzw. den angestrebten\n" "Durchsatz zu erreichen.</p>\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID-Typ" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (Redundantes Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (Mirroring und Striping)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "RAID-&Name (optional)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Verfügbare Geräte:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Chunk-Größe:</b><br>Dies ist die kleinste \"atomare\" Datenmenge,\n" -"die auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann. Eine sinnvolle Chunk-Größe für RAID 5 ist 128 KB. Für RAID 0 ist\n" -"32 KB ein guter Anfangswert. Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Chunk-Größe das gesamte Plattensystem nicht wesentlich.</p>\n" +"die auf die Geräte geschrieben werden kann. Eine sinnvolle Chunk-Größe für " +"RAID 5 ist 128 KB. Für RAID 0 ist\n" +"32 KB ein guter Anfangswert. Bei RAID 1 beeinflusst die Chunk-Größe das " +"gesamte Plattensystem nicht wesentlich.</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Paritätsalgorithmus:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Der Paritätsalgorithmus, der für RAID5/6 verwendet werden soll.\n" -"\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" +"\"Links-symmetrisch\" bietet, bei den üblichen Laufwerken mit rotierenden " +"Scheiben, die höchste Leistung.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4632,66 +4810,66 @@ "Weitere Details zum Paritätsalgorithmus \n" "entnehmen Sie bitte der manpage für mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Chunk-Größe" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "Parity-&Algorithmus" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID-Optionen" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "<p>Change the devices that are used for the RAID.</p>" msgstr "<p>Geräte ändern, die für RAID verwendet werden.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 hinzufügen" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Größe von RAID %1 ändern" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "RAID %1 bearbeiten" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4703,59 +4881,63 @@ "Dies bedeutet in der Regel, dass die Teilmenge der RAID-Geräte\n" "zu klein ist, als dass das RAID nutzbar wäre.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "Es gibt nicht genügend geeignete unbenutzte Geräte, um ein RAID zu erstellen." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt nicht genügend geeignete unbenutzte Geräte, um ein RAID zu erstellen." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "Kein RAID ausgewählt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Es kann nicht\n" -"bearbeit werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." +"bearbeit werden. Um %1 zu bearbeiten, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht " +"benutzt wird." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "RAID %1 wurde bereits auf der Festplatte erstellt. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen es erneut an." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, löschen Sie es und legen es " +"erneut an." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "RAID %1 ist in Benutzung. Seine Größe kann nicht\n" -"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass es nicht benutzt wird." +"geändert werden. Um die Größe von %1 zu ändern, stellen Sie sicher, dass es " +"nicht benutzt wird." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "RAID hinzufügen..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "<p>This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle RAIDs außer BIOS-RAIDs an.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4763,8 +4945,8 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden ausführliche Informationen zur\n" "ausgewählten RAID-Festplatte angezeigt.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID.</p>" @@ -4772,123 +4954,130 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden alle Geräte angezeigt,\n" "die von der ausgewählten RAID-Festplatte verwendet werden.</p>" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Label" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Einhängen durch" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Belegt von" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS-ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Zylinderinformation" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Fibre Channel-Informationen" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Verschlüsselung" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Gerätename" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Volume-Kennung" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Geräte-ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Gerätepfad" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Optimal" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Zylinder" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Einhängen durch (Standard)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Standarddateisystem" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Ausrichtung neu angelegter Partitionen" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Speichergeräte anzeigen nach" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -4896,25 +5085,29 @@ "<p>In dieser Ansicht werden allgemeine\n" "Speichereinstellungen angezeigt:</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " +"and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standard-Einhängen</b> ist die Einhängemethode \n" "für neu erstellte Dateisysteme. <i>Gerätename</i> verwendet den Kernel-\n" -"Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. <i>Geräte-ID</i> und <i>Gerätepfad</i>\n" -"verwenden durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese sollten\n" +"Gerätenamen, der jedoch nicht beständig ist. <i>Geräte-ID</i> und " +"<i>Gerätepfad</i>\n" +"verwenden durch udev aus der Hardware-Information generierte Namen. Diese " +"sollten\n" "beständig sein, leider ist dies nicht immer so. <i>UUID</i> und\n" "<i>Volume-Kennung</i> verwenden UUID und Bezeichnung des Dateisystems.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -4922,21 +5115,25 @@ "<p><b>Standard-Dateisystem</b> gibt das\n" "Dateisystem für neu erstellte Dateisysteme an.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ausrichtung neu erstellter Partitionen</b>\n" -"bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. <b>Zylinder</b> ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. <b>Optimal</b> richtet die\n" +"bestimmt, wie neu erstellte Partitionen ausgerichtet werden. <b>Zylinder</b> " +"ist die traditionelle Ausrichtung an Zylindergrenzen der Festplatte. " +"<b>Optimal</b> richtet die\n" "Partitionen entsprechend Hinweisen des Linux-Kernels für beste Leistung aus\n" "oder versucht kompatibel zu Windows Vista und Win 7 zu sein.</p>\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" @@ -4944,32 +5141,33 @@ "<p><b>Speichergeräte anzeigen nach</b> steuert\n" "den Namen, der im Navigationsbaum für Festplatten angezeigt wird.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte</b>\n" -"ermöglicht das Ausblenden von Informationen in den Tabellen und der Übersicht.</p>" +"ermöglicht das Ausblenden von Informationen in den Tabellen und der " +"Übersicht.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "<p>This view shows the installation summary.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt die Zusammenfassung der Installation.</p>" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "tmpfs-Einhängepunkt hinzufügen" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "Kein tmpfs-Gerät ausgewählt." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -4977,18 +5175,18 @@ "\n" "Soll das in %1 eingehängte TMPFS wirklich gelöscht werden?" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "tmpfs-Volumes" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "<p>This view shows all tmpfs volumes.</p>" msgstr "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt alle tmpfs-Volumes.</p>" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "<p>This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.</p>\n" @@ -4996,18 +5194,18 @@ "<p>Diese Ansicht zeigt detaillierte Informationen über das\n" "ausgewählte tmpfs-Volume.</p>\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs eingehängt unter %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Erneut abtasten" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5017,39 +5215,40 @@ "nicht partitionierte Festplatten und Volume-Gruppen\n" "ohne logische Volumes angezeigt.</p>" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Eine erneute Absuche nicht verwendeter Geräte hebt\n" -"alle aktuellen Änderungen auf. Sollen nicht verwendete Geräte wirklich erneut abgesucht werden?" +"alle aktuellen Änderungen auf. Sollen nicht verwendete Geräte wirklich " +"erneut abgesucht werden?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5057,17 +5256,17 @@ "Es konnte kein logisches Volume in der gewünschten Größe\n" "erstellt werden.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Verringern Sie die Stripe-Anzahl des Volume." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Sie können nur logische Volumes entfernen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5075,8 +5274,8 @@ "Es gibt mindestens einen aktiven Snapshot für dieses Volume.\n" "Entfernen Sie zuerst den Snapshot." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5084,102 +5283,102 @@ "Es gibt mindestens ein Thin Volume, das diesen Pool verwendet.\n" "Entfernen Sie zuerst das Thin Volume." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "" "Wollen Sie das logische Volume\n" "%1 entfernen?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Gesamtgröße: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Resultierende Größe: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Klasse" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Oben" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Nach oben" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Nach unten" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Unten" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Einstufen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Hinzufügen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Alle hinzufügen" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Alle entfernen" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "Die Datei '%1' ist keine reguläre Datei!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "Datei '%1' ist ist zu groß!" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5191,52 +5390,61 @@ "Die Datei muss aus Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken und einem Klassennamen\n" "pro Zeile bestehen. Beispiel:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Die folgenden Schemazeilen wurden erkannt:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "Ist es in Ordnung, Geräten Klassen mit diesen Schemen zuzuordnen?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID enthalten sind.\n" +"<p>Dieser Dialog definiert Klassen für die RAID-Geräte, die im RAID " +"enthalten sind.\n" "Verfügbare Klassen sind A, B, C, D und E, aber in vielen Fällen\n" "sind weniger Klassen nötig (z.B. nur A und B). </p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Gerät klicken\n" +"<p>Sie können dem Gerät eine Klasse zuordnen, indem Sie mit der rechten " +"Maustaste auf das Gerät klicken\n" "und die passende Klasse aus dem Kontextmenü auswählen. Durch Drücken von \n" -"Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie in einem Schritt\n" -"einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Schaltflächen \"%1\" bis \"%2\" verwenden, um die gerade\n" +"Strg oder der Umschalttaste können Sie mehrere Geräte auswählen und sie in " +"einem Schritt\n" +"einer Klasse zuordnen. Man kann auch die Schaltflächen \"%1\" bis \"%2\" " +"verwenden, um die gerade\n" "ausgewählten Geräte der jeweiligen Klasse zuzuordnen.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." msgstr "" "<p>Nach dem Festlegen der Klassen für die Geräte können Sie \n" -"die Geräte sortieren, indem Sie einen der Schaltflächen \"%1\" oder \"%2\" drücken." +"die Geräte sortieren, indem Sie einen der Schaltflächen \"%1\" oder \"%2\" " +"drücken." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "<b>Sorted</b> puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5244,180 +5452,207 @@ "<b>Sortiert</b> ordnet alle Geräte von Klasse A vor denen\n" "von Klasse B an und so weiter." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"<b>Interleaved</b> nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste Gerät der Klasse B,\n" -"und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" +"<b>Interleaved</b> nimmt das erste Gerät der Klasse A, dann das erste Gerät " +"der Klasse B,\n" +"und dann alle folgenden Klassen, denen Geräte zugeordnet sind. Dann kommt " +"das zweite Gerät der Klasse A,\n" "das zweite Gerät der Klasse B und so weiter." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created.</p>" msgstr "" "Alle Geräte ohne Klasse werden am Ende der Geräteliste einsortiert.\n" -"Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige Gerätereihenfolge als\n" +"Wenn Sie das Popup-Fenster verlassen, wird die derzeitige Gerätereihenfolge " +"als\n" "Reihenfolge im anzulegenden RAID verwendet.</p>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" -"Durch Drücken der Schaltfläche \"<b>%1</b>\" können Sie eine Datei auswählen,\n" -"die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassennamen (z.B. \"sda.* A\").\n" -"Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" +"Durch Drücken der Schaltfläche \"<b>%1</b>\" können Sie eine Datei " +"auswählen,\n" +"die Zeilen mit regulären Ausdrücken enthält und einen Klassennamen (z.B. " +"\"sda.* A\").\n" +"Alle Geräte, die dem regulären Ausdruck entsprechen, werden der Klasse in " +"dieser Zeile zugeordnet.\n" "Der reguläre Ausdruck wird mit dem Kernel-Namen (z.B. /dev/sda1), \n" -"dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) und\n" -"der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) verglichen.\n" -"Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename zu mehreren\n" +"dem udev-Pfadnamen (z.B. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) und\n" +"der udev-ID (z.B. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1) " +"verglichen.\n" +"Der erste Treffer legt die Klasse des Gerätes fest, wenn der Gerätename zu " +"mehreren\n" "regulären Ausdrücken passt.</p>" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Gerät" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Schemadatei" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "TMPFS-&Größe" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" "Ungültige Größenangabe. Geben Sie eine Zahl gefolgt von K, M, G oder % an.\n" -"Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen Sie es erneut." +"Der Wert muss größer als 100k oder zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen " +"Sie es erneut." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 1% und 200% liegen. Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>TMPFS-Größe:</b>\n" -"Die Größe kann als Zahl gefolgt von K, M oder G (Kilo-, Mega- oder Gigabyte) oder\n" -"als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (Prozentsatz des Speichers) angegeben werden.</p>" +"Die Größe kann als Zahl gefolgt von K, M oder G (Kilo-, Mega- oder Gigabyte) " +"oder\n" +"als Zahl gefolgt von einem Prozentzeichen (Prozentsatz des Speichers) " +"angegeben werden.</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Swap-&Priorität" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Der Wert muss zwischen 0 und 32767 liegen. Bitte erneut versuchen." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Swap-Priorität:</b>\n" -"Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die Priorität.</p>\n" +"Geben Sie die Swap-Priorität ein. Je höher die Nummer, desto höher die " +"Priorität.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Sch&reibgeschützt einhängen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Schreibgeschützt einhängen:</b>\n" -"Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der Installation\n" +"Kein Schreiben auf das Dateisystem möglich. Standard ist aus. Während der " +"Installation\n" "wird das Dateisystem immer schreibfähig eingehängt.</p>" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Keine &Zugriffszeit" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Keine Zugriffszeit:</b>\n" -"Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Der Standardwert ist \"Falsch\".</p>\n" +"Zugriffszeiten werden nicht aktualisiert, wenn eine Datei gelesen wird. Der " +"Standardwert ist \"Falsch\".</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "Durch Benutzer einhängbar" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Durch Benutzer einhängbar:</b>\n" -"Das Dateisystem kann durch einen normalen Benutzer eingehängt werden. Standard ist 'false' (unwahr).</p>\n" +"Das Dateisystem kann durch einen normalen Benutzer eingehängt werden. " +"Standard ist 'false' (unwahr).</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Nicht beim System&start einhängen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nicht beim Systemstart einhängen:</b>\n" "Das Dateisystem wird beim Systemstart nicht automatisch eingehängt.\n" -"In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den passenden\n" +"In /etc/fstab wird ein Eintrag angelegt und das Dateisystem wird mit den " +"passenden\n" "Optionen eingehängt, wenn das Kommando <tt>mount <mountpoint></tt>\n" -"angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das Dateisystem\n" +"angegeben wird (<mountpoint> ist das Verzeichnis, in das das " +"Dateisystem\n" "eingehängt wird). Der Standard ist \"Falsch\".</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "&Quotenunterstützung aktivieren" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5427,37 +5662,42 @@ "Das Dateisystem wird mit aktivierten Benutzerquoten eingehängt.\n" "Standard ist 'aus'.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Daten-&Journaling-Modus" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Daten-Journaling-Modus:</b>\n" "Gibt den Journaling-Modus für Dateidaten an.\n" -" <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das Hauptdateisystem\n" +" <tt>journal</tt> -- Alle Daten werden vor dem Schreiben in das " +"Hauptdateisystem\n" " im Journal gespeichert. Stärkste Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.<br>\n" -" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im Journal gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.<br>\n" +" <tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle Daten werden zwangsweise direkt in das " +"Hauptdateisystem übertragen, bevor die entsprechenden Metadaten im Journal " +"gespeichert werden. Mittlere Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.<br>\n" " <tt>writeback</tt> -- Die Datenreihenfolge\n" "wird nicht beibehalten. Keine Leistungsbeeinträchtigung.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listen für &Zugriffskontrolle (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5465,13 +5705,13 @@ "<p><b>Listen für Zugriffskontrolle:</b>\n" "Aktivieren von Listen für die Zugriffskontrolle auf dem Dateisystem.</p>\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Erweiterte Benutzerattribute" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5479,98 +5719,114 @@ "<p><b>Erweiterte Benutzerattribute:</b>\n" "Erweiterte Benutzerattribute auf dem Dateisystem erlauben.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Beliebiger Options&wert" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen und Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Ungültige Zeichen in einem Optionswert. Es dürfen keine Leerzeichen und " +"Tabulatoren verwendet werden. Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Beliebiger Optionswert:</b>\n" -"Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im vierten Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" +"Geben Sie in diesem Feld eine beliebige Einhängeoption ein, die im vierten " +"Feld von /etc/fstab erlaubt ist.\n" "Mehrere Optionen werden durch Kommata getrennt.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Zeichen&satz für Dateinamen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Zeichensatz für Dateinamen:</b>\n" -"Bestimmen Sie den Zeichensatz, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-Partitionen verwendet wird.</p>\n" +"Bestimmen Sie den Zeichensatz, der zur Anzeige von Dateinamen in Windows-" +"Partitionen verwendet wird.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Code&seite für FAT-Kurzbezeichnungen" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Codeseite für FAT-Kurzbezeichnungen:</b>\n" -"Diese Codeseite wird zum Konvertieren nach Kurzbezeichnungen auf FAT-Dateisystemen verwendet.</p>\n" +"Diese Codeseite wird zum Konvertieren nach Kurzbezeichnungen auf FAT-" +"Dateisystemen verwendet.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Anzahl der &FATs" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Anzahl der FATs:</b>\n" "Geben Sie die Anzahl der Dateizuordnungstabellen (file allocation tables)\n" "im Dateisystem an. Standard ist 2.\n" "</p>" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT-&Größe" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT-Größe:</b>\n" -"Legt den Typ der verwendeten Dateizuordnungstabellen fest (12, 16 oder 32 Bit). Falls \"automatisch\" angegeben wurde,\n" -"wählt YaST automatisch den passenden Wert für die Größe des Dateisystems aus.\n" +"Legt den Typ der verwendeten Dateizuordnungstabellen fest (12, 16 oder " +"32 Bit). Falls \"automatisch\" angegeben wurde,\n" +"wählt YaST automatisch den passenden Wert für die Größe des Dateisystems " +"aus.\n" "</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Einträge im Root-&Verzeichnis (/)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "Die minimale Anzahl der \"Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis\" ist 112. Versuchen sie es erneut." +msgstr "" +"Die minimale Anzahl der \"Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis\" ist 112. Versuchen " +"sie es erneut." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5578,58 +5834,69 @@ "<p><b>Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis:</b>\n" "Wählen Sie die Anzahl der verfügbaren Einträge im Root-Verzeichnis aus.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash-&Funktion" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Hash-Funktion:</b>\n" -"Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, um Dateinamen in Verzeichnissen zu sortieren.</p>\n" +"Hiermit wird der Name der Hash-Funktion angegeben, die verwendet wird, um " +"Dateinamen in Verzeichnissen zu sortieren.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Version des Dateisystems" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Version des Dateisystems:</b>\n" -"Diese Option legt die zu verwendende Format-Version des reiserFS fest. '3.5' ist abwärtskompatibel für Kernel der Serie 2.2.x. '3.6' ist neuer, kann jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet werden.</p>\n" +"Diese Option legt die zu verwendende Format-Version des reiserFS fest. '3.5' " +"ist abwärtskompatibel für Kernel der Serie 2.2.x. '3.6' ist neuer, kann " +"jedoch nur mit Kernelversionen ab 2.4 verwendet werden.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Block&größe in Byte" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blockgröße:</b>\n" -"Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Byte an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind 512, 1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Bei der Auswahl 'auto' wird die Standard-Blockgröße 4096 verwendet.</p>\n" +"Geben Sie die Größe von Blöcken in Byte an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen " +"sind 512, 1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Bei der Auswahl 'auto' wird " +"die Standard-Blockgröße 4096 verwendet.</p>\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode-Größe" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5637,46 +5904,50 @@ "<p><b>Inode-Größe</b>\n" "Mit dieser Option wird die Inode-Größe des Dateisystems festgelegt.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Prozent Inode-Bereich" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Prozent Inode-Bereich:</b>\n" -"Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent des Platzes im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.</p>\n" +"Mit der Option \"Prozent Inode-Bereich\" wird festgelegt, wie viel Prozent " +"des Platzes im Dateisystem maximal mit Inodes belegt werden dürfen.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inodes &gereiht" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Inodes gereiht:</b>\n" "Die Option \"Inodes gereiht\" wird verwendet, um anzugeben, ob die\n" "Inode-Verteilung regelmäßig oder nicht regelmäßig eingerichtet werden soll.\n" -"Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes erlauben\n" +"Vorgabe ist eine regelmäßige Verteilung der Inodes. Gereihte Inodes " +"erlauben\n" "normalerweise einen effizienteren Zugriff als ungereihte.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Protokollgröße in Megabyte" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5684,29 +5955,31 @@ "Der Wert der \"Protokollgröße\" ist nicht korrekt.\n" "Geben Sie einen Wert größer Null ein.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Protokollgröße</b>\n" -"Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie \"auto\" angeben,\n" +"Hiermit wird die Größe des Protokolls (in Megabyte) festgelegt. Wenn Sie " +"\"auto\" angeben,\n" "dann beträgt der Standardwert 40% der Gesamtgröße.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "&Dienstprogramm zum Auflisten der \"Bad Blocks\" aufrufen" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Schritt&weite in Blöcken" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5714,8 +5987,8 @@ "Der Wert für \"Schrittweite in Blöcken\" ist ungültig.\n" "Wählen Sie einen Wert größer als 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5724,27 +5997,32 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b>Schrittweite (Stride Length) in Blöcken:</b>\n" "Hiermit legen Sie die RAID-relevanten Optionen für das Dateisystem fest.\n" -"Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt als Parameter\n" +"Die gegenwärtig einzig mögliche Angabe ist 'stride'; 'stride' benötigt als " +"Parameter\n" "die Anzahl der Blöcke in einem RAID-Stripe.</p>\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blockgröße:</b>\n" "Geben Sie Blockgrößen in Byte an. Gültige Werte für Blockgrößen sind\n" -"1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die Blockgröße\n" -"anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems bestimmt.</p>\n" +"1024, 2048 und 4096 Byte pro Block. Beim automatischen Eintrag wird die " +"Blockgröße\n" +"anhand der Größe und des erwarteten Speicherbedarfs des Dateisystems " +"bestimmt.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Byte pro &Inode" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5752,7 +6030,8 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Byte pro Inode:</b>\n" @@ -5767,13 +6046,13 @@ "da es nach dem Anlegen des Dateisystems nicht mehr möglich ist,\n" "die Anzahl der Inodes nachträglich zu erhöhen.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Anteil der für &root reservierten Blöcke" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5781,19 +6060,27 @@ "Ungültige Angabe für \"Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke\".\n" "Zulässig sind Gleitpunktzahlen, die nicht größer als 99 sind (z.B. 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "<p><b>Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke:</b> Geben Sie die für den Superuser reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der Standardwert wird so berechnet, dass normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das obere Limit für den Standardwert ist 5,0, das untere Limit ist 0,1.</p>" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p><b>Anteil der für root reservierten Blöcke:</b> Geben Sie die für den " +"Superuser reservierten Blöcke in Prozent an. Der Standardwert wird so " +"berechnet, dass normalerweise 1 GiB reserviert wird. Das obere Limit für den " +"Standardwert ist 5,0, das untere Limit ist 0,1.</p>" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Reguläre Überprüfung deaktivieren" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -5801,43 +6088,46 @@ "<p><b>Reguläre Überprüfung deaktivieren:</b>\n" "Deaktiviert die regelmäßige Überprüfung des Dateisystems beim Booten.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Verzeichnisindex-Funktion" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Verzeichnisindex:</b>\n" -"Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen Verzeichnissen.</p>\n" +"Aktiviert die Verwendung von Hash-B-Trees zur schnelleren Suche in großen " +"Verzeichnissen.</p>\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Kein Journal" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kein Journal:</b>\n" -"Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, wenn\n" +"Journalausschaltung auf dem Dateisystem. Dies sollten Sie nur aktivieren, " +"wenn\n" "Sie einen wirklichen Grund hierfür haben.</p>\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Vorgang auf Festplatte %{device} nicht zulässig.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -5849,17 +6139,20 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Eine Änderung der Partitionstabelle auf der Festplatte %{device} mit dem Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" +"Eine Änderung der Partitionstabelle auf der Festplatte %{device} mit dem " +"Partitionierungswerkzeug\n" "wird nicht unterstützt (die Festplatte ist LDL-formatiert).\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" +"Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand " +"verwenden oder\n" "sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch\n" -"keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" +"keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen " +"oder\n" "ihre Größe ändern.\n" "\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5871,16 +6164,21 @@ "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %{device} ist entweder nicht lesbar, oder sie wird nicht \n" -"vom Partitionierungswerkzeug parted unterstützt, mit dem die Partitionstabelle\n" +"Die Partitionierung auf Festplatte %{device} ist entweder nicht lesbar, oder " +"sie wird nicht \n" +"vom Partitionierungswerkzeug parted unterstützt, mit dem die " +"Partitionstabelle\n" "geändert wird.\n" "\n" -" Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder\n" -" sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen oder\n" +" Sie können die Partitionen auf Festplatte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand " +"verwenden oder\n" +" sie formatieren und ihnen Einhängepunkte zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch " +"keine Partitionen auf dieser Festplatte hinzufügen, bearbeiten, entfernen " +"oder\n" " ihre Größe ändern.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5896,12 +6194,14 @@ "aus Kompatibilitätsgründen hat der Kernel jedoch automatisch\n" "eine Partition erzeugt, die fast die gesamte Festplatte umfasst.\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partition auf Platte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden oder sie\n" -"formatieren und ihr einen Einhängepunkt zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch nicht ihre\n" +"Sie können die Partition auf Platte %{device} im aktuellen Zustand verwenden " +"oder sie\n" +"formatieren und ihr einen Einhängepunkt zuweisen, Sie können hier jedoch " +"nicht ihre\n" "Größe ändern oder die Partition von dieser Festplatte entfernen.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5911,12 +6211,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen definierten Zustand bringen,\n" -"indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue Partitionstabelle\n" -"erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser Festplatte gelöscht.\n" +"Sie können die Partitionierungstabelle der Festplatte in einen definierten " +"Zustand bringen,\n" +"indem Sie im Expertenmodus des Partitionierers \"Experten\"->\"Neue " +"Partitionstabelle\n" +"erstellen\" wählen; dabei werden jedoch alle Daten aller Partitionen dieser " +"Festplatte gelöscht.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5928,26 +6231,26 @@ "Ignorieren Sie diese Meldung, wenn Sie die Platte während\n" "der Installation nicht verwenden wollen.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Die Größe kann nicht verändert werden:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5957,10 +6260,11 @@ "Verschlüsselung konnte nicht festgelegt werden.\n" "Fehlercode des Systems: %1.\n" "\n" -"Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung angegeben.\n" +"Möglicherweise wurde ein falsches Passwort für die Verschlüsselung " +"angegeben.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5970,8 +6274,8 @@ "des Passworts stimmen nicht überein.\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5981,26 +6285,26 @@ "0..9, a..z, A..Z, und jedes aus \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Versuchen Sie es erneut." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "V&erschlüsselungspasswort eingeben:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Passwort eingeben" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Folgende verschlüsselte Volumes sind bereits verfügbar." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Aktivierung verschlüsselter Volumes" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6010,14 +6314,15 @@ "Folgende Volumes haben eine Verschlüsselungssignatur, aber die \n" "Passwörter sind noch nicht bekannt.\n" "Die Passwörter müssen bekannt sein, wenn die Volumes während eines\n" -"Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM-Volume enthalten." +"Updates benötigt werden oder ein verschlüsseltes physisches LVM-Volume " +"enthalten." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Wollen Sie Verschlüsselungspasswörter angeben?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6027,70 +6332,73 @@ "der Geräte in der Liste gesperrter Geräte ein.\n" "Das Passwort wird bei allen Geräten probiert." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Verschlüsselungspasswort eingeben" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Es gibt kein verschlüsseltes Volume zum Freigeben." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Geben Sie das Passwort für eines der folgenden Geräte an:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Geben Sie das Passwort für folgendes Gerät an:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Es wird versucht, verschlüsselte Volumes freizugeben..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Mit dem Passwort konnte keines der Volumes freigegeben werden." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-Platte" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-Platte" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Datenträger" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM-RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD-RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installieren der benötigten Pakete fehlgeschlagen." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "Trotz des Fehlers fortfahren?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "Es können keine Partitionen erstellt werden, da andere Partitionen auf dem Datenträger verwendet werden." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238 +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"Es können keine Partitionen erstellt werden, da andere Partitionen auf dem " +"Datenträger verwendet werden." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6100,7 +6408,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6110,7 +6418,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht geändert werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6120,7 +6428,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält einen aktiven\n" "Swap-Bereich, der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6130,7 +6438,7 @@ "Gerät %1 kann nicht entfernt werden. Es enthält die Installationsdaten,\n" "die zur Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6142,7 +6450,7 @@ "Gerät %2 ändern, das einen aktiven Auslagerungsbereich enthält,\n" "der während der Installation gebraucht wird.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6153,8 +6461,8 @@ "Gerät %2 ändern, das Installationsdaten enthält, die zur\n" "Durchführung der Installation gebraucht werden.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6164,114 +6472,114 @@ "Partition %1 kann nicht entfernt werden, da andere Partitionen\n" "auf Platte %2 verwendet werden.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Kein root-Dateisystem zugewiesen!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Die Installation wird höchstwahrscheinlich fehlschlagen!" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Fehler beim Hinzufügen der folgenden auflösbaren Objekte: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Bei der folgenden Aktion ist ein Fehler aufgetreten:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "Der Systemfehlercode lautet: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Geben Sie das Passwort für Gerät %1 ein:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "Nein" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Verschl" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Dateisystemtyp" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Anfang" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Ende" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS-ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Festplattenkennung" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadaten" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE-Größe" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID-Version" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Parity-Algorithmus" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Händler" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modell" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "<b>BIOS ID</b> shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6279,17 +6587,18 @@ "<b>BIOS-ID</b> zeigt die BIOS-ID der Festplatte an.\n" "Das Feld kann auch leer sein." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "<b>Bus</b> shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "<b>Bus</b> zeigt an, wie das Gerät am System\n" -"angeschlossen ist. Das Feld kann auch leer sein (z. B. bei Multipath-Festplatten)." +"angeschlossen ist. Das Feld kann auch leer sein (z. B. bei Multipath-" +"Festplatten)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "<b>Chunk Size</b> shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6297,8 +6606,8 @@ "<b>Chunk-Größe</b> zeigt die Chunk-Größe von\n" "RAID-Geräten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "<b>Cylinder Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6306,8 +6615,8 @@ "<b>Zylindergröße</b> zeigt die Größe der\n" "Festplattenzylinder an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "<b>Sector Size</b> shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6315,8 +6624,8 @@ "<b>Sektorgröße</b> zeigt die Größe der\n" "Sektoren der Festplatte." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "<b>Device</b> shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6324,8 +6633,8 @@ "<b>Gerät</b> zeigt den Kernel-Namen des\n" "Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "<b>Disk Label</b> shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6333,8 +6642,8 @@ "<b>Festplattenkennung</b> zeigt den Partitionstabellentyp\n" "der Festplatte an, zum Beispiel <tt>MSDOS</tt> oder <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "<b>Encrypted</b> shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6342,8 +6651,8 @@ "<b>Verschlüsselt</b> gibt an, ob das Gerät\n" "verschlüsselt ist." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "<b>End Cylinder</b> shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6351,8 +6660,8 @@ "<b>Endzylinder</b> zeigt den Endzylinder der\n" "Partition an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "<b>LUN</b> shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6360,8 +6669,8 @@ "<b>LUN</b> zeigt die logische Einheitennummer von\n" "Fibre Channel-Festplatten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "<b>Port ID</b> shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6369,8 +6678,8 @@ "<b>Port-ID</b> zeigt die Port-ID von\n" "Fibre Channel-Festplatten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "<b>WWPN</b> shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6378,8 +6687,8 @@ "<b>WWPN</b> zeigt den World Wide-Portnamen von\n" "Fibre Channel-Festplatten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "<b>File Path</b> shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6387,8 +6696,8 @@ "<b>Dateipfad</b> zeigt den Pfad der Datei\n" "eines verschlüsselten Loop-Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "<b>Format</b> shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6396,18 +6705,18 @@ "<b>Format</b> enthält einige Flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" " bedeutet, dass das Gerät zur Formatierung ausgewählt wurde." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "<b>FS ID</b> shows the file system id." msgstr "<b>FS-ID</b> zeigt die Dateisystem-ID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "<b>FS Type</b> shows the file system type." msgstr "<b>Dateisystemtyp</b> zeigt den Dateisystemtyp an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "<b>Label</b> shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6415,8 +6724,8 @@ "<b>Kennung</b> zeigt die Kennung des\n" "Dateisystems an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "<b>Metadata</b> shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6424,37 +6733,42 @@ "<b>Metadaten</b> zeigt den LVM-Metadatentyp von\n" "Volume-Gruppen an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "<b>Model</b> shows the device model." msgstr "<b>Modell</b> zeigt das Modell des Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" -"<b>Einhängen durch</b> gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: (Kernel) anhand\n" +"<b>Einhängen durch</b> gibt an, wie das Dateisystem eingehängt wird: " +"(Kernel) anhand\n" "des Kernel-Namens, (Label) anhand der Kennung, (UUID) anhand der UUID des\n" "Dateisystems, (ID) anhand der Geräte-ID und (Path) anhand des Gerätepfads.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Ein Fragezeichen (?) zeigt an, dass das\n" -"Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde entweder manuell\n" -"oder über ein Automount-System eingehängt. Wenn Einstellungen dieses Volumes geändert werden,\n" +"Dateisystem nicht in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> aufgeführt ist. Es wurde entweder " +"manuell\n" +"oder über ein Automount-System eingehängt. Wenn Einstellungen dieses Volumes " +"geändert werden,\n" "wird die <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> von YaST nicht geändert.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "<b>Mount Point</b> shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6462,19 +6776,21 @@ "<b>Einhängepunkt</b> zeigt an, wo das Dateisystem\n" "eingehängt ist." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Ein Sternchen (*) nach dem Einhängepunkt\n" -"weist auf ein Dateisystem hin, das zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., weil\n" +"weist auf ein Dateisystem hin, das zurzeit nicht eingehängt ist (z. B., " +"weil\n" "die Option <tt>noauto</tt> in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> gesetzt wurde)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "<b>Number of Cylinders</b> shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6482,8 +6798,8 @@ "<b>Anzahl der Zylinder</b> zeigt die Anzahl der\n" "Festplattenzylinder an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "<b>Parity Algorithm</b> shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6491,8 +6807,8 @@ "<b>Paritätsalgorithmus</p> zeigt den Paritätsalgorithmus\n" "für RAID-Geräte mit RAID-Typ 5, 6 oder 10 an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "<b>PE Size</b> shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6500,13 +6816,13 @@ "<p>PE-Größe</b> zeigt die Physical-Extent-Größe\n" "für LVM-Volume-Gruppen an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "<b>RAID Version</b> shows the RAID version." msgstr "<b>RAID-Version</b> zeigt die RAID-Version an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "<b>RAID Type</b> shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6514,13 +6830,13 @@ "<b>RAID-Typ</b> zeigt den RAID-Typ (auch\n" "als RAID-Level bezeichnet) von RAID-Geräten an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "<b>Size</b> shows the size of the device." msgstr "<b>Größe</b> zeigt die Größe des Geräts an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "<b>Start Cylinder</b> shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6528,8 +6844,8 @@ "<b>Startzylinder</b> zeigt den Startzylinder\n" "der Partition an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "<b>Stripes</b> shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6537,8 +6853,8 @@ "<b>Streifen</b> zeigt die Streifennummer für LVM\n" "Logical-Volumes und ggf. in Klammern die Streifengröße.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "<b>Type</b> gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6546,8 +6862,8 @@ "<b>Typ</b> zeigt eine allgemeine Übersicht über den\n" "Gerätetyp an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "<b>Device ID</b> shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6555,8 +6871,8 @@ "<b>Geräte-ID</b> zeigt die dauerhaften Geräte-IDs.\n" "Dieses Feld kann leer sein.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "<b>Device Path</b> shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6564,8 +6880,8 @@ "<b>Gerätepfad</b> zeigt den persistenten Gerätepfad an.\n" "Das Feld kann auch leer sein." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "<b>Used By</b> shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6573,8 +6889,8 @@ "<b>Belegt von</b> gibt an, ob ein Gerät von z. B. LVM oder RAID\n" "verwendet wird. Wenn nicht, ist diese Spalte leer.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "<b>UUID</b> shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6582,236 +6898,236 @@ "<b>UUID</b> zeigt die UUID (Universally Unique\n" "Identifier) des Dateisystems an." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "<b>Vendor</b> shows the device vendor." msgstr "<b>Hersteller</b> zeigt den Hersteller des Geräts an." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Gerät: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Größe: %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISK %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Typ: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Format: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Verschlüsselt: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Dateisystem: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Einhängepunkt: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Einhängen durch: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Verwendet von %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Kennung: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Gerätepfad: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "Geräte-ID %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Festplattenkennung: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Anbieter: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modell: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadaten: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE-Größe: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Stripes: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID-Version: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID-Typ: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Chunk-Größe: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Parity-Algorithmus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Anzahl der Zylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Zylindergröße: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Startzylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Endzylinder: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Sektorgröße: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS-ID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Dateipfad: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "Port-ID: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "<p>The table contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Tabelle enthält:</p>" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Gerät:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Dateisystem:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Festplatte: " -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "<p>The overview contains:</p>" msgstr "<p>Die Übersicht enthält:</p>" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6819,8 +7135,8 @@ "Das Speichersubsystem wird durch eine unbekannte Anwendung gesperrt.\n" "Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6828,44 +7144,50 @@ "Das Speichersubsystem wird durch die Anwendung \"%1\" (%2) gesperrt.\n" "Sie müssen diese Anwendung beenden, bevor Sie fortfahren können." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"Größe kann aufgrund inkonsistenten Dateisystems nicht geändert werden. " +"Versuchen Sie, das Dateisystem unter Windows zu überprüfen." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Dateisystem für Root-Partition" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Dateisystem für Home-Partition" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "&Swap für Suspend erweitern" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Einstellungen für Vorschlag" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag</b>, wenn LVM nicht verwendet werden soll.\n" -"Mit <b>LVM-basierter Vorschlag</b> wird normales LVM verwendet, und mit <b>Verschlüsselter LVM-basierter\n" +"<p>Wählen Sie <b>Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag</b>, wenn LVM nicht verwendet " +"werden soll.\n" +"Mit <b>LVM-basierter Vorschlag</b> wird normales LVM verwendet, und mit " +"<b>Verschlüsselter LVM-basierter\n" "Vorschlag</b> wird das System verschlüsselt.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6873,161 +7195,100 @@ "size for the root partition.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Das Dateisystem für die Root-Partition lässt sich über die\n" -"entsprechende Combobox auswählen. Beim Dateisystem BtrFS ist es mit dem Vorschlag\n" -"möglich, automatische Snapshots mit Snapper anzufertigen. Hierdurch erhöht sich außerdem der\n" +"entsprechende Combobox auswählen. Beim Dateisystem BtrFS ist es mit dem " +"Vorschlag\n" +"möglich, automatische Snapshots mit Snapper anzufertigen. Hierdurch erhöht " +"sich außerdem der\n" "Platzbedarf der Root-Partition.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Mit dem Vorschlag kann eine separate Home-Partition erstellt werden. Das Dateisystem für\n" +"<p>Mit dem Vorschlag kann eine separate Home-Partition erstellt werden. Das " +"Dateisystem für\n" "die Home-Partition lässt sich über die entsprechende Combobox auswählen.</p>" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Die Auslagerungspartition kann so groß angelegt werden, dass\n" -"das System in den meisten Fällen auf der Festplatte in den Ruhezustand versetzt werden.</p>" +"das System in den meisten Fällen auf der Festplatte in den Ruhezustand " +"versetzt werden.</p>" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Geben Sie Ihr Passwort für den Verschlüsselungsvorschlag ein." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Passwort:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Passwort zur Überprüfung erneut eingeben:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Partitionsbasierter Vorschlag" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "&LVM-basierter Vorschlag" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "V&erschlüsselter LVM-basierter Vorschlag" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Einhängen durch (Standard):" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Standarddateisystem:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Speichergeräte anzeigen nach:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Partitionsausrichtung:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Sichtbare Informationen über Speichergeräte:" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "This is for experts only.\n" -#~ "You might lose support if you use this!\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Please refer to the manual to make sure your custom\n" -#~ "partitioning meets the requirements of this product." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Nur für Experten.\n" -#~ "Unter Umständen geht Ihr Support verloren, wenn Sie diesen Vorgang ausführen!\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Prüfen Sie anhand des Handbuchs,\n" -#~ "ob Ihre benutzerdefinierte Partitionierung die Anforderungen dieses Produkts erfüllt." - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "No snapshots possible.\n" -#~ "Please use larger root partition." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Keine Snapshots möglich.\n" -#~ "Größere Root-Partition verwenden." - -#~ msgid "Custom" -#~ msgstr "Benutzerdefiniert" - -#~ msgid "Standard" -#~ msgstr "Standard" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning:\n" -#~ "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" -#~ "We recommend to increase the size of /boot.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Really keep this size of the boot partition?\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Warnung:\n" -#~ "Die Boot-Partition ist kleiner als %1.\n" -#~ "Vergrößern Sie /boot.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Diese Größe der Boot-Partition wirklich beibehalten?\n" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Warning:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Your root partition is very small for snapshots.\n" -#~ "We recommend to increase the size of the root partition\n" -#~ "to %1 or more or to disable snapshots.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Really keep the current setup?\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Warnung:\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Die Root-Partition ist für Snapshots sehr klein.\n" -#~ "Vergrößern Sie die Root-Partition\n" -#~ "auf mindestens %1 oder deaktivieren Sie die Snapshots.\n" -#~ "\n" -#~ "Die aktuelle Einrichtung wirklich beibehalten?\n" - -#~ msgid "" -#~ "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" -#~ "The size you entered (after rounding up) is %2.\n" -#~ "The minimum size for this file system is %3.\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Ihre Partition ist für %1 zu klein.\n" -#~ "Die eingegebene Größe (nach dem Runden) liegt bei %2.\n" -#~ "Für dieses Dateisystem gilt eine Mindestgröße von %3.\n"